Alfa Romeo 159 Owners Manual ManualsLib Makes It Easy To Find Manuals Online!

2014-12-12

: Alfa-Romeo Alfa-Romeo-159-Owners-Manual-118852 alfa-romeo-159-owners-manual-118852 alfa-romeo pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 338 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

OWNER HANDBOOK

ALFA

159

ENGLISH

Alfa Services

Alfa 159 cop. LUM GB:Alfa 159 cop. LUM GB 7-04-2010 11:19 Pagina 1

This booklet describes all the versions of the Alfa 159, so you should only consider the infor-

mation concerning the trim level, engine and version purchased by you.

Dear Customer,

thank you for choosing Alfa Romeo.

Your Alfa 159 has been designed to guarantee the safety, comfort and driving pleasure typical of

Alfa Romeo.

This booklet will help you to get to know the characteristics and operation of your car.

The following pages contain all the indications necessary for you to be able to maintain the high standards of per-

formance, quality, safety and respect for the environment which characterize this Alfa 159.

The enclosed Warranty Booklet also contains the regulations, the warranty certificate and a guide to the services of-

fered by Alfa Romeo.

Services which are essential and precious because, when you purchase an Alfa Romeo you are not only acquiring a

car, but the tranquillity that comes from knowing that an efficient, willing and widespread organization is at your ser-

vice for any assistance problems you may have.

Have a good trip.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:47 Pagina 1

MUST BE READ!

REFUELLING

Petrol engines: only refuel with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) not less than 95.

Diesel engines: only refuel with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590. The use of

other products or mixtures may irreparably damage the engine with invalidation of the warranty due to the

damage caused.

ENGINE STARTING

Petrol engines: ensure that the handbrake is up, fully press the clutch pedal, without pressing the accelerator, put

the gear lever neutral, fit the electronic key into the ignition device to stop limit, briefly press the START/STOP but-

ton.

Diesel engines: ensure that the handbrake is up, fully press the clutch pedal, without pressing the accelerator, put

the gear lever neutral, fit the electronic key down into the ignition device until it stops. The instrument panel warning

light

will turn on, wait for the warning light

to turn off. The hotter the engine is, the quicker this will happen,

briefly press the START/STOP button as soon as the warning light

turns on.

PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL

While working, the catalyst develops a very high temperature. Do not park the car over grass, dry leaves, pine

needles or any other inflammable materials: risk of fire.



RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

A system for continuously monitoring emission system components to ensure greater environmental protec-

tion is fitted in your car.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:47 Pagina 2

ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES

If, after buying the car, you decide to add electrical accessories (that will gradually drain the battery), contact Al-

fa Romeo Authorized Services. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the car’s elec-

tric system can support the required load.

쇵

CODE CARD

(for versions/markets, where provided)

Keep the code card in a safe place, not in the car.

SCHEDULED SERVICING

Correct maintenance of the car is essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition and safeguards its safety fea-

tures, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a long time to come.

THE OWNER’S MANUAL CONTAINS…

…information, tips and important warnings regarding the safe, correct driving of your car, and its mainte-

nance. Pay particular attention to the symbols

(personal safety)

(environmental protection)

(car well-be-

ing).

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:47 Pagina 3

Any queries concerning servicing should be forwarded to the showroom from which the car was purchased, the sub-

sidiary company or to our branch offices or any point of the Alfa Romeo Network.

Warranty Booklet

The Warranty Booklet is delivered together with every new car and contains the regulations tied to the services giv-

en by Alfa Romeo Services and to the warranty conditions.

Correctly carrying out the scheduled services specified by the manufacturer is the best way to maintain the perfor-

mance, safety characteristics and low running costs of your car. It is also necessary to maintain warranty cover.

“Service” guide

This contains the Alfa Romeo Authorized Services. The services can be recognized by the presence of the Alfa Romeo

badge and logo.

The Alfa Romeo organization in Italy can be found in the telephone book under the letter “A” Alfa Romeo.

Not all the models described in this booklet are available in all countries. Only some of the fittings described in this

booklet are fitted as standard to the car. The list of available accessories should be requested from the Alfa Romeo

Dealers.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:47 Pagina 4

THE SYMBOLS USED IN THIS BOOKLET

The symbols illustrated in these pages show the subjects which should,

in particular, be closely studied.

Warning: partially or

fully ignoring these rules may lead

to serious injury.

This indicates the correct procedures

to be followed to prevent

the car from damaging the environment.

Warning: partially or fully ignoring these

rules may lead to serious damage

being caused to the car which, in some

circumstances, may cause forfeiture of the

warranty cover.

The texts, illustrations and specifications given in this booklet refer to the car at the time of going to press.

As part of our ongoing striving to improve our products, Alfa Romeo may introduce technical changes during production, there-

fore the specifications and fittings may be altered without prior notice.

For details on this subject, please apply to the manufacturer's sales network.

PERSONAL

SAFETY

PROTECTING THE

ENVIRONMENT CAR SAFETY

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:47 Pagina 5

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CRUISE CONTROL ............................................. 76

CEILING LIGHTS ................................................ 78

CONTROLS....................................................... 81

INTERIOR FITTINGS............................................ 83

SUNROOF........................................................ 93

DOORS ........................................................... 96

POWER WINDOWS ........................................... 99

BOOT.............................................................. 101

BONNET .......................................................... 105

ROOF RACK/SKI RACK ...................................... 106

HEADLIGHTS..................................................... 106

ABS SYSTEM ................................................... 108

VDC SYSTEM ................................................... 110

EOBD SYSTEM ................................................. 115

SOUND SYSTEM PRESETTING.............................. 116

ACCESSORIES PURCHASED BY THE OWNER .......... 116

INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC DEVICES .. 117

PARKING SENSORS ........................................... 118

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM

(T.P.M.S.)........................................................ 122

AT THE FILLING STATION .................................... 125

PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT ........................ 127

DASHBOARD .................................................... 7

INSTRUMENT PANEL ......................................... 8

SYMBOLS ....................................................... 9

ALFA ROMEO CODE SYSTEM ............................... 9

ELECTRONIC KEY .............................................. 11

ALARM ........................................................... 17

IGNITION DEVICE............................................... 19

INSTRUMENTS.................................................. 21

MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY ................................... 25

RECONFIGURABLE MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY.......... 30

SEATS ............................................................ 45

HEAD RESTRAINTS............................................. 48

STEERING WHEEL ............................................. 49

REARVIEW MIRRORS ......................................... 50

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................... 53

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ................... 55

AUTOMATIC TWO-/THREE-ZONE

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................... 58

ADDITIONAL HEATER ......................................... 69

EXTERNAL LIGHTS ............................................. 70

WINDOW WASHING ......................................... 73

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 6

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

A0E0056m

fig. 1

1. Adjustable swivel side air vents - 2. Front side window demisting/defrosting vents - 3. External lights control lever - 4. In-

strument panel - 5. Driver’s air bag and horn - 6. Windscreen wiper control lever - 7. Upper central vent - 8. Adjustable swiv-

el centre air vents - 9. Fuel level gauge/engine coolant temperature gauge/engine oil temperature gauge (petrol versions)

or turbocharger pressure gauge (diesel versions) - 10. Passenger’s air bag - 11. Passenger’s knees air bag (for ver-

sions/markets, where provided) - 12. Glove box - 13. Sound system (for versions/markets, where provided) - 14. Heat-

ing/ventilation/climate controls - 15. Engine START/STOP button - 16. Ignition device - 17. Driver’s knees air bag -

18. Sound system controls on the steering wheel (where provided) - 19. Cruise Control lever (for versions/markets,

where provided) - 20. Bonnet opening lever - 21. Dashboard fusebox lid - 22. Switches for external lights, trip meter re-

set and headlamp aiming device.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 7

INSTRUMENT PANEL

A. Speedometer (speed indicator)

B. Warning lights - C. Rev counter -

D. Multifunction display

hcm

Warning lights on

diesel versions only

On diesel versions the rev counter

end scale value is at 6000 rpm.

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

fig. 2 - Versions with multifunction display

A0E0312m

A. Speedometer (speed indicator)

B. Warning lights - C. Rev counter -

D. Reconfigurable multifunction display

Warning lights on diesel

versions only

On diesel versions the rev counter

end scale value is at 6000 rpm.

A0E0422m

fig. 3 - Versions with reconfigurable multifunction display

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 8

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

A. Speedometer (speed indicator)

B. Warning lights - C. Rev counter -

D. Multifunction display

fig. 3/a - 1750 TURBO BENZINA versions with multifunction display

A0E0870m

A. Speedometer (speed indicator)

B. Warning lights - C. Rev counter -

D. Reconfigurable multifunction display

A0E0871m

fig. 3/b - 1750 TURBO BENZINA versions with reconfigurable multifunction display

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 9

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

ALFA ROMEO

CODE SYSTEM

To further protect you car from theft, it

has been fitted with an engine immo-

bilising system. This system is auto-

matically activated when the electronic

key is removed.

An electronic device, in fact, is fitted in

each electronic key grip. The device

transmits a radio-frequency signal when

the engine is started through a special

aerial built into the ignition switch on the

dashboard. The modulated signal, which

changes each time the engine is start-

ed, is the “password”, by means of

which the control unit recognises the

electronic key and enables to start the

engine.

SYMBOLS

Special coloured labels have been at-

tached near or actually on some of the

components of your car. These labels

bear symbols that remind you of the pre-

cautions to be taken as regards that par-

ticular component.

The plate summarising the symbols used

fig. 4 can be found under the bonnet.

A0E0138m

fig. 4

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 10

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

Warning light

coming on

when driving

If the warning light

turns on this

means that the system is running a self-

test (for example for a voltage drop).

If the warning light

stays on, contact

Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

IMPORTANT Every electronic key has

its own code, which must be memorised

by the system control unit. To memorise

new keys, up to a maximum of eight,

apply solely to Alfa Romeo Authorized

Services taking with you all the keys in

your possession, the CODE card, a per-

sonal identity document and the car’s

possession documents. The codes of the

keys not provided during the new mem-

orising procedure are erased from the

memory. This is to ensure that any lost

or stolen keys can no longer be used

to start the car.

OPERATION

Each time the electronic key is fitted in-

to the ignition switch, the Alfa Romeo

CODE system control unit sends a recog-

nition code to the engine control unit

to deactivate the inhibitor.

The code is sent only if the Alfa Romeo

CODE system control unit has recognised

the code transmitted from the electron-

ic key.

If the code has not been recognised cor-

rectly, the warning light

turns on (on

certain versions a dedicated message

is displayed) (see section “Warning

lights and messages”).

In this case, the electronic key should

be removed from the ignition device and

then refitted; if the lock continues, pos-

sibly try again with the other keys pro-

vided with the car. If it is still not possi-

ble to start the car contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services

The electronic compo-

nents inside the key may

be damaged if the key is

submitted to sharp knocks.

If 2 seconds after fitting

the electronic key into

the ignition switch, the

warning light

comes on again

flashing (on certain versions a

dedicated message is dis-

played), this means that the

code of the keys has not been

memorised, thus the car is not

protected by the Alfa Romeo

CODE system against attempt-

ed theft. In this case, contact an

Alfa Romeo Authorized Service

to have the key codes memo-

rised.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 11

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

Button

shall be used for central open-

ing of doors and fuel cap with alarm de-

activation (for versions/markets, where

provided).

Button

shall be used to open the

tailgate.

When unlocking the doors by pressing

button

, if by 2.5 minutes no door or

the boot is opened, the system will au-

tomatically lock the car again.

ELECTRONIC KEY fig. 6

The car is delivered with two copies of

the key with remote control.

The electronic key operates the ignition

switch.

Button

shall be used for central lock-

ing of doors, tailgate and fuel cap with

alarm activation (for versions/markets,

where provided).

ELECTRONIC KEY

CODE CARD

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

The CODE card fig. 5 delivered with the

keys, contains the mechanical code A

and the electronic one B.

The code numbers on the CODE card

must be kept in a safe place, not in the

car.

A0E0023m

fig. 5

If the car changes own-

er, the new owner must

be given the electronic

key and the CODE card.

A0E0021m

fig. 6

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 12

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

The electronic key fig. 7 is fitted with

a metal insert A, that can be extracted

by pressing button B.

The metal insert operates the following:

❒

central door locking/unlocking

through the driver's door lock (with

run-down car battery only the driver's

door will open);

❒

windows opening/closing;

❒

switch (for versions/markets, where

provided) for deactivating the pas-

senger’s air bag and knees air bag

(for versions/markets, where pro-

vided);

❒

safe-lock device (for versions/mar-

kets, where provided);

❒

emergency unlocking of electronic

key from ignition switch.

IMPORTANT Never expose the elec-

tronic key to direct sunlight: risk of dam-

ages.

IMPORTANT Remote control fre-

quency may be disturbed by radio trans-

missions outside the car (e.g. mobile

phones, hams, etc…). In this event re-

mote control may be failing.

A0E0022m

fig. 7

Never leave the elec-

tronic key unattended

to prevent anyone, especially

children, from holding it and

pressing button B-fig. 7 inad-

vertently.

WARNING

Replacing the battery of the

electronic key

If when pressing button

, or

control given is refused or failing, the

battery should be replaced with an

equivalent one that can be purchased at

common stores.

To be sure that the battery is to be re-

placed, try again to press buttons

, or

with another electronic key.

When closing the tailgate again, pro-

tection sensors are restored and direc-

tion indicators will flash once.

A0E0021m

fig. 8

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 13

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

A0E0035m

fig. 9

A0E0242m

fig. 10

To change the battery fig. 9 proceed

as follows:

❒

take out the metal insert Aby press-

ing button B;

❒

remove the snap-fitted case B-

fig. 10 (red) by levering with the

metal insert Aof the electronic key

in the point shown in the figure;

❒

remove the battery D-fig. 9 from

the case taking note of the bias (in

the figure the positive pole is facing

downwards);

❒

put the new battery into the case

with the correct bias;

❒

put the case down into its seat and

refit the metal insert.

IMPORTANT Never touch the electric

contacts of the key and prevent fluid or

dust infiltration inside it.

Used batteries are

harmful to the environ-

ment. They should be

disposed of as specified by law

in the special containers pro-

vided, or take them to Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services

which will deal with their dis-

posal.

SAFE LOCK DEVICE

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

This safety system inhibits the operation

of the car door handles.

The safe lock device represents top pro-

tection against break in attempts. Acti-

vate it each time you park the car.

Once the safe lock de-

vice has been actuated,

doors cannot be opened from

inside the car in any way

whatsoever. For this reason,

make sure there are no per-

sons left inside the car.

WARNING

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 14

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

If the key battery is

flat, the safe lock de-

vice can only be deactivated by

unlocking the doors by turning

the metal insert of the key in-

to the driver’s door lock or by

fitting the key into the ignition

device.

WARNING

If the car battery is

down, the safe lock de-

vice can be activated only us-

ing the metal insert of the

electronic key on the driver’s

door revolving plug: in this

case the safe lock device is ac-

tive on front passenger’s door

and rear doors.

WARNING

Device activation

The device is automatically activated on

every door in the following cases:

❒

turning twice the metal insert of the

electronic key into the driver door to

locking position;

❒

pressing twice the electronic key but-

ton

A0E0021m

fig. 11

Device activation is signalled by three

flashes of the led on the driver’s door

panel and, only if activated by pressing

the electronic key button

, of direction

indicators.

Should one of the doors be not perfect-

ly closed, the safe lock device is not ac-

tivated, thus preventing that a person

getting into the car from the open door

remains blocked inside the passenger’s

compartment when he/she closes the

door.

Device deactivation

The device is deactivated automatically

on every door in the following cases:

❒

when unlocking the doors;

❒

when unlocking only the driver’s door

(where possible);

❒

when fitting the electronic key into

the ignition switch.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 15

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

The main functions that can be activated with the electronic key or with the emergency metals insert are the following:

(*) On certain versions it is possible to set the option “Unlocking front door only” through the “Setup Menu” (see paragraph “Reconfigurable multifunction

display” in this section). In this case pressing button

and turning the metal insert of the electronic key counter-clockwise will unlock the driver’s door

only. To unlock all the doors, press twice button

within 1 second or turn twice the metal insert of the electronic key counter-clockwise.

IMPORTANT Window and sunroof opening operations are a consequence of a door unlocking control. Window and sunroof closing operations are a con-

sequence of a door locking control.

Electronic

key

Emergency

metal

insert

Direction

indicators

flashing

Led on

driver’s door

Doors,

tailgate

and fuel cap

unlocking

Brief press on

button

(*)

Electronic key

rotation

clockwise (*)

2 flashings

Deterrence

led off

Doors,

tailgate

and fuel cap

locking

Brief press on

button

Electronic key

rotation

counter-clockwise

1 flashing

Turning on fixed

for 3 seconds,

followed by

deterrence led

flashing

Window

and sunroof

opening

(for versions/

markets,

where

provided)

Prolonged

pressing

(over 2 seconds)

on button

Electronic key

rotation

for over

2 seconds

clockwise

2 flashings

Deterrence led off

Window

and sunroof

closing

(for versions/

markets,

where

provided)

–

Electronic key

rotation

for over

2 seconds

counter-clockwise

1 flashing

Turning on fixed

for about

3 seconds,

followed by

deterrence led

flashing

Safe lock

(for versions/

markets,

where

provided)

Double pressing

(within 1 second)

on button

Double electronic

key rotation

within 1

second

counter-clockwise

3 flashings

Double

flashing,

followed by

deterrence led

flashing

Tailgate

opening

Brief press on

button

–

2 flashings

–

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 16

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

Depending on the markets, the trigger-

ing of the alarm will activate the siren

and the hazard warning lights (for about

26 seconds). The methods of operation

and the number of cycles may vary de-

pending on the versions/markets.

A maximum number of sound/sight cy-

cles is however envisaged. Once the

alarm cycle is over, the system will re-

store its normal operation.

IMPORTANT Central door unlocking

by the emergency electronic key will not

deactivate the alarm, therefore with

alarm on the siren will activate when

opening one of the doors or the boot.

To deactivate the siren see paragraph

“How to deactivate the alarm”.

IMPORTANT The engine immobiliser

function is guaranteed by the Alfa

Romeo CODE system, which is auto-

matically activated when the electronic

key is removed from the ignition device.

HOW TO ACTIVATE

THE ALARM

With the doors, bonnet and boot shut

and electronic key removed from igni-

tion switch, point the electronic key in

the direction of the car, then press and

release the button

With the exception of certain markets,

the system sounds a “beep” and the

doors are locked.

Engagement of the alarm is preceded

by a self-diagnostic test characterised by

a different flashing of the round led lo-

cated around the door lock/unlock but-

ton (see fig. 12): if a fault is detect-

ed the system sounds a further warning

“beep”.

ALARM

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

WHEN THE ALARM

IS TRIGGERED

The alarm comes into action in the fol-

lowing cases:

❒

unlawful opening of doors, bonnet

and boot (perimetral protection);

❒

attempt to start the engine with

unauthorised electronic key;

❒

battery cable cutting;

❒

presence of moving bodies in the pas-

senger’s compartment (volumetric

protection);

❒

abnormal raising/sloping of the car

(for versions/markets where applic-

able);

Volumetric and anti-raising protections

can be cut off by operating the front ceil-

ing light controls(see paragraph “Volu-

metric protection/Anti-raising sensor”

on the following pages).

A0E0025m

fig. 12

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 17

HOW TO DEACTIVATE

THE ALARM

Press button

. The system will react as

follows (with the exception of certain

markets):

❒

two brief flashes of the direction in-

dicators;

❒

two brief “beeps”;

❒

door unlocking.

The alarm can be deactivated by fitting

the electronic key into the ignition

switch.

IMPORTANT On certain versions any

attempt to break in detected by the sys-

tem will be indicated by a warning mes-

sage on the instrument panel display

when fitting the electronic key into the

ignition switch.

VOLUMETRIC PROTECTION/

ANTI-RAISING SENSORS

To make sure that the protection sensors

are working properly, check that win-

dows and sunroof (for versions/markets,

where provided) are shut.

This function can be cut out (for exam-

ple if you leave animals on the car) by

pressing button A-fig. 13 on the front

ceiling light within 1 minute after in-

strument panel turning off.

When this function is off the button led

will turn on. Volumetric protection/anti-

raising sensors cut out shall be repeated

at each instrument panel turning off.

Surveillance

When the system has been turned on,

the led A-fig. 12 will flash to indicate

that the system is in the surveillance

mode. The led will flash continuously

while the system is under surveillance.

IMPORTANT Operation of the alarm

is adapted at the origin to the regula-

tions of the different countries.

Self-diagnosis and monitoring

of doors/bonnet/boot

If, after the alarm has been activated, a

second acoustic signal is heard, turn the

system off by pressing button

, check

for proper locking of doors, bonnet and

boot, then turn the system on again by

pressing button

Otherwise if a door or bonnet/boot lid

is not correctly closed it will not be con-

trolled by the system. If the control sig-

nal is repeated when the doors and bon-

net/boot are closed properly this means

that the self-diagnosis function has de-

tected a system operating fault, in which

case it is necessary to contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services.

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

A0E0480m

fig. 13

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 18

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

IGNITION DEVICE

The ignition device is located on the

dashboard and it consists of the follow-

ing:

❒

electronic key reading device A-

fig. 14 (set near the steering wheel);

❒

button START/STOP (set under the

electronic key reading device).

IMPORTANT To prevent running

down the battery do not leave the elec-

tronic key into the ignition device when

the engine is off.

HOW TO CUT OFF

THE ALARM SYSTEM

To deactivate the alarm system com-

pletely (for instance during prolonged

inactivity of the car) simply lock the car

by rotating the metal insert (provided

inside the electronic key) into the dri-

ver’s door lock.

MINISTERIAL

HOMOLOGATION

In keeping with the laws in force in each

country on the subject of radio fre-

quency, for markets in which the trans-

mitter needs to be marked the certifi-

cation number is given on the compo-

nent. For certain versions/markets, the

code may also be marked on the trans-

mitter and/or on the receiver.

A0E0219m

fig. 14

If the ignition device is

tampered with (for ex-

ample during an attempted

break-in) have it checked over

by Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-

vices before travelling again.

WARNING

When leaving the car

always remove the

electronic key from the ignition

device to prevent any passen-

ger in the car from inadver-

tently activating the controls.

Remember to engage the

handbrake and if the car is fac-

ing uphill, first gear and if the

car is facing downhill, reverse.

Never leave children unat-

tended in the car.

WARNING

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 19

TURNING THE INSTRUMENT

PANEL OFF

With engine off and clutch and brake

pedals released, press button START/

STOP or remove the electronic key

from the ignition device.

A few seconds after the instrument pan-

el display will turn off gradually.

IMPORTANT Contact Alfa Romeo Au-

thorized Services if the instrument pan-

el fails to turn off.

TURNING THE INSTRUMENT

PANEL ON

Proceed as follows:

❒

fit the electronic key into the ignition

device;

❒

if the electronic key is fitted yet, press

button START/STOP without

pressing the clutch or brake pedal.

To safeguard the battery, when leaving

the car with the instrument panel on,

electric and electronic devices will be de-

activated after approx. 1 hour.

IMPORTANT Fit completely the elec-

tronic key into the ignition device until

it locks into place.

IMPORTANT Contact Alfa Romeo Au-

thorized Services if the instrument pan-

el fails to turn on.

IMPORTANT If when fitting the elec-

tronic key into the ignition device, the

warning light

on the instrument pan-

el comes on (on certain versions to-

gether with a message on the display),

check whether the electronic key is the

proper one and then try to refit it into

the ignition device. If the problem per-

sists contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-

vices.

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

A0E0028m

fig. 15

ENGINE STARTING

See paragraph “Engine starting” in sec-

tion “Correct use of the car”.

START/STOP BUTTON

fig. 15

Button START/STOP, set on the

dashboard, controls car electric systems

and engine starting/stopping.

Button START/STOP is fitted with

knurled ring and led. When the led and

the instrument panel are on, the engine

can be started.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 20

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

ed) (or as an alternative, on certain ver-

sions, a symbol and a message are dis-

played). In this event contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services.

IMPORTANT If after trying to turn on

the instrument panel and/or to start the

engine, the instrument panel warning

light

(where provided) (or as an al-

ternative, on certain versions the mes-

sage "Vehicle protection system not

available" is displayed), repeat the op-

eration moving the steering wheel in or-

der to release the steering lock. The dis-

played warning message will not impair

steering lock operation.

INSTRUMENTS

REV. COUNTER

Rev counter shows engine rpm. The red

zone at the scale bottom indicates that

the engine is running at excessive rpm

dangerous for mechanical components.

Do not drive with the pointer in this area.

IMPORTANT The electronic injection

control system gradually shuts off the

flow of fuel when the engine is “over-

revving” (rev counter pointer in the red

area) resulting in a gradual loss of en-

gine power, in order to bring engine rpm

below to the safety limit.

The rev counter may, when the engine

is idling, indicate gradual or sudden in-

crease of engine revs as the case may

be; such behaviour is normal and must

not be interpreted as a faulty condition

as it occurs during normal operation, for

instance when climate control or electric

fan are switched on. In particular, slow

revs variation helps keep the battery

charged.

STEERING COLUMN LOCK

Engaging

The steering column lock will engage

5 seconds after removing the electron-

ic key from the ignition device and if the

following conditions are present:

❒

engine off;

❒

instrument panel off with car at a

standstill;

❒

electronic key removed from ignition

device.

Disengaging

The steering column lock will disengage

after fitting the electronic key into the

ignition device.

IMPORTANT Switching the engine off

when the car is running will not engage

the steering column lock till next switch-

ing off with car stopped. In this event

warning light

(where provided) on the

instrument panel will come on (or as an

alternative, on certain versions, a sym-

bol and a message are displayed).

IMPORTANT Steering column lock

failure is indicated by the instrument

panel warning light

(where provid-

It is absolutely forbid-

den to carry out what-

ever after-market operation

involving steering system or

steering column modifications

(e.g.: installation of anti-theft

device) that could badly affect

performance and safety, cause

the lapse of warranty and al-

so result in non-compliance of

the car with homologation re-

quirements.

WARNING

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 21

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

IMPORTANT The pointer can reach

the red area also for a sum of un-

favourable conditions, i.e.: slow speed,

uphill, fully laden or towing a trailer with

hot outside temperature.

IMPORTANT Refuelling shall always

be performed with engine off. Failing to

observe this precaution could cause the

gauge to provide wrong indications.

Should this occur, to restore proper in-

dication just have next refuelling with

the engine off. Otherwise contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services.

ENGINE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE GAUGE fig. 18

This shows the temperature of the en-

gine coolant fluid and begins working

when the fluid temperature exceeds ap-

prox. 50°C.

The pointer should normally be towards

the middle of the scale. If the pointer

reaches the red sector, reduce your de-

mand on the engine.

The turning on of the warning light

(on certain versions together with a

message on the display) indicates that

the coolant fluid temperature is too high;

in this case, stop the engine and contact

Alfa Romeo Authorized Services .

IMPORTANT The pointer can reach

the red area also for a sum of un-

favourable conditions, i.e.: slow speed,

uphill, fully laden or towing a trailer with

hot outside temperature.

FUEL GAUGE fig. 17

This shows the amount of fuel left in the

fuel tank.

0- tank empty.

1- tank full (see the indications given

in paragraph “At the filling station").

The warning light on the fuel level gauge

turns on when about 10 litres fuel are

left in the tank. On certain versions. the

display will show a warning message

when the cruising range is less than 50

km (or 31 mi).

If warning light

starts

flashing when travelling

contact immediately Al-

fa Romeo Authorized Services.

A0E00177m

fig. 17

A0E0178m

fig. 18

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 22

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

The turning on of the warning light

when travelling (on certain versions to-

gether with a message on the display)

indicates that the oil temperature is too

high; in this case, stop the engine and

contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

IMPORTANT The pointer can reach

the red area also for a sum of un-

favourable conditions, i.e.: slow speed,

uphill, fully laden or towing a trailer with

hot outside temperature.

ENGINE OIL

TEMPERATURE GAUGE

(petrol versions excluded

1750 TURBO BENZINA)

fig. 19

This shows the temperature of the en-

gine oil and begins working when the

oil temperature exceeds approx. 70°C.

If the pointer reaches the red sector, re-

duce your demand on the engine.

A0E0179m

fig. 19

A0E0180m

fig. 20

TURBOCHARGER

PRESSURE GAUGE

(1750 TURBO BENZINA

and diesel versions) fig. 20

This shows the turbocharger pressure

value.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 23

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

AUTOMATIC INSTRUMENT

PANEL LIGHT DIMMER

To give max. visibility and comfort un-

der whatever driving conditions (e.g.:

lights on in daylight, tunnels, etc…),

the speedometer is fitted with a sensor

for adjusting automatically, after fitting

the electronic key into the ignition de-

vice and pressing button START/

STOP, the light intensity of the indi-

cations given on the instrument panel

display, sound system display (for ver-

sions/markets, where provided), climate

control system display, radionavigation

system display (for versions/markets,

where provided), and instrument panel

gauges (fuel level gauge, engine oil

temperature gauge (petrol versions) or

supercharger pressure gauge (diesel ver-

sions) and engine coolant temperature

gauge).

MANUAL INSTRUMENT

PANEL LIGHT DIMMER

With this function it is possible to adjust

on 8 levels the light intensity of the indi-

cations given on the instrument panel dis-

play, sound system display (for ver-

sions/markets, where provided), climate

control system display, radionavigation

system display (for versions/markets,

where provided), and instrument panel

gauges (fuel level gauge, engine oil tem-

perature gauge (petrol versions) or su-

percharger pressure gauge (diesel ver-

sions) and engine coolant temperature

gauge).

To increase light intensity press briefly

button +on the left-hand stalk, to re-

duce it press button –: the display will

show an indication and a figure corre-

sponding to the current light intensity

level. This screen will be displayed for

a few seconds and then it will go off.

TRIP METER RESET fig. 21

To reset the trip meter, keep button A

pressed for a few seconds.

A0E0072m

fig. 21

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 24

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

INFORMATION ABOUT CAR

CONDITIONS (at event)

❒

Scheduled servicing (symbol

D-fig. 22).

❒

Instrument panel light dimmer.

❒

Symbol of possible presence of ice on

the road (symbol

√

E-fig. 22).

❒

Speed limit exceeded.

❒

Engine oil level.

MULTIFUNCTION

DISPLAY

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

The “Multifunction display” shows all

the useful information necessary when

driving, more particularly:

INFORMATION ON

STANDARD SCREEN

❒

Clock A-fig. 22;

❒

External temperature B;

❒

Total km (or mi) or trip meter C

(when total kilometres (or miles) are

indicated the display will also show

the wording TOT).

Fitting the electronic key into the igni-

tion device will display the total km (or

mi), press button A-fig. 23 for trip me-

ter (or mi).

A0E0060m

fig. 22

A0E0072m

fig. 23

To reset the trip meter (or mi), press for

long button A-fig. 23 during display-

ing.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 25

Speed limit (SPEED BEEP)

With this function it is possible to set the

car speed limit (km/h or mph) which,

if exceeded, automatically sounds a

buzzer and displays a specific message

(see section “Warning lights and mes-

sages”) to alert the driver. Once the

warning cycle is over the display will

resume the standard screen. The warn-

ing message will disappear only after

the car speed slows 5 km/h (5 mph)

below the set speed limit or after press-

ing briefly the MENU button. This pro-

cedure is carried out just once after ex-

ceeding the speed limit and it can be re-

peated only if the car speed slows at

least 5 km/h (5 mph) below the set

speed limit and then it increases until

exceeding the speed limit again.

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

A0E0074m

fig. 24

“SETUP MENU”

There is also a “Setup Menu” enabling

to perform the adjustments and/or set-

tings described on the following pages

by pressing button MENU and +/–

(see fig. 24). The Setup can be acti-

vated by pressing briefly button MENU.

With the car stopped, the

following settings are

enabled:

❒

Speed limit on/off and speed limit

value.

❒

Clock.

❒

Failure/warning buzzer volume.

❒

“Distance” unit.

With the car running, only the

following setting is enabled:

❒

Speed limit on/off and speed limit

value setting.

CONTROL BUTTONS

(set on left stalk) fig. 24

Short push on button: to confirm

the required option and/or to go to next

screen;

Long push on button: to confirm the

required option and to go back to stan-

dard screen;

+/– to scroll up/down the “Setup

Menu” options or to increase/decrease

the value displayed on the screen.

When the standard screen is displayed

buttons +/– activate instrument pan-

el light dimming.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 26

To set the speed limit, proceed as fol-

lows:

❒

press button MENU until selecting

SPEED BEEP: the display will show

SPEED BEEP and setting condition

(ON = speed limit on/ OFF= speed

limit off);

❒

press again button MENU: ON (or

OFF) will flash;

❒

press buttons +/–to select ON or

OFF;

❒

selecting ON will make the last

speed limit set flashing on the dis-

play;

❒

press buttons +/–to adjust the val-

ue.

IMPORTANT The possible setting is be-

tween 30 and 250 km/h (or between

20 and 150 mph) depending on the unit

set previously (see paragraph “Units” de-

scribed later). Every press (pulse) of the

button +/–increases or decreases the

value by 5 units. Keeping the button +/–

pressed obtains automatic fast increase or

decrease. When you are near the required

setting complete adjustment with single

presses.

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

Failure/warning buzzer

volume (BUZZ)

With this function the volume of the

buzzer accompanying any fail-

ure/warning indications can be adjust-

ed according to 4 levels. The buzzer can

be adjusted and excluded.

Proceed as follows:

❒

press button MENU until selecting

BUZZ: the display will show BUZZ

and a figure corresponding to the

buzzer volume level;

❒

press again button MENU: the fig-

ure will flash;

❒

press buttons +/–to adjust the

buzzer volume.

To mute the buzzer set the volume lev-

el to “0” using buttons +/–.

Clock (TIME REG)

This function enables to adjust the clock.

To adjust the clock proceed as follows:

❒

press button MENU until selecting

TIME REG;

❒

press again button MENU: TIME

and clock will flash;

❒

press buttons +/–to adjust time.

Clock is always displayed in 24h mode

(24 hours).

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 27

ENGINE OIL LEVEL

INDICATION

Fitting the electronic key into the igni-

tion device, the display will show for a

few seconds the engine oil level. At this

stage, to clear this indication and to go

to next screen, press button MENU.

Low oil level will be indicated by a ded-

icated warning message on the display.

IMPORTANT Check the proper en-

gine oil level on the dipstick (see para-

graph “Checking levels” in section “Car

maintenance”).

IMPORTANT Proper engine oil level

shall be checked with the car on level

ground.

IMPORTANT To read the correct oil

level after fitting the electronic key, wait

for about 2 seconds before starting the

engine.

IMPORTANT Engine oil level could in-

crease after a long stop.

Scheduled servicing

IMPORTANT The Service schedule in-

cludes car maintenance every 35,000

km (or 21,000 mi); this is shown au-

tomatically, with the electronic key in-

to the ignition device starting from

2,000 km (or 1,240 mi) from this

deadline and it will be displayed in km

or miles according to the unit set. When

a scheduled service interval (“coupon”)

is near to come, fitting the electronic key

into the ignition device will display a

message followed by the number of

km/mi to go before car servicing. Con-

tact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to

carry out any service operation provid-

ed by the Service schedule or by the An-

nual inspection plan, and to reset the

display.

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

Distance unit (UNIT)

With this function it is possible to set the

required distance unit (km or mi).

To set the distance unit, proceed as fol-

lows:

❒

press button MENU until selecting

UNIT: the display will show UNIT

and “km” or “mi”;

❒

press again button MENU: “km”

(or “mi”) will flash;

❒

press buttons +/– to set the re-

quired distance unit.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 28

MESSAGES DISPLAYED

AT STARTING

After the engine oil level, the display will

show for a few seconds a message in-

dicating the procedure to follow to start

the engine (PRESS PEDAL AND

START: press brake or clutch pedal and

then press button START/STOP to

start the engine).

Once on, the NIGHT PAN function

can be deactivated as follows:

❒

by long press on button +(also with

external lights off);

❒

removing the electronic key from the

ignition device.

When this function is off the display

shows “NIGHT PAN OFF”.

Messages “NIGHT PAN ON” or

“NIGHT PAN OFF” stay on the dis-

play for a few seconds, then they will

go off. To stop displaying before time,

briefly press button MENU.

ILLUMINATION OF REV

COUNTER/INSTRUMENTS

(NIGHT PAN)

This function enables to turn on/off

(ON/OFF) the lights of the rev

counter and instruments.

This function can be activated (only with

electronic key fitted into ignition device,

external lights on, and speedometer

built-in sensor in poor outside light set-

ting), by pressing for long button –.

When this function is on, the display will

show “NIGHT PAN ON”.

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 29

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

The date Cin the middle of the display

will stay on until another display info is

activated (e.g. “Light dimmer”) or oth-

er information on car conditions.

With key removed (when opening when

of the front doors) the display will turn

on and show for a few seconds the time,

covered km (or miles) and outside tem-

perature.

INFORMATION ABOUT CAR

CONDITIONS (at event)

❒

Scheduled servicing;

❒

Trip computer;

❒

Instrument panel light dimmer;

❒

Engine oil level;

IMPORTANT When opening one of

the front doors, the display will show for

a few seconds the time, the km covered

and the external temperature.

RECONFIGURABLE

MULTIFUNCTION

DISPLAY

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

The “Reconfigurable multifunction dis-

play” shows all the useful information

necessary when driving, more particu-

larly:

INFORMATION ON

STANDARD SCREEN

❒

Clock A-fig. 24/a;

❒

External temperature B;

❒

Date C;

❒

Partial km (or mi) covered D;

❒

Total km (or mi) covered E;

❒

Indications on car conditions F (e.g.:

doors open, or possible ice on road,

etc. ...).

A0E0015m

fig. 24/a

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 30

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

A0E0074m

fig. 25

“SETUP MENU”

There is also a “Setup Menu” enabling

to perform the adjustments and/or set-

tings described on the following pages

by pressing button MENU and +/–

(see fig. 25).The Setup can be acti-

vated by pressing briefly button MENU.

The menu comprises a series of func-

tions arranged in a “circular fashion”

fig. 26.

Selecting an option of the main

menu without submenu:

❒

briefly press button MENU to select

the main menu option to set;

❒

operate buttons +or –(by single

press) to select the new setting;

❒

briefly press button MENU to store

new setting and go back to the pre-

viously selected option of the main

menu.

CONTROL BUTTONS

Short push on button: to confirm

the required option and/or to go to next

screen;

Long push on button: to confirm the

required option and/or to go to previ-

ous screen;

+/– to scroll up/down the “Setup

Menu” options or to increase/decrease

the value displayed on the screen.

When the standard screen is displayed

buttons +/– activate instrument pan-

el light dimming.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 31

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

Selecting “Date” and “Clock”:

❒

briefly press button MENU to select

the first value to change (e.g. hours/

minutes or year/month/day);

❒

operate buttons +or –(by single

press) to select the new setting;

❒

briefly press button MENU to store

the new setting and to go to the next

setup menu option, if this is the last

one you will go back to the previously

selected option of the main menu.

ENGINE OIL LEVEL

INDICATION

Fitting the electronic key into the igni-

tion device, the display will show for a

few seconds the engine oil level. At this

stage, to clear this indication and to go

to next screen, press button MENU.

Low oil level will be indicated by a ded-

icated warning message on the display.

IMPORTANT Check the proper en-

gine oil level on the dipstick (see para-

graph “Checking levels” in section “Car

maintenance”).

IMPORTANT Proper engine oil level

shall be checked with the car on level

ground.

IMPORTANT To read the correct oil

level after fitting the electronic key, wait

for about 2 seconds before starting the

engine.

IMPORTANT Engine oil level could in-

crease after a long stop.

Selecting an option of the main

menu with submenu:

❒

briefly press button MENU to display

the first submenu option;

❒

operate buttons +or –(by single

press) to scroll all submenu options;

❒

briefly press button MENU to select

the displayed submenu option and to

enter the corresponding setup menu;

❒

operate buttons +or –(by single

press) to select the new setting of this

submenu option;

❒

briefly press button MENU to store

the new setting and go back to the

previously selected submenu option.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 32

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

Briefly press button MENU to access navigation from the standard screen. To surf the menu press buttons +or –. For safety rea-

sons, when the car is running, it is possible to access only the reduced menu (for setting “Speed limit”). When the car is stationary

access to the whole menu is enabled. With the Radionavigation system it is only possible to adjust/set the following functions: “Speed

Limit”, “Light sensor sensitivity ” (for versions/markets, where provided) and “S.B.R. buzzer reactivation” (for versions/markets,

where provided). The other functions are shown on the Radionavigation system display, that shall be use to adjust/set them as re-

quired.

fig. 26

BEEP VOL.

SERVICE

QUIT SETUP LIGHT SENS. RESET TRIP B

CLOCK

MODE 12/24

DATE

AUDIO RPT.

INDEP. BOOT

UNLOCK FDA

DOOR LOCK

UNITS

KEYS VOL.

LANGUAGE

SPEED LIMIT

A0E0218g

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 33

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

Automatic headlight daylight

sensor (Light Sens.)

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

With this function it is possible to adjust

the light sensor sensitivity according to

3 levels.

To adjust the volume proceed as follows:

❒

briefly press button MENU : the pre-

viously set level will flash on the dis-

play;

❒

press button +or –to select the re-

quired volume;

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

Reset Trip B

This function enables to select Trip B re-

set mode (Automatic or Manual).

For further information see paragraph

“Trip computer”.

Speed limit

With this function it is possible to set the

car speed limit (km/h or mph) which,

if exceeded, automatically sounds a

buzzer and displays a special message

(see section “Warning lights and mes-

sages”) to alert the driver.

To set the speed limit, proceed as fol-

lows:

❒

briefly press button MENU: the dis-

play will show OFF;

❒

press button +: the display will show

ON;

❒

briefly press button MENU then, use

buttons +/–to set the required

speed (during setting the value will

flash).

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

IMPORTANT The possible setting is

between 30 and 250 km/h (or be-

tween 20 and 150 mph) depending on

the unit set previously (see paragraph

“Units” described later). Every press

(pulse) of the button +/–increases or

decreases the value by 5 units. Keeping

the button +/–pressed obtains auto-

matic fast increase or decrease. When

you are near the required setting com-

plete adjustment with single presses.

To abort the setting:

❒

briefly press button MENU: the dis-

play will show ON;

❒

press button –: the display will show

OFF;

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 34

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

IMPORTANT Every press (pulse) on

the button +/–increases/decreases by

one unit. Keeping button +/–pressed

obtains fast increase/decrease. When

you are near the required setting com-

plete adjustment with single presses.

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

Setting the clock (Clock)

This function enables to set the clock.

Proceed as follows:

❒

briefly press button MENU: “hours”

will show on the display;

❒

press button +or –to select the re-

quired volume;

❒

briefly press button MENU: “min-

utes” will flash on the display;

❒

press button +or –to adjust;

Clock mode (Mode 12/24)

This function is used to set the clock in

the 12h or 24h mode.

To adjust proceed as follows:

❒

briefly press button MENU: 12h or

24h (according to previous setting)

will show on the display;

❒

press button +or –to select the re-

quired language;

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 35

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

Setting the date (Date)

This function enables to update the date

(year - month - day).

Proceed as follows:

❒

briefly press button MENU: “year”

will flash on the display;

❒

press button +or –to select the re-

quired volume;

❒

briefly press button MENU: “month”

will flash on the display;

❒

press button +or –to select the re-

quired volume;

❒

briefly press button MENU: “day”

will flash on the display;

❒

press button +or –to adjust;

IMPORTANT Every press (pulse) on

the button +/–increases/decreases by

one unit. Keeping button +/–pressed

obtains fast increase/decrease. When

you are near the required setting com-

plete adjustment with single presses.

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

Audio Info Repetition

(Audio Rpt.)

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

This function enables to display sound

system information.

❒

Radio: selected radio station fre-

quency or RDS message, automatic

tuning activation or AutoSTore;

❒

Audio CD, MP3 CD: selected track

number;

❒

CD Changer: CD number and track

number;

To activate/deactivate (ON/OFF) in-

fo displaying proceed as follows:

❒

briefly press button MENU: the dis-

play will show ON or OFF (accord-

ing to previous setting);

❒

press button +or –to select the re-

quired source;

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

According to the audio source selected,

below the time will be displayed the

symbol of the current source.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 36

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

Driver’s door unlocking

(Unlock Fda)

With this function it is possible to unlock

only the driver’s door by pressing the

electronic key button

With this function active (ON), it is

however possible to unlock the other

doors by pressing the door unlock but-

ton on central console.

To activate/deactivate (ON/OFF) this

function proceed as follows:

❒

briefly press button MENU: ON or

OFF (according to previous setting)

will flash on the display;

❒

press button +or –to select the re-

quired language;

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

Automatic central door locking

(Door lock)

When activated (ON), this function

locks automatically the doors when the

car speed exceeds 20 km/h.

To activate/deactivate (ON/OFF) this

function proceed as follows:

❒

briefly press button MENU: ON or

OFF (according to previous setting)

will flash on the display;

❒

press button +or –to select the re-

quired language;

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

Function activation is indicated by the

circular led around the button

Independent boot unlocking

(Indep. Boot)

With this function it is possible to unlock

the boot independently from doors.

When the function is enabled, the trunk

opens by pressing

on the electronic

key, or by acting on the lever located un-

der the left back seat (refer to “Boot”

paragraph in this chapter).

To activate independent boot function

(ON) or deactivate it (OFF), proceed

as follows:

❒

briefly press button MENU : ON or

OFF (according to previous setting)

will flash on the display;

❒

press button +or –to select the re-

quired language;

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 37

Consumption

If the distance unit set is km (see pre-

vious paragraph) the display will enable

to set the fuel consumption unit (l/100

km, km/l or mpg).

If the distance unit set is “mi” (see pre-

vious paragraph) fuel consumption will

be displayed “mpg”.

In this case the option “Cons.Unit” of the

“Setup Menu” can be selected but it is

locked on “mpg”.

To set the required unit proceed as fol-

lows:

❒

briefly press button MENU: “km/l”

or “l/100 km” (according to previ-

ous setting) will show on the display;

❒

press button +or –to select the re-

quired language;

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

Temperature

This function enables to set the tem-

perature unit (°C or °F).

To set the required unit proceed as fol-

lows:

❒

briefly press button MENU: °C or °F

(according to previous setting) will

show on the display;

❒

press button +or –to select the re-

quired language;

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

Units

With this function it is possible to set the

units for distance covered (km or mi),

fuel consumption (l/100 km, km/l or

mpg) and temperature (°C or °F).

Distance

To set the required unit proceed as fol-

lows:

❒

briefly press button MENU: “km” or

“mi” (according to previous setting)

will show on the display;

❒

press button +or –to select the re-

quired language;

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 38

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

Selecting the language

(Language)

Display messages can be shown in the

following languages: Italian, English,

German, Portuguese, Spanish, French,

Dutch and Brazilian.

To set the required language proceed as

follows:

❒

briefly press button MENU , the pre-

viously set “language” will show on

the display;

❒

press button +or –to select the re-

quired language;

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

Adjusting the button volume

(Keys Vol.)

With this function the volume of the

roger-beep accompanying the activation

of certain buttons can be adjusted ac-

cording to 8 levels.

To adjust the volume proceed as follows:

❒

briefly press button MENU, the pre-

viously set “level” will show on the

display;

❒

press button +or –to select the re-

quired volume;

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

Adjusting the failure/warning

buzzer volume (Beep Vol.)

With this function the volume of the

buzzer accompanying any fail-

ure/warning indication can be adjusted

according to 8 levels.

To adjust the volume proceed as follows:

❒

briefly press button MENU, the pre-

viously set “level” will show on the

display;

❒

press button +or –to select the re-

quired volume;

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 39

Reactivating the S.B.R.

(Seat Belt Reminder) buzzer

(Beep Seatb.)

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

This function is displayed only after the

system has been deactivated by Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services.

Exit Menu (Quit setup)

Selecting this option will bring back to

standard screen.

ILLUMINATION OF REV

COUNTER/INSTRUMENTS

(NIGHT PANEL)

This function enables to turn on/off

(ON/OFF) the lights of the rev counter

and instruments. This function can be ac-

tivated (only with electronic key fitted in-

to ignition device, external lights on, and

speedometer built-in sensor in poor out-

side light setting), by pressing for long but-

ton –. When this function is on, the dis-

play will show a warning message. Once

on, the NIGHT PANEL function can be

deactivated as follows:

❒

by long press on button +(also with

external lights off);

❒

removing the electronic key from the

ignition device.

When function is off the display will show

a warning message.

Messages stay on the display for a few

seconds, then they will go off. To stop

displaying before time, briefly press but-

ton MENU.

Scheduled Servicing (Service)

Through this function it is possible to dis-

play information connected to proper car

servicing.

Proceed as follows:

❒

briefly press button MENU : service

in km or mi, according to previous

setting, will be displayed (see para-

graph “Units”);

❒

briefly press button MENU to go

back to the menu screen or press the

button for long to go back to the stan-

dard screen.

IMPORTANT The Service schedule in-

cludes car maintenance every 35,000 km

(or 21,000 mi); this is shown automat-

ically, with the electronic key into the ig-

nition device starting from 2,000 km (or

1,240 mi) from this deadline and it will

be displayed in km or miles according to

the unit set. When a scheduled service in-

terval (“coupon”) is near to come, fitting

the electronic key into the ignition device

will display a message followed by the

number of km/mi to go before car ser-

vicing. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-

vices to carry out any service operation

provided by the Service schedule or by the

Annual inspection plan, and to reset the

display.

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 40

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

Reset TRIP B

End of partial mission

Start of new partial mission End of partial mission

Start of new

partial mission Reset TRIP B

End of partial mission

Start of new

partial mission

Reset Trip A

End of complete mission

Start of new mission

Reset Trip A

End of complete mission

Start of new mission

End of partial mission

Start of new

partial mission

Reset TRIP B

TRIP B

Trip A

fig. 27

TRIP COMPUTER

General features

The “Trip computer” displays information (with electronic key fitted into ignition device) relating to the operating status of

the car. This function comprises the “Trip A” concerning the “complete mission” of the car (journey) and “Trip B” concern-

ing the partial mission of the car; this latter function (as shown in fig. 27) is “contained” within the complete mission.

Both functions are resettable (reset - start of new mission).

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 41

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

Values displayed

Average consumption

Represents the indicative average of con-

sumptions from the beginning of the

new mission.

Current consumption

This value shows instant fuel consump-

tion (this value is updated second by

second). If parking the car with engine

on, the display will show “- - - -”.

Average speed

This value shows the car average speed

as a function of the overall time elapsed

since the start of the new mission.

Travel time

This value shows the time elapsed since

the start of the new mission (driving

time).

Range

This value shows the distance in km (or

mi) that the car can still cover before

needing fuel, assuming that driving con-

ditions are kept unvaried.

The display will show “- - - -“ in the fol-

lowing cases:

❒

value lower than 50 km (30mi);

❒

car left parked with engine running

for long.

IMPORTANT The variation of the au-

tonomy value can be influenced by dif-

ferent factors: driving style (see what is

described in paragraph “Driving style”

in the chapter “Correct use of the car”),

type of route (highways, urban, moun-

tain, etc…), use conditions of the car

(load transported, tire pressure, etc…).

What was described previously must be

taken in consideration when planning

a trip.

Travel Distance

This value shows the distance covered

from the start of the new mission.

Each time the battery is connected and

each time a new mission is started (re-

set), the display will show “0.0”.

The “Trip A” displays the figures relating

to:

❒

Average consumption

❒

Current consumption

❒

Average speed

❒

Travel time

❒

Range

❒

Travel Distance

“Trip B” displays information concern-

ing:

❒

Travel Distance B

❒

Average consumption B

❒

Average speed B

❒

Travel time B.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 42

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

Button TRIP shall also be used to reset

the “Trip A” and “Trip B” functions to

start a new mission:

❒

short push: to display the different

values;

❒

long push: to reset and then start

a new mission.

To scroll the Trip Computer options,

briefly press buttons

and

IMPORTANT “Trip A” reset will also

reset the “Trip B” function, whereas

“Trip B” reset will only reset the infor-

mation associated with this function.

New mission (reset)

Reset can be:

❒

“manual” reset is performed by the

driver by pressing button TRIP;

❒

“automatic” reset is performed when

the trip distance reaches 9999.9 km

(or mi), when travel time reaches

99.59 (99 hours and 59 minutes)

or after disconnecting and then re-

connecting the battery.

TRIP BUTTON

Button TRIP fig. 28, set on the right

steering column stalk shall be used (with

electronic key into ignition device) to en-

ter the “Trip A” and “Trip B” function.

To scroll the values of each option use

buttons set aside the stalk.

A0E0076m

fig. 28

Every Trip computer screen displays two

options of the active Trip (Trip A or Trip

B); one option is displayed at the top of

the screen, the other one at the bottom

(see fig. 29).

In the same screen it is not possible to

have displayed at the same time the

same option at the top and at the bot-

tom of the screen.

A0E0052m

fig. 29

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 43

Reset Trip B

As concerns the Trip B values, it is pos-

sible to select through the “Setup

Menu” the reset mode (Manual or Au-

tomatic) (see paragraph “Setup Menu”

on previous pages):

❒

manual reset: press and keep pressed

button TRIP for over 2 seconds.

❒

automatic reset: it takes place each

time the electronic key is fitted into

the ignition device.

At Trip B reset a warning message will

be displayed.

IMPORTANT Trip B reset will not re-

set “Range” and “Current Consump-

tion”.

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

Briefly press button TRIP to select the

two Trip computer modes; use button

to scroll the options at the top of the

display, use button

. to scroll the op-

tions at the bottom of the display.

Press briefly button TRIP to go from

Trip A to Trip B.

Start of journey procedure

(reset)

Trip A and Trip B reset are independent.

Reset Trip A

With electronic key into ignition device,

to reset the “Trip A” press and keep

pressed button TRIP for over 2 sec-

onds.

IMPORTANT Reset can be automat-

ic only in the following cases:

❒

when the “Travel Distance” reaches

9999.9 km or the “Travel Time”

reaches 99.59 (99 hours and 59

minutes);

❒

after disconnecting/reconnecting the

battery.

At Trip A reset a warning message will

be displayed.

IMPORTANT Trip A reset will not re-

set “Range” and “Current Consump-

tion”.

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 44

On versions fitted with T.P.M.S. system

(Tyre pressure Monitoring System) (see

paragraph “T.P.M.S. system” in this sec-

tion), after Trip A and Trip B info, the

screen with tyre pressure condition is dis-

played (see fig. 30).

NOTE When starting the engine and

for a short time, if you have recalled the

plan view by pressing the TRIP button,

dashes will be displayed instead of

"OK/NO". This is normal since the sys-

tem is checking tyre inflation pressure

values.

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

A0E0053m

fig. 30

SEATS

MANUALLY ADJUSTABLE

FRONT SEATS fig. 31

Only make adjustments

when the car is sta-

tionary.

WARNING

Upholstery of your car

has been designed to

withstand wear deriv-

ing from common use of the car.

You are however recommended

to avoid strong and/or contin-

uous scratching with clothing

accessories such as metallic

buckles, studs, Velcro fasten-

ings and the like, since these

items cause circumscribed stress

of the cover fabric that could

lead to yarn breaking, and dam-

age the cover as a consequence.

Moving the seat backwards

or forwards

Lift the lever A(on the inner side of the

seat) and push the seat forwards or

backwards: in the driving position the

arms should rest on the rim of the steer-

ing wheel.

A0E0020m

fig. 31

001-045 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:48 Pagina 45

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

Height adjustment

Move repeatedly lever Bupwards or

downwards to achieve the required

height.

IMPORTANT Adjustment must be car-

ried out only seated at the driver’s seat.

Back rest angle adjustment

Turn the knob Cuntil obtaining the re-

quired position.

Lumbar adjustment

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

Turn the knob Duntil obtaining the re-

quired position.

Once you have re-

leased the lever, check

that the seat is firmly locked

in the runners by trying to

move it back and forth. Failure

to lock the seat in place could

result in the seat moving sud-

denly and the driver losing

control of the car.

WARNING

ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLE

FRONT SEATS fig. 33

Back rest angle adjustment

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

Use lever E. Pulling the lever upwards

the seat will bend back by one position.

Pushing the lever downwards the seat

will bend forward.

Seat warming

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

With electronic key fitted into ignition

device, turn ring nut A-fig. 32 to turn

this function on/off.

Seat warming can be adjusted to 3 dif-

ferent levels (0= seat warming off).

A0E0024m

fig. 32

Only make adjustments

when the car is station-

ary.

WARNING

A0E0189m

fig. 33

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 46

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

Seat controls are the

following:

Multifunction control A:

– front seat height adjustment;

– rear seat height adjustment;

– vertical seat movement;

– longitudinal seat movement;

B: Back rest angle adjustment;

C: Driver’s seat positions store buttons;

D: Lombar adjustment.

IMPORTANT Seat can only be ad-

justed when the electronic key is fitted

into the ignition device and for about 1

minute from removing it or after press-

ing button START/STOP. After open-

ing the door the seat can be adjusted for

about 3 minutes or until closing the

door.

Storing driver’s seat/door

mirror positions

Buttons Callows to store and recall three

different driver’s seat and door mirror po-

sitions. Storing and recalling are only pos-

sible with electronic key fitted into igni-

tion device.

Stored position can only be recalled for

about 3 minutes after opening the doors

and for about 1 minute after removing

the electronic key from the ignition de-

vice.

To store the required seat position, ad-

just it as required then press the button

corresponding to position to store for a

few seconds.

To recall the stored position, press briefly

the corresponding button.

Storing a new position will automatically

clear the one stored previously using the

same button.

FRONT SEATS SPORTS

fig. 33/a

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

Certain versions are fitted with manu-

ally or electrically adjustable front seats

with sports configuration.

To adjust these seats see the indications

contained in previous paragraphs.

A0E0421m

fig. 33/a

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 47

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

REAR HEAD RESTRAINTS

Rear seats are fitted with two head re-

straints.

Certain versions are fitted with height-ad-

justable head restraint also for the central

seat (see previous paragraph for height

adjustment).

If required, head restraints can be re-

moved as follows:

❒

raise head restraints to max. height;

❒

press buttons A and B-fig. 35 (set

aside the two head restraint sup-

ports) then remove the head re-

straints by pulling them upwards.

A0E0473m

fig. 34

Remember that the

head restraints should

be adjusted to support the

back of your head and not

your neck. Only in this position

do they exert their protective

action. To optimise head re-

straint protective action, adjust

the seat back upright and keep

your head as close as possible

to the head restraint.

WARNING

A0E0479m

fig. 35

HEAD RESTRAINTS

FRONT HEAD RESTRAINTS

Head restraints are adjustable in height

and they lock automatically in the re-

quired position.

To adjust height proceed as follows:

❒

to raise: raise the head restraint un-

til hearing the locking click.

❒

to lower: press button Aand lower

the head restraint.

If required, head restraints can be re-

moved as follows:

❒

raise head restraints to max. height;

❒

press buttons A and B-fig. 34 (set

aside the two head restraint sup-

ports) then remove the head re-

straints by pulling them upwards.

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 48

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

STEERING WHEEL

The steering wheel can be adjusted both

axially and in height.

Release the lever A-fig. 36 pushing it

downwards, then adjust the steering

wheel as required. To lock the steering

wheel, push lever Aupwards.

It is absolutely forbid-

den to carry out what-

ever after-market operation

involving steering system or

steering column modifications

(e.g.: installation of anti-theft

device) that could badly affect

performance and safety, cause

the lapse of warranty and al-

so result in non-compliance of

the car with homologation re-

quirements.

WARNING

A0E0136m

fig. 36

Any adjustment of the

steering wheel position

must be carried out only with

the car stationary and the en-

gine turned off.

WARNING

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 49

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

REARVIEW

MIRRORS

DRIVING MIRROR

The mirror is fitted with a safety device

that causes it to be released in the event

of a violent crash.

Using lever A-fig. 37 the mirror can

be adjusted to two different positions:

normal or antiglare.

Certain versions are fitted with electro-

chromic mirror fig. 38. The electro-

chromic function is turned on/off by

pressing button ON/OFF in the low-

er section of the mirror. When engaging

reverse, the mirror will always set to

daylight colouring.

A0E0135m

fig. 37

A0E0032m

fig. 38

Adjusting the mirror

Use device A-fig. 39 to select the re-

quired mirror:

❒

turn selector Ato 1to select the left

door mirror;

❒

turn selector Ato 2to select the right

door mirror.

To adjust the mirror selected press but-

ton Bin the four directions shown by

the arrows.

IMPORTANT After adjusting the mir-

ror, turn selector Ato 0to prevent ac-

cidental movements.

A0E0036m

fig. 39

DOOR MIRRORS

Door mirror can only be adjusted and

folded when the electronic key is fitted

into the ignition device.

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 50

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

Electrically folding of the

mirror (only versions with 4

power windows)

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

When required (for example when the

mirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces)

it is possible to fold the mirrors by press-

ing button C-fig. 39.

To bring the mirrors back to driving po-

sition press again button C-fig. 39.

A0E0081m

fig. 40

Manually folding of the mirror

When required (for example when the

mirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces)

it is possible to fold the mirror moving it

from position A-fig. 40 to position B.

As the driver’s door mir-

ror is curved, it may

slightly alter the per-

ception of distance.

When driving the mir-

rors shall always be in

open position.

WARNING

Storing the “parking”

position of the door mirror

on the passenger side

On versions equipped with electric seats,

when engaging reverse for parking to

improve visibility the driver can adjust

(and store) the passenger's door mirror

to a position different than that used

commonly.

To store mirror position proceed as fol-

lows:

❒

To perform storing, proceed as fol-

lows: engage reverse with car

stopped and electronic key fitted in-

to the ignition device;

❒

move device A-fig. 39 to position

2(passenger door mirror selection);

❒

adjust the passenger door mirror to

obtain the best position for parking

manoeuvres;

❒

keep one of the buttons C-fig. 33

pressed for at least 3 seconds (see

paragraph “Seats” in this section).

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 51

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

Together with the passenger door mir-

ror “parking” position, also the driver

seat position and the driver door mirror

will be stored. The sound of a buzzer

will confirm that the mirror position has

been stored.

Recalling the passenger door

mirror “parking” position

Proceed as follows: fit the electronic key

into the ignition device, engage reverse,

move device A-fig. 39 to position 2

(passenger door mirror selection).

The mirror will set automatically to the

previously stored position.

If no parking position has been stored,

when engaging reverse the passenger

door mirror will slightly lower to favour

the parking manoeuvre.

The passenger door mirror will return au-

tomatically to its original position about

10 seconds after disengaging reverse,

immediately after exceeding 10 km/h

with forward gear or when moving de-

vice A-fig. 39 to 0.

Automatic door mirror

realignment

Each time the electronic key is fitted in-

to the ignition device the door mirrors

return automatically to the last position

reached and/or recalled before remov-

ing the electronic key from the ignition

device.

This enables mirror alignment if, when

the car is parked, one of the door mir-

rors has been moved manually and/or

accidentally.

Defrosting/demisting

The electric mirrors are fitted with heat-

ing coils which come into operation

when turning on the heated rear win-

dow (pressing button

(

IMPORTANT This function is timed

and is deactivated after a few minutes.

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 52

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

1Upper vent - 2Adjustable and swivel central vents - 3Adjustable and swivel side vents - 4Lower vents for rear seats -

5 Adjustable and swivel air vents for rear seats (for versions/markets, where provided) - 6Lower vents for front seats - 7

Windscreen and front windows demisting/defrosting vents.

A0E0220m

fig. 41

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 53

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CENTRAL AND

SIDE VENTS fig. 42-43

These vents are aligned on the dash-

board. Each vent Afeatures a wheel B

to adjust air flow and a device Cto di-

rect air flow horizontally or vertically.

O= Completely closed

I = Completely open

A0E0014m

fig. 42

A0E0057m

fig. 44

UPPER VENT fig. 44

The vent has an opening/closing con-

trol.

O= Completely closed

I = Completely open

WINDSCREEN AND FRONT

SIDE WINDOW DEMISTING/

DEFROSTING VENTS

These vents are located at the ends (A-

fig. 45) and on the front part Bof the

dashboard.

REAR VENTS fig. 46

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

Each vent Afeatures a wheel Bto ad-

just air flow and a device Cto direct it.

O= Completely closed

I= Completely open

A0E0012m

fig. 43

OFF

AUTO

A0E0088m

fig. 46

A0E0067m

fig. 45

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 54

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

AIR DISTRIBUTION

SELECTION

: air flow to driver’s/passenger’s

body;

: air flow to driver’s/passenger’s

body and lower part of the passenger

compartment;

: air flow towards the front and rear

lower part of the passenger compartment;

: air flow towards the lower part of

the passenger compartment and wind-

screen;

: air flow towards the windscreen

MANUAL CLIMATE

CONTROL SYSTEM

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

CONTROLS fig. 47

A- Air temperature knob (mixing warm

and cold air);

B- Air distribution knob;

C- Fan speed knob;

D- Heated rear window and door mir-

rors defrosting on/off button;

E- Windscreen, front side windows and

door mirrors max. demisting/defrosting

on/off button;

F- Air recirculation on/off button;

G- Compressor on/off button.

fig. 47

A0E0011m

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 55

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

QUICK WINDSCREEN

AND FRONT SIDE WINDOW

DEMISTING/DEFROSTING

(MAX-DEF function)

Press button

: the button leds

√

and

(

will turn on. To turn this func-

tion off, press again button

the but-

ton led will turn off. After defrosting, turn

the function off to keep top comfort con-

ditions.

Window demisting

Climate control system

√

is very use-

ful to speed up window demisting and

it is therefore to be turned on in the

event of considerable moisture. In any

case it is recommended to perform the

following preventive demisting proce-

dure:

❒

turn air recirculation off (if on);

❒

turn knob Cto second speed;

❒

turn knob Bto

HEATED REAR WINDOW

AND DOOR MIRROR

DEMISTING/DEFROSTING

Press button

(

to activate the demist-

ing/defrosting function: when this func-

tion is on, the circular led around the but-

ton will turn on.

On certain versions, turning this function

on will also activate windscreen de-

frosting in the windscreen wiper area.

This function is timed and switches off

automatically after few minutes, or by

pressing again the button or by turning

the engine off. It will not be switched

on automatically when restarting the en-

gine.

IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on

the inside of the heated rear window

over the heating filaments to avoid dam-

age that might cause it to stop work-

ing properly.

WARMING THE PASSENGER

COMPARTMENT

Proceed as follows:

❒

turn knob Ato the required temper-

ature;

❒

turn knob Cto the required speed;

❒

turn knob Bto the required distribu-

tion:

: to warm the feet of front and rear

passengers;

: to warm the feet and keep the face

cool (bilevel function);

: to warm the feet and at the same

time demist the windscreen;

❒

turn air recirculation off (if on).

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 56

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CLIMATE CONTROL

(fast cooling)

IMPORTANT The compressor

√

can

be enabled only if the ventilation is en-

abled.

Proceed as follows:

❒

turn knob Acompletely leftwards;

❒

turn knob Cto top speed;

❒

turn knob Bto

;

❒

press buttons

√

and

(buttons

leds on).

How to keep the required

cooling

Proceed as follows:

❒

turn air recirculation off (if on).

❒

turn knob Ato the required temper-

ature;

❒

turn the knurled ring C to the required

fan speed.

LOOKING AFTER THE

SYSTEM

During the winter, the climate control

system

√

must be turned on at least

once a month for about ten minutes.

Before summer, have the system

checked at Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-

vices.

RECIRCULATION

To turn this function on press button

: the button led will turn on.

This function is particularly useful when

the outside air is heavily polluted (in a

traffic jam, tunnel, etc.) However, it is

better not to use it for long periods, es-

pecially if there are several people in the

car to prevent window misting up.

Do not use the air recirculation function

on rainy/cold days as it would consid-

erably increase the possibility of the win-

dows misting inside.

IMPORTANT The inside air recircula-

tion system makes it possible to reach

the required (“heating” or “cooling”)

conditions faster.

After connecting/dis-

connecting the battery,

wait for 3 minutes at

least before fitting the electronic

key into the ignition device in

order to allow the climate con-

trol system control unit to reset

the positions of the electric ac-

tuators that adjust air temper-

ature and distribution.

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 57

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

To guarantee perfect

and regular sensor op-

eration do not apply

stickers in the “monitoring”

area between sensor and wind-

screen. Keep windscreen and

sensor clean and avoid to accu-

mulate dust or other sub-

stances.

AUTOMATIC TWO-/

THREE-ZONE

CLIMATE CONTROL

SYSTEM

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

DESCRIPTION

The car is fitted with a two-/three-zone

climate control system which makes it

possible to separately adjust the air tem-

perature in the two/three passenger’s

compartment areas to reach the required

comfort.

For top quality temperature control in

the two/three areas of the passenger's

compartment, the system is fitted with

external temperature sensor, passen-

ger's compartment temperature sensor

and two-side sun radiation sensor.

The climate control system automatically

controls and adjusts the following pa-

rameters and functions:

❒

air temperature at driver/passengers

vents;

❒

fan speed;

❒

air distribution at driver/passenger

vents;

❒

compressor activation;

❒

air recirculation.

The following parameters and functions

can be set or changed manually:

❒

required temperature;

❒

fan speed;

❒

air distribution on seven levels ;

❒

compressor on/off;

❒

window demisting/defrosting;

❒

air recirculation.

The system is fitted with AQS (Air Qual-

ity System) sensor (where provided),

that turns on air recirculation automati-

cally when it detects the presence of out-

side polluted air (for example in queues

and tunnels).

Where provided, the system is integrat-

ed with an anti-misting sensor A-fig. 48

set behind the driving mirror, capable of

“monitoring” a preset internal area of the

windscreen and of intervening automat-

ically to prevent or to reduce window mist-

ing up through a proper strategy.

A0E0091m

fig. 48

This sensor can be deactivated through

any manual system control when the

strategy is operating. The sensor is en-

abled at each start-up and in any case

when the user presses one of the AUTO

buttons.

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 58

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

I - OFF button to disable climate control;

L- air recirculation on/off button;

M- climate control compressor on/off button;

N- passenger’s compartment temperature sensor

TWO-ZONE controls fig. 49

A- air distribution buttons (on driver and

passenger side);

B- temperature adjustment knob on dri-

ver side;

C - automatic operation button (AUTO);

D- climate control data display;

E - temperature adjustment knob on

passenger side;

F - heated rear window/door mirrors

on/off button;

G- MAX-DEF function button (fast de-

frosting/demisting function for wind-

screen, heated rear window and door

mirrors with heating function);

H - buttons for adjusting the fan speed; fig. 49 - TWO-ZONE configuration

A0E0453m

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 59

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

THREE-ZONE controls fig. 50

Front controls

A- air distribution buttons (driver and pas-

senger side);

B- temperature adjustment knob on driver

side;

C - automatic operation button (AUTO);

D- climate control data display;

E - temperature adjustment knob on passen-

ger side;

F - heated rear window/door mirrors on/off

button;

G- MAX-DEF function button (fast defrost-

ing/demisting function for windscreen, heat-

ed rear window and door mirrors with heating

function);

H - buttons for adjusting the fan speed;

I - OFF button to disable climate control;

L- air recirculation on/off button;

M- climate control compressor on/off button;

N- passenger’s compartment temperature

sensor

Rear controls

P- knob for adjusting temperature on rear

passenger side;

Q- button for turning on automatic operation

(AUTO) and for turning off air flow to rear

seats (OFF);

R- air distribution buttons;

S- rear temperature display. fig. 50 - THREE-ZONE configuration - Front and rear controls

A0E0454m

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 60

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

AIR TEMPERATURE

ADJUSTMENT KNOBS

Turning the knob knurled rings (B/

E/P), clockwise or counter-clockwise,

respectively raises or lowers the tem-

perature of the air required respective-

ly in the left front zone (knob B) or right

front zone (knob E) or rear zone (knob

P) of the passenger compartment. The

temperatures set are shown on the dis-

play D/S.

Turning the knob knurled rings fully

clockwise or counter-clockwise until they

reach the extreme selections HI or LO,

the maximum heating or cooling func-

tions are respectively engaged.

HI function (HIGH)

(maximum heating power)

It is switched on by setting a tempera-

ture of more than 32°C on the display,

and can be switched on independently

from the driver’s or passengers’ side, or

both of them; this setting brings the sys-

tem to the “one-zone” mode and it is

shown by both displays.

This functions can be switched on when

you wish to heat the passenger com-

partment as quickly as possible, by tak-

ing the greatest advantage from the sys-

tem potential.

The function uses the maximum tem-

perature of the heating fluid, whereas

air distribution and fan speed are con-

trolled automatically by the system.

SWITCHING THE CLIMATE

CONTROL SYSTEM ON

The system can be turned on by press-

ing any button (excluding

(

and

OFF); it is however advisable to set the

required temperatures on the display

and then to press the AUTO button.

The climate control system allows to per-

sonalise required temperatures (driver and

passengers).

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 61

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

LO (LOW) function

(highest cooling power)

It is switched on by setting a tempera-

ture lower than 16°C on the display;

this setting is shown on the display. This

function can be switched on when you

wish to cool the passenger compartment

as quickly as possible, by taking the

greatest advantage from the system po-

tential.

The function cuts off air heating, switch-

es on both internal air recirculation (to

prevent hot air from entering the com-

partment) and the climate control com-

pressor, brings air distribution to

and the fan speed is controlled auto-

matically by the system.

With the function switched on, howev-

er, all the manual settings can be made.

To switch the function off, you only need

to turn the ring of knob B/E/Pof the

temperature set to a value higher than

16°C; the opposite display and the rear

display (where provided) will show

16°C.

Pressing button AUTO, the display will

show a temperature of 16°C and re-

turns to an operating condition with au-

tomatic temperature adjustment.

This function should not be ac-

tivated when the engine is cold,

to prevent air not warm enough

from entering the passenger

compartment.

With the function switched on, howev-

er, all the manual settings can be made.

To switch the function off, you only need

to turn the ring of knob (Bor E/P) of

the temperature set to a value lower

than 32°C; the opposite display and the

rear display (for versions/markets, where

provided) will show 32°C.

Pressing button AUTO, the display will

show a temperature of 32°C and re-

turns to an operating condition with au-

tomatic temperature adjustment.

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 62

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT

Press buttons +/–to increase or to de-

crease the fan speed.

The fan speed is shown by the lit bars on

the display:

❒

min fan speed = one bar lit;

❒

max fan speed = 6 bars lit;

At starting, if climate control system is

operating in automatic mode, the fan

speed is kept at minimum until the en-

gine has started.

With compressor on and engine running,

the fan speed cannot fall below the min.

speed.

The fan can be cut off (all bars off) on-

ly if the climate control compressor has

been switched off by pressing button

√

To restore automatic fan speed control

after a manual adjustment, press but-

tons AUTO.

AUTO will also go off if the system (spe-

cially when compressor is turned off

manually) cannot reach or cannot keep

the required temperature.

It is inadvisable to use

air recirculation on

rainy/cold days as it would

considerably increase the pos-

sibility of windows misting up

inside.

WARNING

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

(AUTO BUTTON)

Pressing button AUTO (front and rear

controls) the displays will show AUTO

and the system will automatically ad-

just:

❒

fan speed;

❒

air distribution in passenger com-

partment;

❒

air recirculation;

❒

compressor;

and it will cancel all the previous man-

ual adjustments.

Wording AUTO will disappear from the

display of the involved area (driver or

front passenger side or rear passenger

side) when performing whatever oper-

ation (excluding temperature change).

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 63

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

The MAX-DEF function activates the fol-

lowing operations:

❒

rear panel turning off (for ver-

sions/markets, where provided);

❒

air flow increase;

❒

air distribution at DEF;

❒

outside air intake;

❒

compressor activation;

❒

AQS function deactivation (where

provided)

❒

rear window heating activation.

When the MAX-DEF function is on, the

only manual operations possible are

manual adjustment of the fan speed and

switching heated rear window off.

IMPORTANT If the engine is not

warm enough, the function will not en-

gage the predefined fan speed imme-

diately, to limit the flow to the passen-

ger compartment of air that is not warm

enough to demist the windows.

Pressing again one of the following but-

tons:

√

, AUTO, or

the system

switches off the MAX-DEF function, re-

suming the system operating conditions

prior to turning it on, in addition to ac-

tivating the last function required, if any.

IMPORTANT Don’t turn the MAX-DEF

function on with engine off to prevent

draining the battery.

QUICK FRONT WINDOW

DEMISTING/DEFROSTING

(MAX-DEF function)

Pressing button

the climate control

automatically activates timed operation

of all the functions required to quicken

demisting/defrosting of the windscreen

and front side windows and, on certain

versions, electric windscreen demisting

in the windscreen wiper area.

The MAX-DEF can be turned on also with

engine off. When this function is on the

circular led around the button will turn on.

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 64

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CLIMATE CONTROL

COMPRESSOR ON/OFF

Press button

√

to turn the compressor

on: when climate control compressor is

on the circular led around the button will

turn on. Compressor will stay on also af-

ter turning the engine off.

To turn the compressor off press again

button

√

With compressor off, the system will

check whether outside temperature is

higher or lower/same as the set one:

❒

if outside temperature is lower than

the set one, the system will operate

regularly also with compressor off;

❒

if outside temperature is higher than

the set one, the system will not be

able to keep the required condition,

the set temperature values will then

start to flash on the display.

Temperature detection (compressor off

and outside temperature higher than set

temperature) is activated each time the

electronic key is fitted into the ignition

device.

HEATED REAR WINDOW

AND DOOR MIRROR

DEMISTING/DEFROSTING

Press button

(

to activate the demist-

ing/defrosting function: when this func-

tion is on, the circular led around the but-

ton will turn on.

On certain versions, turning this function

on will also activate windscreen de-

frosting in the windscreen wiper area.

This function is timed and switches off

automatically after few minutes, or by

pressing again the button or by turning

the engine off. It will not be switched

on automatically when restarting the en-

gine.

IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on

the inside of the rear window over the

heating filaments to avoid damage that

might cause it to stop working properly.

Operation of the cli-

mate control compres-

sor is necessary for cooling

and dehumidifying the air; it is

advisable to keep this function

always on, to prevent window

misting problems.

WARNING

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 65

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

AIR DISTRIBUTION

SELECTION

Front seat Two-zone/

Three-zone configuration

Pressing buttons (front controls)

you can manually choose one

of the 7 possible modes for air distribu-

tion inside the compartment:

Flow of air to the dashboard centre

and side outlets (passenger’s body).

Splitting of the air flow between

the vents to the lower part of the

passenger compartment (warmest

air) and the dashboard centre and

side outlets and the rear outlet

(coolest air).

Air flow towards the front and rear

lower part of the passenger com-

partment. This type of distribution al-

lows heating of the passenger com-

partment in the shortest time by

proper setting of the temperature.

Splitting of the air flow between

windscreen and front side window

demisting/defrosting vents and the

lower part of the passenger com-

partment. This type of air distribution

allows satisfactory heating of the pas-

senger compartment while prevent-

ing possible misting of the windows.

Air flow to the windscreen and front

side window vents to demist or de-

frost them.

Splitting of the air flow between

the central/side dashboard vents,

rear vents and windscreen and side

window defrosting / demisting

vents. This type of air distribution

allows satisfactory ventilation of

the passenger compartment while

preventing possible misting of the

windows.

Splitting of the air flow between

all vents.

Rear seat Three-zone

configuration controls

Pressing buttons

(rear controls)

you can manually choose one of the 3

possible modes for air distribution to the

rear side of passenger's compartment

Air flow to the vents on the central

console (passengers’ body).

Air flow towards the rear lower part

of the passenger compartment. This

type of distribution allows heating of

the passenger compartment in the

shortest time by proper setting of the

temperature.

Splitting of the air flow between

the vents to the lower part of the pas-

senger compartment (warmest air)

and the rear vents (coolest air).

To restore automatic air distribution con-

trol after a manual selection, press but-

tons AUTO (front controls) or AUTO (rear

controls).

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 66

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

AIR RECIRCULATION AND

AQS FUNCTION (AIR

QUALITY SYSTEM)

ON/OFF

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

Inside air recirculation is controlled ac-

cording to the following operating log-

ics:

❒

automatic control, indicated by but-

ton led “A”;

❒

forced switching on (inside air recir-

culation always on), indicated by the

turning on of the circular led around

the button;

❒

forced switching off (air recirculation

always off with air inlet from the out-

side), indicated by the turning off of

the circular led around the button.

With A.Q.S. (air quality sensor - where

provided), the operating logics becomes

sequential by pressing button

IMPORTANT The inside air recircula-

tion system makes it possible to reach

the required heating or cooling condi-

tions faster. It is however inadvisable to

use it on rainy/cold days as it would

considerably increase the possibility of

the windows misting inside, especially

if the climate control compressor is off.

It is advisable to turn on the inside air

recirculation system in queues or tunnels

to avoid admitting polluted air from out-

side. The prolonged use of this function

should however be avoided, especially

with several persons on board, to avoid

the possibility of the windows misting

inside and to guarantee the required

fresh air inlet.

In certain weather con-

ditions (e.g. outside

temperature around

0°C) and with automatic air re-

circulation control on, mist may

form on the windows. In this

case press button

switch off recirculation and if

necessary press button + to in-

crease the flow of air to the

windscreen.

With the outside tem-

perature below -1°C the

climate control compres-

sor is unable to work. It is

therefore inadvisable to use the

inside air recirculation function

with low outside temperature

as windows may mist over

quickly.

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 67

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

POLLEN FILTER/ ACTIVATED

CARBON POLLEN FILTER

According to versions, the car can be fit-

ted with pollen filter or activated carbon

pollen filter (where provided). The filter

has the specific capability of admitting to

the passenger compartment purified air,

free from particles such as dust, pollen,

etc. The filtering action takes place un-

der all air inlet conditions and it is clear-

ly most effective with the windows shut.

Have the conditions of the filter checked

by Alfa Romeo Authorized Services at

least once a year, preferably at the on-

set of summer.

If the car is used mainly in polluted or

dusty areas it should be checked and if

necessary replaced at shorter intervals

than specified in the Service Schedule

(see section “Car Maintenance”).

AQS function (Air Quality

System) (for versions/markets,

where provided)

The AQS function turns on automatical-

ly air recirculation when it detects the

presence of polluted air (e.g. in queues

and tunnels).

IMPORTANT With AQS function on,

after a preset time with recirculation on,

the compressor will enable outside air

inlet (for about 1 minute) to change air

inside the passenger compartment, re-

gardless of outside air pollution level.

IMPORTANT The AQS function is dis-

abled when the outside temperature is

cold to prevent window misting up. To

reactivate this function, press button

v. Led “A” on button vwill

turn on to indicate that the function is

on.

Failure to replace the fil-

ter may considerably re-

duce the effectiveness of

the climate control system up to

blocking the air flow from the

outlets and vents.

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 68

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SWITCHING THE CLIMATE

CONTROL SYSTEM OFF

Press OFF button. The circular led around

the button turns on, signalling the OFF

state.

With climate control system off:

❒

the system stores performed opera-

tions;

❒

the display is off;

❒

air recirculation is active (button led

on);

❒

compressor is active;

❒

ventilation is off.

To turn the climate control system on

again press button AUTO or any other

button (excluding

(

and

Turning the climate control system on

again, air recirculation will be again con-

trolled automatically.

Pressing button OFF on the rear control

will display the wording OFF on the rear

display and will stop air flow to rear

seats.

ADDITIONAL

HEATER (diesel

versions only)

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

The car is fitted with an additional heater

that supports the engine during cold or

winter weather to quickly reach a com-

fortable temperature in the passenger

compartment.

The additional heater works with the en-

gine running when the outside temper-

ature is below 20°C and the engine has

not yet reached normal operating tem-

perature.

After connecting/dis-

connecting the battery,

wait for 3 minutes at

least before fitting the electronic

key into the ignition device in

order to allow the climate con-

trol system control unit to reset

the positions of the electric ac-

tuators that adjust air temper-

ature and distribution.

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 69

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

EXTERNAL LIGHTS

LEFT-HAND STALK

fig. 51

The left-hand stalk control almost all ex-

ternal lights.

The external lights can only be switched

on with electronic key fitted into ignition

device.

Lights switched off

Knurled ring at O.

Sidelights

Turn the knurled ring Ato

. The warn-

ing light

on the instrument panel

will turn on.

Dipped beam headlamps

Turn the knurled ring Ato

. The warn-

ing light

on the instrument panel will

turn on.

Main beam headlamps

With knurled ring Aat

pull the stalk

towards the steering wheel (2nd unsta-

ble position). Warning light

on the

instrument panel will turn on.

To turn the main beams off, pull again

the stalk towards the steering wheel (2nd

unstable position).

Flashing the main beams

Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel

(1st unstable position) regardless of the

position of the knurled ring A. Warn-

ing light

on the instrument panel

will turn on.

Direction indicators

Push the stalk to (stable) position:

❒

up: to turn the right-hand direction

indicator on;

❒

down: to turn the left-hand direction

indicator on.

Warning light

will come on flash-

ing on the instrument cluster at the

same time.

Indicators are switched off automatical-

ly when the steering wheel is straight-

ened.

If you want to show that you are about

to change lane, move the left-hand stalk

to unstable position. The required direc-

tion indicator will flash 3 times and then

it will turn off automatically.

A0E0064m

fig. 51

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 70

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

“FOLLOW ME HOME”

DEVICE

This function allows the illumination of

the space in front of the car for a pre-

set period of time.

Activation

Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel

within 2 minutes from when the engine

is turned off.

At each single movement of the stalk,

the staying on of the lights is extended

by 30 seconds up to a maximum of 3.5

minutes; then the lights are switched off

automatically.

Each time the stalk is operated, the

warning light turns on together with the

message on the display (see section

“Warning lights and messages”).

Deactivation

Keep the stalk pulled towards the steer-

ing wheel for more than 2 seconds.

AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTS

SENSOR (daylight sensor)

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

It detects the changes of the external

light intensity of the car according to the

light sensitivity set: the greater the sen-

sitivity is, the smaller the amount of ex-

ternal light necessary to control the

switching-on of the external headlights

will be.

On certain versions, the daylight sen-

sor sensitivity can be adjusted through

the “Setup Menu” of the display (see

section “Reconfigurable multifunction

display” in this section).

Activation

Turn the knurled ring A-fig. 51 to

in this way, the automatic activation of

the side/taillights and dipped beam

headlights is simultaneously enabled ac-

cording to outside brightness.

With lights switched on automatically

and in the presence of a switching off

control by the sensor, the main beams

will be switched off first and a few sec-

onds after also the sidelights.

Deactivation

As a result of the sensor control, the

dipped beam headlights will switch off

and, after a few seconds, sidelights will

switch off too. The sensor is not able

to detect the fog presence, under this

condition lights shall therefore be

switched on manually.

Failure warnings

On certain versions headlight sensor fail-

ure is shown by the instrument panel

warning light

, whereas on other ver-

sions a dedicated message is shown on

the display (see section “Warning lights

and messages”).

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:22 Pagina 71

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

Parking lights

With instrument panel off they turn on

by pressing button C. When pressing the

button a buzzer will sound and the in-

strument panel warning light

will

turn on.

Press the button again to turn the lights

off.

With parking lights on, move the exter-

nal lights left-hand stalk upwards or

downwards to select on which side

(right or left) the lights must stay on. In

this event warning light

will turn

off.

With left stalk at central position the four

parking lights and the number plate light

will turn on.

DASHBOARD BUTTONS

fig. 52

Front fog lights

(where provided)

To turn front fog lights on, press button

A; to activate these lights it is necessary

to have the side/taillights switched on.

The instrument panel warning light

will turn on. Press the button again or turn

side/taillights off to turn the lights off.

Rear fog lights

To turn rear fog lights on, press button

Bto activate these lights it is necessary

to have the dipped beams or front fog

lights switched on. The instrument pan-

el warning light

will turn on. They turn

off by pressing the button again, turn-

ing the front or rear fog lights off or by

turning the engine off.

A0E0061m

fig. 52

Hazard lights

These lights are turned on by pressing

button A-fig. 53.

When these lights are on, the switch

flashes and warning lights

and

the instrument panel will turn on at the

same time.

Press switch Aagain to turn the lights

off.

Use of the hazard

warning lights is ruled

by the Highway Code of the

country in which the car is

used. Observe regulations.

WARNING

A0E0100m

fig. 53

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:23 Pagina 72

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WINDOW WASHING

RIGHT-HAND STALK

Right-hand stalk fig. 54 controls wind-

screen washer/wiper operation.

With external lights on, activating the

windscreen washer will also activate the

headlight washer, if provided.

Windscreen washer/wiper

The stalk can be moved to five different

positions:

0: windscreen wiper off;

1: intermittent.

With the stalk in position 1, turning the

knurled ring Afour possible intermittent

speeds are obtained:

■= slow intermittent

■

= intermittent medium

■

= intermittent medium-fast

■

= fast intermittent

2: continuous slow

3: continuous fast

4: fast temporary (unstable position)

Operation in position 4is limited to the

time the stalk is held in this position.

When the stalk is released, it returns

to position 0automatically stopping the

wiper.

A0E0066m

fig. 54

Never use the window

wiper to remove ice or

snow from the wind-

screen. In these conditions, the

wiper is submitted to excessive

effort that results in motor pro-

tection cutting in and wiper op-

eration inhibition for few seconds

as a consequence. If operation is

not restored contact Fiat Dealer-

ship.

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:23 Pagina 73

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

Turning the knurled ring A-fig. 54 it

is possible to increase the sensitivity of

the rain sensor, obtaining a quicker

change from stationary (no wiping)

when the windscreen is dry, to first con-

tinuous speed (continuous, slow). A fur-

ther stroke will confirm operation.

Operating the windscreen washer with

the rain sensor activated (stalk at posi-

tion 1-fig. 54) the normal washing

cycle is performed at the end of which

the rain sensor resumes its normal au-

tomatic function.

Removing the electronic key from the

ignition device, the rain sensor is deac-

tivated and the next time the engine is

started it will not be reactivated even if

the stalk has remained in position 1-

fig. 54. In this case to activate the rain

sensor, simply move the stalk to 0or 2

and then back to 1.

When the rain sensor is reactivated in

this way, the wiper performs one stroke,

even if the windscreen is dry, to indicate

that reactivation has occurred.

“Smart washing” function

Pulling the lever towards the steering

wheel (unstable position) operates the

windscreen washer.

Keeping the stalk pulled with just one

movement it is possible to operate the

washer jet and the wiper at the same

time; the wiper actually comes into op-

eration automatically when the stalk is

pulled for more than half a second.

The wiper stops working 3 strokes after

releasing the stalk; a further stroke af-

ter about 6 seconds will complete the

wiping operation.

RAIN SENSOR

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

The rain sensor A-fig. 55, located be-

hind the driving mirror, is an electronic de-

vice combined with the windscreen wiper

which has the purpose of automatically

adjusting the number of wipes to intensi-

ty of the rain. All the other functions con-

trolled by the right-hand stalk remain un-

changed.

The rain sensor is activated automati-

cally moving the right-hand stalk to po-

sition 1-fig. 54 and it has a range of

adjustment that gradually varies be-

tween wiper stationary (no wiping)

when the windscreen is dry, to wiper

at second speed (continuous, medium

wiping) with heavy rain.

A0E0227m

fig. 55

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:23 Pagina 74

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

HEADLIGHT WASHERS

(where provided) fig. 56

Headlight washers are visible and are fit-

ted with a nozzle for each external light

function. They come into operation au-

tomatically when operating the wind-

screen washer with external lights

turned on.

IMPORTANT Check at regular inter-

vals correct operation and cleanness of

nozzles.

IMPORTANT In the event of rain sen-

sor failure, windscreen wiper operation

with right-hand stalk at 1-fig. 54 shall

be intermittent. If failure occurs during

automatic operation, the system will

keep the last wiper operating condition.

Operation is however guaranteed al-

though moving the stalk to other posi-

tions.

The rain sensor is able to recognize and

automatically adjust itself in the pres-

ence of the following particular condi-

tions:

❒

impurities on the controlled surface

(salt, dirt, etc.);

❒

difference between day and night.

Failure warnings

On certain versions rain sensor failure is

shown by the instrument panel warning

light

, whereas on other versions a

dedicated message is shown on the dis-

play (see section “Warning lights and

messages”).

Rain sensor shall be de-

activated when washing

the car at automatic car-

wash.

Make sure the rain sen-

sor is deactivated if

there is ice on the wind-

screen.

Make sure the device is

off when cleaning the

windscreen.

WARNING

A0E0046m

fig. 56

Streaks of water could

cause unrequired blade

movements.

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:23 Pagina 75

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CRUISE CONTROL

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

GENERAL

The speed regulator (CRUISE CON-

TROL), with electronic control, makes

it possible to drive the car at the required

speed, without pressing the accelerator

pedal. This reduces driving fatigue dur-

ing long journeys (specially on high-

ways) because the speed memorised is

automatically maintained.

IMPORTANT The Cruise Control must

be activated at speeds of between 45

and 180 k.p.h., in fourth, fifth and sixth

gears.

A0E0095m

fig. 57

DEVICE ENGAGEMENT

Turn knurled ring A-fig. 57 to

The device cannot be engaged in first

speed or reverse. It is recommended to

engage it in 4th or higher speeds. Trav-

elling downhill with the device engaged,

the car speed may increase more than

the memorised one.

When the device is activated the in-

strument panel warning light

turns

on (on certain versions together with a

message on the display) (see section

“Warning lights and messages”).

TO MEMORISE SPEED

Proceed as follows:

❒

turn the knurled ring A-fig. 57 to

and press the accelerator pedal to

the required speed;

❒

push the stalk upwards (+) or down-

wards (–), then release it: car speed

is memorised and it is therefore pos-

sible to release the accelerator ped-

al.

In the case of need (when overtaking

for instance) acceleration is possible sim-

ply pressing the accelerator pedal: re-

leasing the accelerator pedal, the car will

return to the speed memorised previ-

ously.

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:23 Pagina 76

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

❒

pressing the brake pedal, pressing the

clutch pedal (in these cases the last

stored speed will stay memorised, to

resume it press button RES);

❒

pressing the accelerator pedal; in this

case the system is disengaged only

temporarily; device operation will be

resumed automatically when releas-

ing the pedal;

❒

with car speed below the preset lim-

it (in these cases the last stored

speed will stay memorised, to resume

it press button RES);

Automatic Cruise Control

deactivation

The Cruise Control is temporarily deac-

tivated when the ABS or VDC systems

come into operation (above a max. pre-

set time): in this case the last set speed

will stay memorised, to recall it press

button RES.

In the event of Cruise Control or engine

control system failure, the device is de-

activated until removing the electronic

key from the ignition device. In this

event contact Alfa Romeo Authorized

Services.

TO RESET THE

MEMORISED SPEED

If the device has been disengaged for

example pressing the brake or clutch

pedal, the memorised speed can be re-

set as follows:

❒

accelerate gradually until reaching a

speed approaching the one memo-

rised;

❒

engage the gear selected at the time

of speed memorising (4th or 5th

gear);

❒

press the RES button (set at stalk

end).

TO INCREASE THE

MEMORISED SPEED

The speed memorised can be increased

in two ways:

❒

pressing the accelerator and then

memorising the new speed reached;

❒

moving the stalk upwards (+).

Each operation of the stalk will corre-

spond to a slight increase in speed

(about 1.5 km/h), while keeping the

stalk upwards will correspond to a con-

tinuous speed increase.

TO REDUCE MEMORISED

SPEED

The speed memorised can be increased

in two ways:

❒

disengaging the device and then

memorising the new speed;

❒

moving the stalk downwards (–) un-

til reaching the new speed which will

be memorised automatically.

Each operation of the stalk will corre-

spond to a slight decrease in speed

(about 1.5 km/h), while keeping the

stalk downwards will correspond to a

continuous speed decrease.

DEVICE DISENGAGEMENT

The device is disengaged in one of the

following cases:

❒

turning the knurled ring A-fig. 57

to O;

❒

turning the engine off or removing

the electronic key from the ignition

device;

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:23 Pagina 77

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

The device is automatically deactivated

when operating accidentally or incor-

rectly the stalk, the knurled ring Aor

button RES: in this event to reactivate

the device: bring the car to the required

speed and then move the stalk upwards

(+) or downwards (–).

CEILING LIGHTS

FRONT CEILING LIGHT

fig. 58

Press button:

A: to turn on/off the driver’s courtesy

light;

B: to turn on/off the central light;

C: to turn on/off the passenger’s cour-

tesy light.

Keeping pressed button Bwill turn off

all front ceiling lights and rear ceiling

lights. Turning off is also indicated by the

sound of a buzzer. To turn these lights

on again press briefly button B.

In the event of device

malfunction or failure,

turn the knurled ring A-fig. 57

to O and contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services after

checking the protection fuse in-

tegrity.

WARNING

When travelling with

the device on, never

set the gearshift lever to neu-

tral.

WARNING

A0E0481m

fig. 58

IMPORTANT Leaving inadvertently a

door open, the front ceiling light and the

puddle lights will turn off automatically

after a few minutes. To turn them on

again, open another door or close and

open again the same door.

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:23 Pagina 78

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

In the following table are summarised the causes that make front/rear ceiling lights turn on/off and their turning on/off

mode:

Cause

Opening one of the front/rear doors

Closing all the doors

Removing the electronic key from the ignition device

Locking the doors

Unlocking the doors

Cutting in of the fuel cut-off switch

Front and rear ceiling lights turning on/off mode

Central front light and rear light turning on for a few minutes.

This timed operation will be reactivated each time a door is opened.

With electronic key removed from ignition device: ceiling lights

will stay on for other 10 seconds. This timed operation

is stopped when refitting the electronic key into the ignition

device

Starting the engine: front central and rear courtesy lights will

turn off

Front central and rear courtesy lights turning on for about

10 seconds

Front central and rear courtesy lights turning off

Front central and rear courtesy lights turning on for about

10 seconds

Front central and rear courtesy lights turning on for a few

minutes. Reactivating the fuel cut-off switch will turn off the

ceiling lights

In all the cases tabulated above, front and rear ceiling lights turning on/off is gradual, for 2 seconds.

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:23 Pagina 79

DOOR PUDDLE LIGHTS

The door light will turn on when open-

ing the door regardless of the electron-

ic key position. It will stay on for about

3 minutes when the door is open, then

it will go off automatically.

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IMPORTANT Leaving inadvertently a

door open, the ceiling lights will turn off

automatically after a few minutes. To

turn them on again, open another door

or close and open again the same door.

Versions with sunroof fig. 60

(for versions/markets, where provided)

Versions with sunroof are fitted with two

rear ceiling lights located above the rears

doors.

Press lens A-fig. 60 to turn these

lights on/off.

REAR CEILING LIGHT

Versions without sunroof

fig. 59

Press button:

A: to turn on/off the driver’s courtesy

light;

B: to turn on/off the passenger’s cour-

tesy light.

Closing the doors, the ceiling lights will

stay on for a few seconds, then they will

switch off automatically. Ceiling lights

will turn off when fitting the electronic

key into the ignition device.

A0E0094m

fig. 59

A0E0037m

fig. 60

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:23 Pagina 80

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

POWER SUPPLY AND FUEL

CUT-OFF SWITCHES

The car is fitted with a safety switch that

in the event of a crash comes into op-

eration by cutting off fuel and turning

off the engine as a consequence.

Certain versions are equipped with an

additional safety switch that in the event

of a crash comes into operation by cut-

ting off the power supply.

These two safety switches therefore pre-

vent dangerous fuel leaks due to fuel

line cracking, and sparks or electric dis-

charges due to damaging or malfunc-

tioning of the electric components of the

car in the event of a crash.

IMPORTANT After a crash, remem-

ber to remove the key from the ignition

device to prevent battery run-down.

If, after a crash, you

smell fuel or see leaks

from the fuel system, do not

reset the switches to avoid

fire risk.

WARNING

If central door locking

has been activated

from inside the car and after a

crash the fuel cut-off switch

cannot activate automatic door

unlocking, it will not be pos-

sible to get into the car. In any

case, door opening from the

outside depends on door con-

ditions after the crash: if a

door is badly damaged it will

be impossible to open it. In this

event try to open one of the

other doors.

WARNING

Door unlocking in the event

of a crash

In the event of a crash that triggers the

fuel cut-off switch, the doors will unlock

automatically to enable getting into the

car and at the same time the passen-

ger’s compartment lights will turn on.

It is however always possible to open

the doors from the passenger’s com-

partment by means of the internal door

handles.

If, after a crash no fuel leaks or dam-

ages to the electric devices (e.g. head-

lights) are found and the car can be

started again, reset the fuel cut-off

switch and the power supply cut-off

switch (for versions/markets, where pro-

vided). Follow the instructions given be-

low.

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:23 Pagina 81

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

Resetting the power supply

cut-off switch

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

The switch is located inside the fuse box

at battery positive terminal.

To reset the power supply cut-off switch,

proceed as follows:

❒

press button A-fig. 61 to reset the

fuel cut-off switch;

❒

open the bonnet;

❒

operate the retaining clips A-fig. 62

and remove the protection cover B;

❒

press button C-fig. 63 to reset the

power supply cut-off switch.

A0E0126m

fig. 62

Before resetting the

power supply cut-off

switch carefully inspect the car

for fuel leaks or damages to

electric devices (e.g. head-

lights).

WARNING

A0E0071m

fig. 63

Resetting the fuel cut-off

switch

Before resetting the fu-

el cut-off switch care-

fully inspect the car for fuel

leaks or damages to electric

devices (e.g. headlights).

WARNING

To reset the fuel cut-off switch, press but-

ton A-fig. 61.

A0E0221m

fig. 61

046-082 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 14:23 Pagina 82

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

INTERIOR FITTINGS

CENTRAL ARMREST

The central armrest is located between

the front seats. Inside the armrest are

housed an oddment compartment and

an air-conditioned food box (where pro-

vided) (see next paragraphs).

On certain versions the central armrest

can be adjusted forward or backward by

operating the cover B-fig. 64.

Oddment compartment

To open the oddment compartment,

press button A-fig. 64 and raise the

cover B.

A0E0141m

fig. 65

Pay attention not to

spill the drinks: the food

box bottom however is

provided with a hole to drain

spilled liquids, if any.

REAR ARMREST

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

To use the central armrest A-fig. 66

lower it as shown in the figure.

A0E0139m

fig. 66

A0E0039m

fig. 64

Air-conditioned food box

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

Access to the food box is gained from

the oddment compartment by lifting tab

A-fig. 65. Turn wheel Bto adjust the

air flow inside the food box.

IMPORTANT Function of the food

box is to keep the temperature of the

drinks placed inside it; drinks shall be

warmed or cooled as required before be-

ing put inside the food box.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 83

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

REAR ARMREST WITH

ODDMENT COMPARTMENT

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

To use the central armrest B-fig. 69,

take it from tab Aand then lower it.

Inside the armrest is fitted an oddment

compartment fig. 71. To open it, press

button B-fig. 70 and raise the cover

C-fig. 70.

A0E0146m

fig. 69

A0E0200m

fig. 71

A0E0199m

fig. 70

Ski compartment

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

This compartment can be used for car-

rying long loads.

To have access to this compartment,

lower the armrest, press button A-fig.

72 of the lid B, then lower it on the

armrest.

Ski compartment

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

This compartment can be used for car-

rying long loads.

To have access to this compartment,

lower the armrest, pull the lid tab A-

fig. 67, then lower it on the armrest

fig. 68.

A0E0142m

fig. 67

A0E0143m

fig. 68

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 84

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

To open the lid B, switch A-fig. 73

(accessible from the boot) shall be set

in vertical position (horizontal position

= compartment locked).

A0E0148m

fig. 73

A0E0147m

fig. 72

GLOVE COMPARTMENT

To open the glove compartment use lever

A-fig. 74. When the glove compart-

ment is opened, the internal courtesy light

turns on. Leaving inadvertently open the

glove compartment, this light will turn off

automatically after a few minutes. The

folding top is also provided with a recess

for a pen or a pencil.

A0E0149m

fig. 74

Do not travel with the

glove compartment open;

it could harm the passen-

ger in the event of an accident.

CIGAR LIGHTER

Front cigar lighter

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

It is located on the central console, near

the handbrake lever. To use the cigar

lighter, raise cover A-fig. 75 as shown

by the arrow.

A0E0031m

fig. 75

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 85

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

Press button B-fig. 76 to switch on

the cigar lighter with key fitted into ig-

nition device.

IMPORTANT Always check that the cig-

ar lighter has turned off.

IMPORTANT The cigar lighter gets

very hot. Handle it with care and make

sure that it is not used by children: dan-

ger of fire and/or burns.

IMPORTANT Do not plug electric ac-

cessories with power exceeding 100W

to the front cigar lighter seat.

A0E0152m

fig. 76

Rear cigar lighter

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

It is located on the central console be-

tween the seats (see fig. 77).

IMPORTANT Do not plug electric ac-

cessories with power exceeding 140W

to the rear cigar lighter seat.

IMPORTANT Oversize plugs could

damage the cigar lighter outlet tabs.

Do not plug electric ac-

cessories with absorption

exceeding the max. spec-

ified value. Prolonged current ab-

sorption could drain the battery

and impair next engine start up.

OFF

AUTO

A0E0068m

fig. 77

IMPORTANT To safeguard the light-

ing life of certain internal devices (e.g.:

cigar lighter ring and ashtray), when

switching on the external lights, these

devices will switch on according to the

passenger's compartment brightness:

with enough daylight these devices will

not switch on. On the contrary they will

switch on with poor daylight.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 86

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

EYEGLASSES HOLDER

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

It is located near the front ceiling light.

To use it, press lid A-fig. 81.

ASHTRAY

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

Front ashtray

It is located on the central console, near

the handbrake lever.

To use the cigar lighter, raise cover A-

fig. 78 and open lid B.

Front ashtray is removable: to remove

it, pull it upwards.

IMPORTANT Do not use the ashtray

as paper bin: it could set on fire on con-

tact with cigarette stubs.

A0E0153m

fig. 79

A0E0101m

fig. 80

A0E0156m

fig. 81

A0E0140m

fig. 78

Rear ashtray

It is located on the central console, be-

tween front seats. To use the ashtray,

lift lid A-fig. 79 as shown by the ar-

row.

Rear ashtray is removable: to remove it,

press on the central part and pull it up-

wards.

IMPORTANT Do not use the ashtray

as paper bin: it could set on fire on con-

tact with cigarette stubs.

GLASS/CAN HOLDER

fig. 80

It is located on the central console, near

the handbrake lever. To use it lift cover

A-fig. 75.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 87

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

ODDMENTS COMPARTMENTS

fig. 84

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

They are located on the central console

between the front seats.

SUN VISORS

These are positioned to the sides of the

rear-view mirror. They can swing to the

sides and up or down.

On certain versions, sun visors are fitted

on the back with a courtesy mirror and

a light which enables to use the mirror

also with poor sunlight.

A0E0154m

fig. 84

A0E0102m

fig. 85

To use the mirror open cover A-fig.

85.

Mirror lights will turn on automatically

when lifting the cover and they will turn

off when lowering it or few minutes af-

ter removing the electronic key from the

ignition device.

SUN VISORS

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

Certain versions are provided with sun-

visors behind the rear seats.

To use it, take the tab A-fig. 82, pull it

forwards and secure it to the hooks set on

the top of the car roof (see fig. 83).

A0E0197m

fig. 82

A0E0198m

fig. 83

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 88

PROGRAMMING

IMPORTANT While programming the

system, check for the absence of peo-

ple, animals or objects within the ma-

noeuvre space of main doors or gates to

prevent the risk of injuries or damages.

IMPORTANT Pull up the handbrake

and fit the key into the ignition device.

Do not start the engine.

Proceed as follows:

1) press and keep pressed the outer but-

tons (Aand C): 20 seconds after led D

will start flashing. Release both buttons;

NOTE This operation clears the stan-

dard codes programmed by the manu-

facturer. It will not be necessary to re-

peat this operation the next time you

program the buttons.

2) press and keep pressed the required

HomeLink button Aor Bor C. Do not

release the button until completing op-

eration 4;

3) when the HomeLink led Dstarts

flashing slowly (about 20 seconds af-

ter) bring the portable remote control

(keeping the button to program

pressed) as close as possible to the

HomeLink.

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

HOMELINK

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

DESCRIPTION

The HomeLink fixed-system installed on

your car enables to control up to three

different devices for opening/closing

garage doors or gates, or for turning

on/off lighting system and for activat-

ing/deactivating alarm systems installed

at home and/or office.

A0E0311m

fig. 86

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 89

HOW TO USE THE

HOMELINK SYSTEM

The HomeLink remote control activates

the operation of the garage door mo-

tor or gate motor exactly as the portable

remote control. The car shall be within

the range of the motor and the key shall

be fitted into the ignition device.

Press the programmed button (Aor B

or C). During signal transmission the led

Dwill stay on and the set system

(garage door, gate, etc.) will obey.

If the HomeLink system set as described

above does not work, this may be due

to the fact the original portable remote

control has an alternate code (see para-

graph "Synchronising alternate codes").

It is however always possible to use the

original portable remote control to op-

erate the system (garage door, gate,

etc.).

SYNCHRONISING

ALTERNATE CODES

To ascertain whether your garage door

motor or gate motor is provided with an

alternate code, proceed as follows:

consult the owner handbook provided

by the garage door motor's or gate mo-

tor's manufacturer;

the portable remote control seems to

have programmed HomeLink; HomeLink

however is not up to open or to close

the garage door or the gate;

press and keep pressed the programmed

button (Aor Bor C).

With an alternate code system, the led

Dblinks fast for short and then it stays

on glowing steadily for two seconds.

This sequence is repeated for 20 sec-

onds.

The distance required between the

portable remote control and the Home-

Link depends on the system to be pro-

grammed (type of frequency of main

door, gate or other system).

If Ddoes not start to flash quickly try

again changing the distance between

HomeLink and portable remote control

(move them away slightly). If 20 sec-

onds later the led is still flashing slow-

ing, repeat the operation changing again

the distance between Homelink and re-

mote control.

4) the HomeLink led Dwill start blink-

ing, first slowly and then quickly. When

it starts flashing quickly, release both

buttons (HomeLink and portable remote

control).

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 90

Proceed as follows:

❒

find the set-up button on the upper

side of the garage door/gate motor.

Colour and position may vary ac-

cording to the manufacturer (consult

the motor handbook);

❒

press the motor set-up button (this

action will usually turn up the "set-

up" pilot light). After operation 2,

start to perform operation 3 within

30 seconds;

❒

press the programmed button (Aor

Bor C) and release it. Press again

the programmed button and then re-

lease it to end the operation. Certain

motors could require to repeat once

again the operation for concluding

the setting.

Now the motor should be up to recog-

nise the signal transmitted by HomeLink

and therefore to open/close the garage

door or the gate.

RE-PROGRAMMING ONE

SINGLE BUTTON

It is possible to programme another orig-

inal portable remote control on one

HomeLink button already programmed.

Previous programming will be cancelled.

IMPORTANT While programming the

system, check for the absence of peo-

ple, animals or objects within the ma-

noeuvre space of main doors or gates to

prevent the risk of injuries or damages.

IMPORTANT Pull up the handbrake

and fit the key into the ignition device.

Do not start the engine.

Proceed as follows:

1) press and keep pressed the required

HomeLink button Aor Bor C. Do not

release the button until completing op-

eration 3;

2) when the HomeLink led Dstarts

flashing slowly (about 20 seconds af-

ter) bring the portable remote control

(keeping the button to program

pressed) as close as possible to the

HomeLink.

HomeLink can only work if the pro-

grammed alternate code is synchronised

with the system of the device (garage

door, gate, etc.).

IMPORTANT While synchronising the

system, check for the absence of peo-

ple, animals or objects within the ma-

noeuvre space of main doors or gates to

prevent the risk of injuries or damages.

IMPORTANT The car shall be within

the range of the motor. Pull up the hand-

brake and fit the key into the ignition

device. Do not start the engine.

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 91

CLEARING THE

PROGRAMMED BUTTONS

You are recommended to clear the

HomeLink programming before selling

the car.

Programming is cleared on all the three

buttons at the same time.

Proceed as follows:

❒

press and keep pressed the outer

buttons (Aand C): 20 seconds af-

ter led Dwill start flashing.

❒

Release both buttons.

TECHNICAL DATA FOR THE

ASSISTANCE SERVICE

If after following the previous instruc-

tions you are still unable to set the

HomeLink system, contact the Assis-

tance Service (HomeLink toll free num-

ber 00800046635465) and commu-

nicate the following data:

❒

make and model of your car, in-

cluding the date of manufacture and

the country where you bought it;

❒

make, model, date of manufacture

and operating frequency of the orig-

inal portable remote control (if

known).

IMPORTANT Certain phone carriers

do not permit the use of the toll-free

number. It is therefore required to dial

the alternative pay-number, +49 6838

907-277 (dialling this number will start

an international call).

The distance required between the

portable remote control and the Home-

Link depends on the system to be pro-

grammed (type of frequency of main

door, gate or other system).

If Ddoes not start to flash quickly try

again changing the distance between

HomeLink and portable remote control

(move them away slightly). If 20 sec-

onds later the led is still flashing slow-

ing, repeat the operation changing again

the distance between Homelink and re-

mote control.

3) the HomeLink led Dwill start blink-

ing, first slowly and then quickly. When

it starts flashing quickly, release both

buttons (HomeLink and portable remote

control).

In this way the system previously pro-

grammed on HomeLink is cleared and

the new system is ready for use. This

operation has no effect on the other two

HomeLink buttons.

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 92

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SUNROOF

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

The sunroof consists of a moving pane

sliding horizontally and retractable.

When closed it enables sunlight to get

into the passenger compartment, where-

as when open it enables wide opening

of the whole glass sunroof surface.

The sunroof is provided with manually-

operated sun curtain with handle and air

vents.

Sunroof can only be operated when the

key is fitted into the ignition device.

Do not open the sunroof

if there is snow or ice on

it: it could be damaged.

IMPORTANT Top comfort position

with sunroof open is obtained by turn-

ing selector A-fig. 87 to position.

Operating the selector it is possible to

open/close the sunroof in one of the fol-

lowing cases:

❒

fitting the electronic key into the ig-

nition device;

❒

in the first 2 minutes after removing

the key from the ignition device or up

to door opening.

Opening from outside the car

Press the electronic key button

for

over 2 seconds.

When leaving the car,

the ignition key should

be removed to prevent the

sunroof from being operated

inadvertently and harming

anyone remaining in the car.

Improper use of the sunroof

can be dangerous. Before and

during its operation ensure

that any passengers are not at

risk from the moving roof ei-

ther by personal objects get-

ting caught in the mechanism

or by being injured by it di-

rectly.

WARNING

A0E0238m

fig. 87

SUNROOF OPENING

Opening from inside the car

Turn selector A-fig. 87, as shown by the

arrow. The sunroof will stop in position as

soon as the selector is released.

The movement of the roof may be inter-

rupted and restarted by means of slight

pressure on selector A.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 93

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SUN CURTAIN fig. 88

The sun curtain shall be used to adjust

brightness inside the passenger com-

partment. Sun curtain is fitted with han-

dle and air vents.

Sunroof sliding by pressing the electronic

key button

can be stopped by operat-

ing selector A-fig. 87 (by changing its

position or pressing it).

Changing selector position, will make

the sunroof slide to the new position ig-

noring button

Open and close the roof

only when the vehicle

is stationary.

WARNING

A0E0070m

fig. 88

SUNROOF CLOSING

Turn selector A-fig. 87 counter-clock-

wise.

The movement of the roof may be in-

terrupted and restarted by means of

slight pressure on selector A.

Though the selector A(by pressing it)

it is possible to use the “Inhibit” posi-

tion that will exclude the anti-crushing

safety system.

If when removing the key from the ig-

nition device, you activate sunroof slid-

ing by pressing the electronic key but-

ton

while sunroof sliding by manual

control (by pressing the selector) is be-

ing performed, this last control will pre-

vail. To make the sunroof sliding auto-

matically you have to press again but-

ton

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 94

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

ANTI-CRUSHING SAFETY

SYSTEM

The anti-crushing safety system fitted on

the front curtain outline is active during

horizontal closing (front edge) and ver-

tical closing of the panel (rear edge) and

it will cut in when it finds an obstacle

(e.g.: finger, hand, etc …), thus guar-

anteeing sunroof reversal for a short sec-

tion.

When an obstacle is found, sunroof

stroke is stopped immediately and its

stroke is reversed to the preset position:

❒

during horizontal closing it is active

along the whole stroke of the sunroof

and when it finds an obstacle on the

front side of the pane it guarantees

a 10 cm stroke reversal;

❒

during vertical closing it is active

along the whole stroke of the sunroof

and when it finds an obstacle on the

rear side of the pane it guarantees

stroke reversal.

EMERGENCY OPERATION

In a emergency or during servicing (with-

out power supply), the sunroof can be

operated manually; proceed as follows:

❒

press the light notches to release the

clips and remove the front ceiling light

A-fig. 89.

❒

fit the setscrew wrench into the prop-

er slot B;

❒

turn the key to open or to close (ac-

cording to rotation direction) the sun-

roof.

SUNROOF INITIALISATION

PROCEDURE

After disconnecting the battery or failing

the protection fuse, the sunroof shall be

“initialised” again, proceed as follows:

❒

turn selector fully leftwards (counter-

clokwise);

❒

press and keep pressed selector until

sunroof locking;

❒

release selector;

❒

press selector again within 3 seconds,

and keep it pressed;

❒

a few seconds after the sunroof will

move automatically (during this stage

keep on pressing the knob);

❒

initialisation will end when the sun-

roof stops. Release selector.

A0E0187m

fig. 89

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 95

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

With key removed the led will turn off

after about 2 minutes.

When doors are unlocked the led is off;

pressing the button will lock all the

doors. Central door locking will only take

place if all doors are perfectly closed.

DOORS

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING/

UNLOCKING SYSTEM

Door locking from the outside

With the doors closed, press the elec-

tronic key button

or fit and turn the

metal insert (inside the key) into the

lock of the driver’s door. Central door

locking can only be activated if all the

doors are closed. If one or more doors

are open after pressing the electronic

key button

the direction indicators and

the driver’s door led will flash fast for

about 3 seconds.

If one or more doors are open by turning

the metal insert of the electronic key, on-

ly the driver’s door led will flash fast for

about 3 seconds. If the doors are closed

but the tailgate is open, central locking

is actuated: the direction indicators (only

for locking performed by pressing button

) and the driver’s door led will flash fast

for about 3 seconds.

A0E0025m

fig. 90

Through the “Setup menu” (or the Ra-

dionavigation system for certain versions)

it is possible to activate the function that

enables to unlock only the driver’s door

lock by pressing the electronic key button

(see paragraph “Reconfigurable mul-

tifunction display” in this section).

With this function on (ON) it is howev-

er possible to unlock the other doors by

pressing button

(fig. 90) set on the

central console.

Door unlocking from

the outside

Press the electronic key button

or, fit

and turn the metal insert (inside the

key) into the lock of the driver’s door.

Door locking/unlocking from

the inside

Press button

(fig. 90) to

lock/unlock all the doors.

The button is provided with a circular led

indicating the car condition (doors

locked or unlocked). When doors are

locked the led is on: in this case press-

ing the button again will unlock all the

doors and will turn the led off.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 96

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CHILD LOCK

Rear doors are fitted with a locking de-

vice fig. 91 that inhibits door open-

ing from the inside.

This device can be engaged/disengaged

(by the metal insert of the key) only

with doors open:

❒

position 1: engaged (door locked);

❒

position 2: disengaged (door can

be opened from the inside).

IMPORTANT Each device acts only

on the relevant door.

IMPORTANT Always use this device

when transporting children.

IMPORTANT After engaging the child

lock on both rear doors, check for prop-

er engagement by trying to open a rear

door with the internal handle.

Button

is disabled after door locking

carried out by operating the remote con-

trol, the driver's door revolving plug, or

by automatic door locking after about

2.5 minutes and it will be enabled again

after door unlocking carried out by press-

ing the key button

, by turning the

metal insert of the key into the driver's

door lock or by fitting the key into the

ignition device.

IMPORTANT With central locking sys-

tem on, pulling the internal door handle

will unlock all the doors. Lacking pow-

er (blown fuse, battery disconnected,

etc.) it is however possible to lock the

doors manually.

A0E0155m

fig. 91

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 97

Doorknobs can be realigned (only after

recharging the battery) as follows:

❒

pressing the electronic key button

;

❒

pressing door locking/unlocking but-

ton

;

❒

opening with the key in front door re-

volving plug;

❒

pulling internal door handle.

IMPORTANT As concerns rear doors,

with child lock device on and the previ-

ously described locking active, operat-

ing the internal door handle will not

open the door but will only realign door-

knobs; to open the door pull the exter-

nal door handle. Emergency locking will

not disable central door lock-

ing/unlocking button

IMPORTANT After disconnecting the

battery or failing the protection fuse, the

door locking/unlocking mechanism shall

be “initialised” again, proceed as fol-

lows:

❒

lock the doors;

❒

press the remote control button

the button

on the central console;

❒

press the remote control button

the button

on the central console.

DOOR LOCKING WITH RUN

DOWN BATTERY

If the car battery is run down, to lock

the doors proceed as described in the

following points.

Right front door

Proceed as follows:

❒

remove the protection plug on the

door;

❒

fit the electronic key metal insert in-

to A-fig. 92;

❒

turn the key clockwise (counter-clock-

wise for right-hand drive versions);

❒

remove the key from A-fig. 92 and

then efit the plug on the door.

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

A0E0237m

fig. 92

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 98

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IMPORTANT In the event the anti-

crushing function is activated 5 times in

only 1 minute or in the event of a fail-

ure, the system will automatically enter

the “recovery” mode (self-protection).

This condition is pointed out by the fact

that, in the closing stroke, the windows

goes up in jerks.

In this case it is necessary to carry out

system restore procedure as follows:

❒

open the windows;

❒

remove and then refit the key into the

ignition device.

If no malfunction is present, the window

returns to its normal operation automat-

ically. In the event of a failure see section

“Warning lights and messages”.

Windows and sunroof

opening/closing by the

electronic key (for versions/

markets, where provided)

By the metal insert of the key

On all versions:

❒

turning clockwise the metal insert of

the key into the driver's door re-

volving plug will open all the win-

dows and the sunroof (for versions/

markets, where provided) at the

same time.

❒

turning counterclockwise the metal

insert of the key into the driver's

door revolving plug will close all the

windows and the sunroof (for ver-

sions/ markets, where provided) at

the same time.

By remote control

On all versions, keep button

pressed

for over 2 seconds to open all the win-

dows and the sunroof (where provided)

at the same time.

POWER WINDOWS

Versions with 2 front power windows

are fitted with automatic window open-

ing/closing only on the driver’s side.

Versions with 4 power windows are fit-

ted with automatic window opening/

closing on all doors. For versions/mar-

kets where applicable the passenger

side electrical window and the rear elec-

trical windows are provided with a safe-

ty system with anti-crushing seal able to

recognize the eventual presence of an

obstacle during the closing movement

of the window; upon verification of this

event the system interrupts and imme-

diately inverts the run of the window.

This system is particularly useful when

children operate the windows inadver-

tently and make it possible to close/

open (where provided) the windows us-

ing the remote control when leaving the

car.

The system complies

with the forthcoming

Standard 2000/4/ EC

concerning the safety of pas-

sengers leaning out of the pas-

senger compartment.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 99

100

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

C(for versions/markets, where pro-

vided) – rear left window open-

ing/closing; “automatic continuous”

mode operation during window open-

ing/closing;

D (for versions/markets, where pro-

vided) – rear right window open-

ing/closing; “automatic continuous”

mode operation just during window

opening;

E(for versions/markets, where pro-

vided) – rear power window en-

abling/disabling controls (when rear

power window controls are disabled, the

led on button Ewill turn on and disabled

controls will turn off).

Press buttons A, B, C or Dto open/

close the required window.

Pressing briefly one of the buttons the

window “jerks” whereas a prolonged

pressing makes the window opening or

closing in “automatic continuous”

mode.

Pressing button A, B, C or Dagain will

stop the window in the required posi-

tion.

Front passenger door/

rear doors

Front passenger door and, on certain

versions, rear doors are fitted with but-

ton panels controlling opening/closing

of the corresponding window.

CONTROLS

Driver side

On the driver’s door panel are set the

buttons fig. 93 for controlling, with

electronic key fitted into the ignition de-

vice:

A– front left window opening/closing;

window opening or closing in “auto-

matic continuous” mode;

B – front right window open-

ing/closing; window opening or closing

in “automatic continuous” mode (only

versions with 4 power windows);

A0E0051m

fig. 93

Improper use of the

power windows can be

dangerous. Before and

during its operation ensure that

any passengers are not at risk

from the moving glass either by

personal objects getting caught

in the mechanism or by being in-

jured by it directly. Always re-

move the ignition key when

getting out of the car to prevent

the power windows being op-

erated accidentally and consti-

tuting a danger to the passen-

gers in the car.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 100

101

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

On certain versions, improper boot

closing is indicated by the instrument

panel warning light

, whereas on

other versions the symbol

and a

message are displayed (see section

“Warning lights and messages”).

When unlocked, the boot can be

opened from outside the vehicle press-

ing the electric logo (fig. 94) until it

snaps unlocked.

BOOT

The boot lock is electric and it is dis-

abled when the car is running.

Through the “Setup menu” (or the

Radionavigation system for certain

versions) boot opening can be set by

selecting the option “Indep. boot”

(see paragraph “Reconfigurable multi-

function display” in this section):

when this function is on, the boot can

only be opened by pressing the elec-

tronic key button

A0E0498m

fig. 94

Tailgate opening is facilitated by the

side gas shock springs.

Opening the boot its internal light will

turn on and it will turn off automati-

cally when re-closing the tailgate.

Leaving the tailgate inadvertently

open, the light will turn off automati-

cally after a few minutes.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 101

102

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

OPENING BY REMOTE

CONTROL

Press the electronic key button

Opening is indicated by double flashing

of direction indicators.

Opening the boot with alarm (for ver-

sions/markets, where provided) on will

cause the following:

❒

volumetric protection deactivation;

❒

anti-raising protection deactivation;

❒

tailgate monitoring sensor.

Re-closing the tailgate will restore all the

above functions and direction indicators

will turn on for about 1 second.

IMPORTANT After disconnecting the

battery or failing the protection fuse, the

tailgate locking/unlocking mechanism

shall be “initialised” again, proceed as

follows:

❒

lock the doors and the tailgate;

❒

press the remote control button

the button

on the central console;

❒

press the remote control button

the button

on the central console.

EMERGENCY OPENING OF

THE BOOT FROM THE

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

(foreseen only on the

3-volume saloon version)

If the battery is disconnected, the boot

can be opened by pulling the lever

A-fig. 95 set under the rear left seat.

Refit the handle under the cushion after

using it.

A0E0228m

fig. 95

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 102

103

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TAILGATE CLOSING

Lower the tailgate pressing the lock un-

til hearing the locking click.

IMPORTANT If the option for ”Indep.

boot” is on, before closing the boot,

check whether you have with you the

ignition key since the boot will be locked

automatically.

The addition of objects

(speakers, spoilers, etc.)

on the rear shelf or boot

lid, except those envisaged by

the manufacturer, may prevent

the gas filled struts at the sides

of the boot from working prop-

erly.

When using the boot,

make sure the loads do

not exceed the permitted

weight (see “Technical specifi-

cations” chapter). Also make

sure the items in the boot are

arranged properly to prevent

them being thrown forwards

and injuring passengers should

you brake sharply.

WARNING

Never travel with ob-

jects on the rear shelf

to prevent them being thrown

forwards and injuring passen-

gers in case of accident or

sharp braking.

WARNING

EXTENDING THE BOOT

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

To extend the boot proceed as follows:

❒

remove rear head restraints;

❒

move aside the seat belt, check that

it is not twisted;

A0E0085m

fig. 96

❒

lift seat back lever A-fig. 96 and

tilt the seat back forward. Lever rais-

ing is indicated by a “red band” B.

IMPORTANT Before folding the back-

rest over onto the cushion, in order to

avoid interference, make sure that the

seat belt branches are in their housings

on the cushion.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 103

104

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

ANCHORING THE LOAD

The boot houses 4 hooks A-fig. 97

for anchoring ropes in order to guaran-

tee perfect load anchoring.

A0E0131m

fig. 97

A heavy load that has

not been secured may

cause serious harm.

WARNING

If you want to carry

reserve fuel in a can,

follow law regulations, only

using a certified can, suitably

fastened to the load securing

eyelets. Even in this way the

risk of fire is increased in the

case of an accident.

WARNING

TO RETURN THE REAR SEAT

BACK TO ITS ORIGINAL

POSITION

Move aside the seat belts, check that

they are not twisted.

Raise the seat backrests and push them

back until hearing the locking click of

both retainers; the “red band” Baside

the levers Ashall no longer be visible.

The “red band” Bactually indicates that

the backrest is not properly secured.

IMPORTANT Make sure the head re-

straints are properly positioned.

Make sure the backrest

is properly secured at

both sides (“red bands” B-

fig. 96 not visible) to prevent

it moves forward in the event

of sharp braking causing in-

juries to passengers.

WARNING

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 104

105

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

Improper bonnet closing is indicated (on

certain versions) by the instrument pan-

el warning light

(where provided), or

by symbol

and a message on the

display (see section “Warning lights and

messages”).

IMPORTANT Always check that the

bonnet is closed properly to avoid its

opening while the car is travelling.

BONNET

TO OPEN THE BONNET

Proceed as follows:

❒

pull lever A-fig. 98 until hearing

the releasing click;

❒

press the safety lever B-fig. 99 up-

wards and raise the bonnet.

IMPORTANT Bonnet raising is aided

by two gas springs. Do not tamper with

these springs and guide the bonnet

while raising it.

IMPORTANT Before opening the bon-

net, check that windscreen wiper arms

are not lifted from the windscreen.

A0E0122m

fig. 98

A0E0470m

fig. 99

TO CLOSE THE BONNET

Lower the bonnet at approx. 20 cen-

timetres from the engine compartment

and then let it drop, ensuring that it is

fully closed and not just held in position

by the safety catch. If the bonnet does

not close properly, do not push it down

but open it again and repeat the above

procedure.

Carry out operations

only when the car is

stationary.

WARNING

For safety reasons the

bonnet must be closed

properly to avoid its opening

while the car is travelling.

Therefore, always check it is

properly closed and the catch

engaged. Should you notice

that the catch is not perfectly

engaged when travelling, stop

the car immediately and close

the bonnet.

WARNING

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:08 Pagina 105

106

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

ROOF RACK/

SKI RACK

The car is preset for mounting roof

racks/ski racks.

Front hooks are in points A-fig. 100.

Rear hooks are in points B.

A0E0097m

fig. 100

HEADLIGHTS

ADJUSTING THE HEADLIGHT

BEAM

Proper adjustment of the headlight

beams is of vital importance for your

safety and comfort and also for the oth-

er road users. To ensure you and other

drivers have the best visibility conditions

when travelling with the headlights on,

the headlights must be set properly. Con-

tact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to

have the headlights properly adjusted.

HEADLIGHT AIMING DEVICE

It works with the key fitted into the ig-

nition device and dipped beams on.

When the car is loaded, it slopes back-

wards. This means that the headlight

beam rises. In this case, it is necessary

to return it to the correct position.

Distribute the load even-

ly and when driving, bear

in mind the increased

sensitivity to side wind.

IMPORTANT After few kilometers,

check that fastening screws are firmly

tightened.

IMPORTANT Never exceed the max.

permissible loads (see section “”Tech-

nical specifications”).

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 106

107

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

In this event, to adjust the headlight

slant use control A-fig. 101 set on the

button control panel near the steering

wheel.

If the car is fitted with bixenon head-

lights, headlight aiming is electronic and

therefore control Ais not present.

Control has four positions corresponding

to the loads given below:

❒

position 0: one or two passenger on

front seats and kerb weight (includ-

ing full fuel tank, tools and acces-

sories);

❒

position 1: five passengers;

❒

position 2: five passengers and boot

fully loaded (about 50 kg);

❒

position 3: driver plus 300 kg load

completely stored into the boot.

IMPORTANT Check headlight slant

each time the transported load changes.

FRONT FOG LIGHT

ADJUSTMENT

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

to have the headlights correctly adjusted.

A0E0226m

fig. 101

HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT

ABROAD

The dipped beam headlights are adjust-

ed for circulation in the country in which

the car is marketed. In countries with

opposite circulation, to avoid glaring on-

coming vehicles, proceed as follows:

❒

remove headlight cover (see para-

graph “Dipped beam headlights” in

section “In an emergency”);

❒

move lever A-fig. 102 aside;

A0E0050m

fig. 102

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 107

108

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

ABS SYSTEM

The car is fitted with ABS braking sys-

tem, which prevents the wheels from

locking when braking, makes the most

of road grip and gives the best control

when emergency braking under difficult

road conditions.

System is completed by EBD (Electron-

ic Braking Force Distribution), which dis-

tributes the braking action between front

and rear wheels.

IMPORTANT To have the maximum

efficiency of the braking system, it is

necessary a setting period of about 500

km: during this period it is better to

avoid sharp, repeated and prolonged

brakes.

ABS SYSTEM

INTERVENTION

The driver can tell the ABS system has

come into action because the brake ped-

al pulsates slightly and the system gets

noisier: it means that the car speed

should be altered to fit the type of road

surface.

If the ABS system cuts

in, it is a sign that the

grip between tyre and the

road surface has reached the

limit: you must slow down to

match the speed to the road

grip available.

WARNING

The ABS exploits the

tyre-road grip at the

best, but it cannot improve it;

you should therefore take

every care when driving on

slippery surfaces without tak-

ing unnecessary risks.

WARNING

When the ABS cuts in,

and you feel the brake

pedal pulsating, do not remove

your foot, but keep it pressed;

in doing so you will stop in the

shortest amount of space pos-

sible under the current road

conditions.

WARNING

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 108

109

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

EBD failure

EBD failure is indicated by the turning

on of warning lights

on the in-

strument panel (on certain versions to-

gether with the dedicated message on

the display) (see section “Warning lights

and messages”).

In this case with sharp braking the rear

wheels might lock too early, with the

possibility of skidding. Drive extremely

carefully to the closest Alfa Romeo Au-

thorized Services to have the system

checked.

BRAKE ASSIST

(emergency braking

assistance)

The system, which cannot be cut out,

recognizes emergency braking (on the

ground of the brake pedal operation

speed) and considerably increases the

pressure in the brake circuit.

Brake Assist is deactivated on the ver-

sions equipped with VDC system in the

event of VDC system failure, indicated

by the turning on of warning light

the instrument panel (on certain ver-

sions together with a message on the

display).

FAILURE WARNING LIGHTS

ABS failure

ABS failure is indicated by the turning

on of warning light

on the instru-

ment panel (on certain versions together

with the dedicated message on the dis-

play) (see section “Warning lights and

messages”). In this case the braking

system is still efficient, though without

the aid of the ABS system.

Drive carefully to the closest Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services to have the system

checked.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 109

110

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

VDC SYSTEM

(Vehicle Dynamics

Control)

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

The VDC system is an electronic system

controlling the car stability in the event

of tyre grip loss.

The VDC system is therefore particular-

ly useful when grip conditions of the

road surfaces changes.

VDC SYSTEM

INTERVENTION

It is signalled by the blinking of the

warning light

on the instrument pan-

el, to inform the driver that the car is

in critical stability and grip conditions.

TURNING THE VDC SYSTEM

ON/OFF

The VDC system is automatically acti-

vated when the engine is started. When

travelling, to turn the VDC off press the

ASR/ VDC button on the central console

fig. 103 for 2 seconds. Turning off the

VDC will also turn off the ASR. Both func-

tions can be reactivated by pressing the

ASR/VDC button.

VDC system deactivation is indicated

by the instrument panel warning light

(on certain versions a symbol is dis-

played) and by the circular led around

the ASR/VDC button.

If the VDC has been turned off when

travelling, at next engine start-up it will

turn on again automatically.

FAILURE WARNING LIGHTS

In the event of failure, the VDC system

is automatically disconnected and the

warning light

comes on with fixed

light on the instrument panel (on cer-

tain versions together with a message

on the display) (see section “Warning

lights and messages”). In this case con-

tact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services as

soon as possible.

A0E0026m

fig. 103

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 110

111

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

Performance of the

VDC system, in terms

of active safety should not in-

duce the driver to take point-

less and unnecessary risks.

The style of driving must in

any case always be adapted to

the conditions of the road sur-

face, visibility an traffic. Road

safety is always the driver’s

responsibility.

WARNING

During the use of the

space-saver spare

wheel for versions/markets,

(where provided), the VDC

system carries on working.

However, you must remind

that the space-saver spare

wheel has dimensions smaller

than the standard tyre and

therefore its grip is reduced as

to the other car tyres.

WARNING

For correct operation of

the VDC system, the

tyres must absolutely be of

the same brand and type on all

wheels, in perfect conditions

and, above all, of type, brand

and size specified.

WARNING

HILL HOLDER SYSTEM

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

This system is an integral part of the VDC

system and it is provided to facilitate

starting on slopes:

❒

uphill: car at a standstill on a road

with a gradient higher than 6%, en-

gine running, clutch and brake ped-

al depressed, gearbox to neutral or

engaged gear other than reverse;

❒

downhill: car at a standstill on a road

with a gradient higher than 6%, en-

gine running, clutch and brake ped-

al depressed and reverse gear en-

gaged.

At pickup the VDC system control unit

will keep brake force on wheels until

reaching the torque suitable for starting,

or in any case for about 1 second in or-

der to pass easily from the brake pedal

to the accelerator pedal.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 111

Failure warnings

System failure is indicated by the turn-

ing on of warning light

(where pro-

vided) on the instrument panel (on cer-

tain versions together with the dedicat-

ed message on the display) (see section

“Warning lights and messages”).

IMPORTANT The Hill Holder system

is not a parking brake. Never get out

of the car without engaging the hand-

brake, switching the engine off and en-

gaging the first gear.

ASR SYSTEM

(AntiSlip Regulation)

This system is an integral part of the VDC

system, it controls car drive and cuts in

automatically every time one or both dri-

ving wheels slip.

According to slipping conditions, two dif-

ferent control systems are activated:

❒

if slipping involves both driving

wheels, the ASR function intervenes

reducing the power transmitted by

the engine;

❒

if slipping involves only one driving

wheel, the ASR system cuts in auto-

matically braking the wheel that is

slipping.

This time elapsing without starting, the

system will deactivate automatically by

releasing gradually the brake force.

At releasing, the typical brake disen-

gagement noise indicating that the car

is going to move will be heard.

112

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 112

113

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

The performance of the

system, in terms of ac-

tive safety should not induce

the driver to take pointless

and unnecessary risks. The

style of driving must in any

case always be adapted to the

conditions of the road surface,

visibility an traffic. Road safe-

ty is always the driver’s re-

sponsibility.

WARNING

The action of the ASR is particularly help-

ful in the following circumstances:

❒

slipping of the inner wheel due to the

effect of dynamic load changes or ex-

cessive acceleration;

❒

too much power transmitted to the

wheels also in relation to the condi-

tions of the road surface;

❒

acceleration on slippery, snowy or

frozen surfaces;

❒

in the case of loss of grip on a wet

surface (aquaplaning).

Switching the ASR system

on/off

ASR turns on automatically when turn-

ing the instrument panel on.

When travelling the ASR can be

switched off by pressing briefly the

ASR/VDC button on the central console.

When the ASR is switched off this is

shown by the lighting up of the

ASR/VDC button led (on versions fitted

with “Reconfigurable multifunction dis-

play” symbol

will also be dis-

played).

If the ASR is switched off when travel-

ling, it will turn on again automatically

the next time the engine is started.

When travelling on snowy roads with

snow chains, it may be helpful to turn

the ASR off: in fact, in these conditions,

slipping of the driving wheels when mov-

ing off makes it possible to obtain bet-

ter drive.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 113

Failure warnings

In the event of malfunctioning, the ASR

system is automatically disconnected

and on versions fitted with “Reconfig-

urable multifunction display” symbol

is displayed. In this case contact Al-

fa Romeo Authorized Services as soon

as possible.

114

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

MSR system (engine braking

torque control)

It is an integral part of the ASR system

that in case of sudden gear shifting, cuts

in providing torque to the engine thus

preventing excessive driving wheel dri-

ve that, specially in poor grip conditions,

can lead to loss of stability.

For correct operation of

the ASR system, the

tyres must absolutely be of

the same brand and type on all

wheels, in normal conditions of

use, at the proper inflation

pressure values and, above all,

of type, brand and size speci-

fied (see paragraph “Wheels”

in section “Technical Specifica-

tions”).

WARNING

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 114

115

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

115

EOBD SYSTEM

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

The EOBD system (European On Board

Diagnosis) allows continuous diagnosis

of the components of the car correlat-

ed with emissions.

It also alerts the driver, by turning on the

warning light

on the instrument pan-

el (on certain versions together with the

message on the display) (see section

“Warning lights and messages”), when

these conditions are no longer in peak

conditions.

If when fitting the key

into the ignition device,

the warning light

does not turn on or if, while

travelling it turns on glowing

steadily or flashing, contact Al-

fa Romeo Authorized Services

as soon as possible. Warning

light

operation can be

checked by means of special

equipment by traffic agents. Al-

ways comply with the traffic

regulations in force in the coun-

try where you are travelling.

The objective is:

❒

to keep system efficiency under con-

trol;

❒

to warn when a fault causes emission

levels to increase;

❒

to warn of the need to replace dete-

riorated components.

The system also has a diagnostic con-

nector that can be interfaced with ap-

propriate tools, which makes it possible

to read the error codes stored in the con-

trol unit, together with a series of spe-

cific parameters for engine operation

and diagnosis. This check can also be

carried out by the traffic police.

IMPORTANT After eliminating the in-

convenience, to check the system com-

pletely, Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

are obliged to run a bench test and, if

necessary, road tests which may also

call for a long journey.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 115

ACCESSORIES

PURCHASED

BY THE OWNER

If after buying the car, you decide to in-

stall electrical accessories that require a

permanent electric supply (alarm, satel-

lite antitheft system, etc.) or accessories

that in any case burden the electric sup-

ply, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-

vices, whose qualified personnel, besides

suggesting the most suitable devices be-

longing to Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo, will

also evaluate the overall electric absorp-

tion, checking whether the car’s electric

system is able to withstand the load re-

quired, or whether it needs to be inte-

grated with a more powerful battery.

116

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SOUND SYSTEM

PRESETTING

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

When the sound system has not been

requested the car is provided with two

oddment compartments on the instru-

ment panel.

Sound system presetting includes:

❒

sound system power cables;

❒

front and rear speakers cables;

❒

aerial power cable;

❒

sound system compartment;

❒

aerial on car roof.

The sound system shall be installed in

the proper space occupied by the odd-

ment compartment that shall be re-

moved by pressing the two retaining

tabs set in the oddment compartment:

here you will find the power cables.

If you decide to install

the sound system after

buying the car, contact

first Alfa Romeo Authorized

Services that will give you use-

ful advice about installation and

how to safeguard the battery.

Excessive loadless absorption

damages the battery and the

battery warranty can be inval-

idated.

Take care when fitting

additional spoilers, al-

loy rims and non-standard

wheel caps: they might reduce

ventilation of the brakes, thus

their efficiency, during abrupt

and repeated braking, or long

downhill slopes. Make sure

that nothing (mats, etc.) gets

in the way of the pedals when

they are pushed down.

WARNING

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 116

117

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

RADIO TRANSMITTERS AND

CELLULAR TELEPHONES

Radio transceiver equipment (vehicle

mobile phones, CB radios, amateur ra-

dio and similar equipment) shall not be

used inside the car unless a separate aer-

ial is mounted on the roof.

IMPORTANT The use of mobile

phones, HAM radio systems or other

similar devices inside the passenger

compartment (without separate aerial)

may cause electronic systems equipping

the car to malfunction. This could com-

promise safety in addition to constitut-

ing a potential hazard for the passen-

gers.

In addition, transmission and reception

of these devices may be affected by the

shielding effect of the car body.

As concerns the use of mobile phones

(GSM, GPRS, UMTS) with homologa-

tion , keep strictly to the mobile

phone manufacturer’s specifications.

INSTALLATION OF

ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC

DEVICES

Electric/electronic devices installed af-

ter buying the car or in aftermarket shall

bear the and marking:

Fiat Auto S.p.A. authorizes the installa-

tion of transceivers provided that instal-

lation is carried out at a specialized

shop, workmanlike performed and in

compliance with manufacturer’s speci-

fications.

IMPORTANT Installation of devices

resulting in modifications of car charac-

teristics may cause driving license seiz-

ing by traffic agents and also the lapse

of the warranty as concerns defects due

to the abovementioned modification or

traceable back to it directly or indirectly.

Fiat Auto S.p.A. declines all responsibil-

ity for damages caused by the installa-

tion of non-genuine accessories or not

recommended by Fiat Auto S.p.A. and

installed not in compliance with the spec-

ified requirements.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 117

118

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

PARKING SENSORS

(where provided)

Parking sensors inform the driver about

the presence of obstacles behind the car

(versions fitted with 4 rear sensors) or

behind and in front of the car (versions

fitted with 4 rear sensors and 4 front

sensors).

This system is therefore an aid for the

driver when parking the car since it de-

tects obstacles out of the driver’s sight

range.

The presence and the distance from the

car of an obstacle is indicated by a warn-

ing buzzer - as the distance from the ob-

stacle decreases, the acoustic alarm be-

comes more frequent - and, only on cer-

tain versions, by an image on the dis-

play (see paragraph “Indications on the

display).

ACTIVATION

Versions with 4 sensors

Front sensors are automatically activat-

ed with electronic key fitted into the ig-

nition device when reverse gear is en-

gaged or when pressing the front ceil-

ing light button A-fig. 104 with speed

below 15 km/h.

Sensors are deactivated when exceed-

ing 18 km/h or, on certain versions by

pressing again the button if the speed is

lower than 15 km/h A-fig. 104. If

the system is off on versions with de-

activation button, the button led is off.

Versions with 8 sensors

Front and rear sensors are automatical-

ly activated with electronic key fitted in-

to the ignition device when reverse gear

is engaged or when pressing the front

ceiling light button A-fig. 104 with

speed below 15 km/h.

Sensors are deactivated by pressing

again button A-fig. 104 if the speed

is lower than 15 km/h or when ex-

ceeding 18 km/h. If the system is off,

the button led is off.

When sensors are on, front and rear in-

dicators will sound warning signals as

soon as an obstacle is detected: as the

distance from the obstacle decreases,

the acoustic alarm becomes more fre-

quent.

When the distance between the car and

the obstacle is less than 30 cm, the

acoustic alarm becomes continuous. Ac-

cording to obstacle position (in front or

behind the car), the acoustic alarm will

be emitted by front or rear indicators.

In any case the system will indicate the

obstacle closest to the car.

A0E0482m

fig. 104

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 118

119

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

The acoustic alarm will stop immediately

as distance raises. The acoustic alarm is

constant if the distance measured by

central sensors is unvaried, whereas if

this situation takes place for side sen-

sors the acoustic alarm is muted after

about 3 seconds to prevent sound indi-

cations when performing manoeuvres

near walls.

SENSORS

Obstacles are detected by 4 sensors lo-

cated in the front bumper (where pro-

vided) fig. 105 and 4 sensors located

in the rear bumper fig. 106.

Parking manoeuvres

however are always

under the driver’s responsibil-

ity that shall always check the

absence of people (specially

children) or animals in the ma-

noeuvre space. This system is

just a help for the driver but

she/he shall never reduce at-

tention during dangerous ma-

noeuvres even if performed at

low speed.

WARNING

A0E0231m

fig. 105

A0E0232m

fig. 106

BUZZER

The presence of any obstacle and its dis-

tance from the car is indicated by the

buzzers installed inside the passenger

compartment:

❒

on versions with 4 rear sensors, the

rear buzzer will indicate the presence

of rear obstacles;

❒

on versions with 8 sensors (4 front

sensors and 4 rear sensors) obstacles

are indicated by rear and front

buzzers. This feature gives the dri-

ver the direction (front/rear) of the

obstacle.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 119

120

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SENSOR DETECTION

RANGE

Sensors enable the system to monitor

the front part (versions with 8 sensors)

and the rear part of the car.

Actually their position covers the central

and side areas of the front and rear part

of the car.

An obstacle positioned at central area is

detected at a distance less than 0.9 m

(front) and 1.40 m (rear).

An obstacle positioned at side area is de-

tected at a distance less than 0.6 m.

For proper operation,

the parking sensors shall

always be clean from

mud, dirt, snow or ice. When

cleaning the sensors, take the

utmost care to prevent their

damaging; do not use therefore

dry or rough clothes. Sensors

shall be washed with clean wa-

ter and car detergent, if re-

quired. In washing stations,

clean sensors quickly keeping

the vapour jet/high pressure

washing nozzles at 10 cm at

least from the sensors.

Repainting the bumpers

or touch-up in the sen-

sor area, if required,

shall be carried out at Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services on-

ly. Incorrect repainting may im-

pair regular operation of the

parking sensors.

INDICATIONS ON THE

DISPLAY

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

On versions with 8 sensors, sensor acti-

vation is indicated on the “Reconfig-

urable multifunction display” (where pro-

vided) by screen fig.107; therefore ob-

stacle presence and distance is indicated

(in addition to buzzer) also on the in-

strument panel display.

In the event of several obstacles, the ob-

stacle closest to the car will be indicat-

ed.

A0E0239m

fig. 107

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 120

121

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

If a failure is indicated, stop the car, turn

the engine off and then clean the sen-

sors. Make sure to be far from possible

ultrasound sources (e.g.: truck pneu-

matic brakes or pneumatic hammers).

If failure cause has been eliminated the

system will resume regular operation

and warning

and the corresponding

warning message will turn off.

If the warning light stays on, contact Al-

fa Romeo Authorized Services to have

the system inspected, although the sys-

tem keeps on working. If the failure de-

tected does not impair system operation,

the system keeps on working and fail-

ure is stored in order to be then detect-

ed by Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

at next inspection.

GENERAL WARNINGS

When parking, take the utmost care to

obstacles that may be set above or un-

der the sensors. Objects set close to the

car front or rear part, under certain cir-

cumstances are not detected and could

therefore cause damages to the car or

be damaged.

Indications sent by the sensors can be

altered by dirt, snow or ice deposited on

the sensors or by ultrasound systems

(e.g.: truck pneumatic brakes or pneu-

matic hammers) set nearby the car.

TOWING TRAILERS

Rear sensors are reactivated automati-

cally when removing the trailer cable

plug.

FAILURE INDICATIONS

The system control unit checks every

system component each time the key is

fitted into the ignition device. Sensors

and relevant electrical connections are

then constantly monitored during sys-

tem operation.

Sensor failure is indicated by turning on

of warning light

(where provided)

on the instrument panel (on certain ver-

sions together with the message on the

display) (see section “Warning lights

and messages”).

Rear sensors operation

is deactivated automat-

ically when the trailer

electric cable plug is fitted into

the car tow hook socket.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 121

122

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

The car may be equipped with a Tyre

Pressure Monitoring System, which in-

dicates to the driver the tyre pressure

status by two different indications:

“Check tyre pressures” and “Low tyre

pressures”. For a detailed description of

the two indications, see the “Warning

Lights and Messages” section. This sys-

tem consists of a radio-frequency sen-

sor, installed on each wheel (on the rim

inside the tyre) that sends pressure in-

formation to the control unit.

IMPORTANT NOTES

Failure indications will not be stored and

therefore will not be displayed when

turning the engine off and on again. If

failure persists, the control unit will send

warning indications to the instrument

panel only after a few seconds when the

car is moving.

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM -

T.P.M.S.

(for versions/markets, where provided)

The T.P.M.S. does not

exempt the driver from

checking tyre pressure, includ-

ing the space-saver spare

wheel (for versions/markets,

where provided) at regular in-

tervals.

WARNING

Tyre pressure should be checked with

tyres cold. Should it become necessary

for whatever reason to check pressure

with hot tyres, do not reduce pressure

although it is higher than the prescribed

value but repeat the check when tyres

are cold (see section “Wheels” in sec-

tion “Technical Specifications”).

T.P.M.S. cannot indicate sudden tyre

pressure drops (e.g.: tyre burst). In this

event, brake the car cautiously and

avoid sudden steering.

The T.P.M.S. system requires special

equipment. Consult Alfa Romeo Autho-

rized Services to know what type of ac-

cessories are compatible with the sys-

tem (wheels, wheel caps, etc.). Using

other accessories could cause system

malfunctioning. Due to inflation valve

special characteristics, use only tyre re-

pair sealants approved by Alfa Romeo;

other sealants could cause system mal-

functioning.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 122

123

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

If after repairing a punctured tyre with

the Fix&Go automatic kit and restoring

the initial conditions the flat tyre warn-

ing light continues to stay on, contact

Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

Tyre pressure could change according to

outside temperature. For this reason the

T.P.M.S. system could temporarily indi-

cate low tyre pressure. In this event

check pressure with cold tyres and re-

store proper inflation values if required.

If the car is fitted with T.P.M.S. system,

when changing a tyre, change also the

rubber seal of the valve and the fas-

tening ring of the sensor. Contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services.

Strong radio-frequency disturbances

could inhibit proper TPMS system oper-

ation. This condition is indicated by a

dedicated massage on the display. This

indication will go off automatically as

soon as the radio-frequency disturbance

ceases.

If the car is fitted with T.P.M.S. system,

tyre and/or rim removal and refitting

operations involve special precautions;

to prevent damages or wrong sensor re-

fitting, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized

Services to have tyre and/or rim

changed.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 123

124

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

In order to use the system properly, refer to the following table when you have to change wheels/tyres:

(*) Given as an alternative on the owner's manual and to be found in Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo.

(**) Not crossed (tyres shall remain on the same side).

Operation

–

Wheel change

with space-saver spare wheel

Wheel change

with snow tyres

Wheel change

with snow tyres

Wheel change

with others of different

size (*)

Wheel cross switching

(front/rear) (**)

Sensor presence

–

YES

Failure Indication

YES

Alfa Romeo Authorized

Services operation

Contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services

Repair damaged

wheel

Contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services

–

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 124

125

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

PETROL ENGINES

Use only unleaded petrol. To prevent er-

rors, the diameter of the fuel tank filler

is too small to introduce a lead petrol

pump filler. Use petrol with a rated oc-

tane number (R.O.N.) not lower than

95.

IMPORTANT An inefficient catalyst

leads to harmful exhaust emissions, thus

contributing to air pollution.

IMPORTANT Never use leaded

petrol, even in small amount or in an

emergency, as this would damage the

catalyst beyond repair.

AT THE FILLING

STATION

IMPORTANT Refuelling shall always

be performed with engine off. Failing to

observe this precaution could cause the

gauge to provide wrong indications.

Should this occur, to restore proper in-

dication just have next refuelling with

the engine off. Otherwise contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services.

DIESEL ENGINES

If the outside temperature is very low,

the diesel thickens due to the formation

of paraffins and could clog the diesel fu-

el filter.

In order to avoid these problems, dif-

ferent types of diesel are distributed ac-

cording to the season: summer type,

winter type arctic type (mountains/cold

areas).

If refuelling with diesel fuel not suitable

for the current temperature, mix diesel

fuel with TUTELA DIESEL ART ad-

ditive in the proportions stated on the

can, putting first the antifreeze in the

tank and then the diesel fuel.

If driving or parking the vehicle for a long

period in cold areas/mountains, refuel

with the diesel fuel available at local fill-

ing stations. In this situation you are al-

so recommended to have in the tank an

amount of fuel 50% higher than usable

capacity.

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 125

126

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

FUEL FILLER CAP

The fuel filler cap is unlocked when cen-

tral door locking is off and it is auto-

matically locked when activating the

central door locking.

Opening

Open the flap A-fig. 109 by means

of front part (see figure), turn cap Ban-

ti-clockwise and extract it. The cap has

a device Cretaining it to the flap so it

cannot be lost. When refuelling, attach

the cap to the flap, as illustrated.

Closing

Fit cap Bin its housing and turn it clockwi-

se until it clicks once or more, then close

the flap A.

When refuelling, position the cap on the

device inside the flap as shown in the

figure.

IMPORTANT The sealing of the tank

may cause light pressurising in the tank.

A little breathing off, while slackening

the cap, is absolutely normal.

The car must only be

filled with diesel fuel for

motor vehicles, in com-

pliance with European Standard

EN590. The use of other prod-

ucts or mixtures may irrepara-

bly damage the engine with in-

validation of the warranty due

to the damage caused. In the

event of accidentally filling with

another type of fuel, do not

start the engine and empty the

tank. If the engine has been run

even for only a very short time,

in addition to the tank, it is al-

so necessary to drain out the

whole fuel circuit.

REFUELLING

To guarantee full tank filling, carry out

two refuelling operations after the first

click of the fuel delivery gun. Avoid fur-

ther topping up operations that could

cause damages to the fuel system.

A0E0799m

fig. 109

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 126

127

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

PROTECTING

THE ENVIRONMENT

The devices for curtailing petrol engine

emissions are the following:

❒

three-way catalytic converter;

❒

Lambda sensor;

❒

fuel evaporation system.

In addition, do not let the engine run,

even for a test, with one or more spark

plugs disconnected.

The devices for curtailing diesel fuel en-

gine emissions are the following:

❒

oxidising catalytic converter;

❒

exhaust gas recirculation system

(E.G.R.);

❒

diesel particulate filter (DPF) (where

required).

EMERGENCY OPENING OF

THE FUEL FILLER CAP

In case of failure, the fuel filler cap can

be opened by pulling string set on the

right side of the boot fig. 110.

A0E0130m

fig. 110

Do not put naked flames

or lighted cigarettes

near the fuel filler hole as there

is danger of fire. Do not bend

too close to the hole either so

as not to breathe in harmful

vapours.

WARNING

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 127

128

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

Since this filter physically traps particu-

lates, it shall be cleaned (reclaimed) at

regular intervals by burning carbon par-

ticles. Reclaiming procedure is controlled

automatically by the engine control unit

according to the filter conditions and the

conditions of use of the car. During re-

claiming the following phenomena could

take place: idling slight increase, fan ac-

tivation, slight smoke increase, high ex-

haust temperatures. These situations

shall not be considered as faults and they

do not affect car performance and envi-

ronment.

DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER

(DPF) (where required)

The Diesel Particulate Filter is a me-

chanical filter, integral with the exhaust

system, that physically traps particulate

present in the exhaust gases of Diesel

engines.

The diesel particular filter has been

adopted to eliminate almost totally par-

ticulates in compliance with current /

future law regulations.

During normal use of the car, the engine

control unit records a set of data (e.g.:

travel time, type of route, temperatures,

etc.) and it will then calculate how much

particulates has been trapped by the fil-

ter.

During normal service

the diesel particulate

filter (DPF) (where required)

reaches high temperatures.

Do not therefore park the car

over inflammable materials

(grass, dry leaves, pine nee-

dles, etc.): fire hazard.

WARNING

083-128 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 128

129

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

SEAT BELTS ...................................................... 130

S.B.R. SYSTEM ................................................ 131

PRETENSIONERS............................................... 132

CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY .............................. 135

PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE

“UNIVERSAL ISOFIX”CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM..... 140

FRONT AIR BAGS............................................... 142

SIDE AIR BAGS (Side bag - Window bag) ............. 145

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:50 Pagina 129

130

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

Never press button C

when travelling.

Through the reel, the belt automatically

adapts to the body of the passenger

wearing it, allowing freedom of move-

ment.

When the car is parked on a steep slope

the reel mechanism may block; this is

normal. The reel mechanism prevents

the webbing coming out when it is jerked

or if the car brakes sharply, in a collision

or when cornering at high speed.

SEAT BELTS

USING THE SEAT BELTS

The belt should be worn keeping the

chest straight and rested against the seat

back.

To fasten seat belts, take the tongue

A-fig. 1 and insert it into the buckle

B, until hearing the locking click.

At removal, if it jams, let it rewind for

a short stretch, then pull it out again

without jerking.

To unfasten the seat belts, press button

C. Guide the seat belt with your hand

while it is rewinding, to prevent it from

twisting.

WARNING

A0E0083m

fig. 1

A0E0055m

fig. 2

The rear seat is fitted with inertial seat

belts with three anchor points and reel

for side and central seats.

Rear seat belts shall be worn as shown

in the figure fig. 2.

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:50 Pagina 130

131

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

IMPORTANT On certain versions, cor-

rect backrest fastening is guaranteed

when the “red band” A-fig. 3 aside

levers Bis no longer visible. The “red

band” actually indicates that the back-

rest is not properly secured.

IMPORTANT After putting the seats

back to their travelling position, restore

the seat belt position to make them

ready for use.

Make sure the backrest

is properly secured at

both sides (red band A-fig. 3

not visible) to prevent it moves

forward in the event of sharp

braking causing injuries to pas-

sengers.

WARNING

Remember that in the

event of a violent colli-

sion, back seat passengers not

wearing seat belts also repre-

sent a serious danger for the

front seat passengers.

WARNING

A0E0085m

fig. 3

S.B.R. SYSTEM

(Seat Belt Reminder)

The car is fitted with the S.B.R. system

(Seat Belt Reminder), consisting of a

buzzer which, together with the turning

on of warning light

, warns the driver

and the front passenger to fasten the

seat belt.

The buzzer can be muted temporarily by

the following procedure:

❒

fasten the front seat belts;

❒

fit the electronic key into the ignition de-

vice;

❒

wait for over 20 seconds but less than

1 minute and then unfasten one of the

front seat belts.

This procedure will stand valid till next en-

gine switching off.

For permanent deactivation, contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services. The S.B.R.

system can only be reset through the set-

up menu (see paragraph “Reconfigurable

multifunction display“ in section “Dash-

board and controls”).

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:50 Pagina 131

132

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

Anything that modifies its original con-

ditions invalidates its efficiency. Anything

that modifies its original conditions in-

validates its efficiency. If due to unusu-

al natural events (floods, seas storm,

etc.) the device has been affected by

water and mud, it must necessarily be

replaced.

PRETENSIONERS

To increase the efficiency of the seat

belts, the car is fitted with front preten-

sioners. These devices, in the event of

a violent crash, rewind the seat belts a

few centimetres. In this way they en-

sure that the seat belt adheres perfect-

ly to the wearer before the restraining

action begins.

Front pretensioners activation is indi-

cated by buckle withdrawal downwards.

IMPORTANT To obtain the highest

degree of protection from the action of

the pretensioning device, wear the seat

belt keeping it firmly close to the chest

and pelvis.

Front seat pretensioners activate only

if front seat belts are properly fitted in-

to buckles.

A small amount of smoke may be pro-

duced. This smoke is in no way toxic and

presents no fire hazard.

The pretensioner can

only be used once. Af-

ter a collision that has trig-

gered it, have it replaced at Al-

fa Romeo Authorized Services.

Pretensioner validity is indi-

cated on the label inside the

glovebox. Pretensioners should

be replaced at Alfa Romeo Au-

thorized Services as this date

approaches.

WARNING

Operations which lead

to knocks, vibrations or

localised heating (over

100°C for a maximum of 6

hours) in the area around the

pretensioners may cause dam-

age or trigger them. These de-

vices are not affected by vibra-

tions caused by irregularities of

the road surface or low obsta-

cles such as kerbs, etc. Contact

Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

for any assistance.

LOAD LIMITERS

To increase passenger’s safety, the front

seat belt reels contain a load limiter

which allows controlled sag in such a

way as to dose the force acting on the

chest and shoulders during the belt re-

straining action in case of front crash.

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:50 Pagina 132

133

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

IMPORTANT The belt should not be

twisted. The upper part should pass over

the shoulder and cross the chest diago-

nally. The lower part should adhere to

the pelvis fig. 6 and not the abdomen

of the passenger. Do not use any objects

(pegs, stoppers, etc.) to keep the belts

away from the body.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

FOR USING

THE SEAT BELTS

The driver must comply with (and have

the vehicle occupants follow) all the lo-

cal legal regulations concerning the use

of seat belts.

Always fasten the seat belts before start-

ing.

Seat belts are also to be worn by ex-

pectant mothers: the risk of injury in the

case of accident is greatly reduced for

them and the unborn child if they are

wearing a seat belt. Of course they must

position the lower part of the belt very

low down so that it passes under the ab-

domen fig. 5.

A0E0104m

fig. 5

A0E0103m

fig. 6

For maximum protec-

tion keep the back of

your seat upright, lean back in-

to it and make sure the seat

belt fits closely across your

chest and hips. Make sure that

the seat belts of the front and

rear passengers are fastened

at all times! You increase the

risk of serious injury or death

in a collision if you travel with

the belts unfastened.

WARNING

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:50 Pagina 133

134

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

HOW TO KEEP THE SEAT

BELTS ALWAYS IN

EFFICIENT CONDITIONS

❒

Always use the belt with the tape taut

and never twisted; make sure that

it is free to run without impediments;

❒

after a serious accident, replace the

belt being worn at that time, even if

it does not appear damaged. Always

replace the seat belts if pretensioners

have been activated;

❒

to clean the belts, wash by hand with

neutral soap, rinse and leave to dry

in the shade. Never use strong de-

tergents, bleach or dyes or other

chemical substance that might weak-

en the fibres;

❒

prevent the reels from getting wet:

their correct operation is only guar-

anteed if water does not get inside;

❒

replace the seat belt when showing

significant wear or cut signs.

IMPORTANT Never travel with a child

sitting on the passenger’s lap with a sin-

gle belt to protect them both fig. 7.

Do not fasten other objects to the body.

A0E0105m

fig. 7

Under no circumstances

should the components

of the seat belts and preten-

sioners be tampered with or

removed. Any operation

should be carried out by qual-

ified and authorised personnel.

Always contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services.

WARNING

If the belt has been

subjected to heavy

stress, for example after an

accident, it should be changed

completely together with the

anchors, anchor fastening

screws and the pretensioners.

In fact, even if the belt has no

visible defects, it could have

lost its resilience.

WARNING

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:50 Pagina 134

135

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

The results of research on the best child

restraint systems are contained in the

European Standard ECE-R44. This Stan-

dard enforces the use of restraint sys-

tems classified in five groups:

Group 0 - 0-10 kg in weight

Group 0+ - 0-13 kg in weight

Group 1 9-18 kg in weight

Group 2 15-25 kg in weight

Group 3 22-36 kg in weight

As it may be noted, the groups overlap

partly and in fact, in commerce it is pos-

sible to find devices that cover more

than one weight group.

All restraint devices must bear the cer-

tification data, together with the control

brand, on a solidly fixed label which

must absolutely never be removed.

Over 1.50 m in height, from the point

of view of restraint systems, children are

considered as adults and wear the seat

belts normally.

Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo offers seats for

each weight group, which are the rec-

ommended choice, as they have been

designed and experimented specifical-

ly for Alfa Romeo cars.

CARRYING

CHILDREN SAFELY

For optimal protection in the event of

a crash, all passengers must be seated

and wearing adequate restraint systems.

This is even more important for children.

This prescription is compulsory in all EC

countries according to EC Directive

2003/20/EC.

Compared with adults, a child’s head is

proportionately larger and heavier than

the rest of the body, while muscles and

bone structure are not completely de-

veloped. Therefore, in order to restraint

them correctly in the event of a crash,

different systems are needed than adult

seat belts.

With passenger’s air

bag active, never place

child’s seats with the cradle

facing backwards since the air

bag activation could cause to

the child serious injuries, even

mortal, regardless of the seri-

ousness of the crash that trig-

gered it. You are advised to

carry children always with

proper restraint systems on

the rear seats, as this is the

most protected position in the

case of a crash.

WARNING

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:50 Pagina 135

136

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

GROUP 0 and 0+

Babies up to 13 kg must be carried fac-

ing backwards fig. 8 on a cradle seat,

which, supporting the head, does not in-

duce stress on the neck in the event of

sharp deceleration.

The cradle is restrained by the car seat

belts and in turn it must restrain the child

with its own belts.

SERIOUS DANGER If it

is absolutely necessary

to carry a child on the

front passenger seat

with the cradle child’s

seat facing backwards, the

front passenger’s air bags

(front air bag, knees air bag,

for versions/markets, where

provided, and side bag on

seat), must be deactivated us-

ing the key switch. In this case

it is absolutely necessary to

check the warning light

the front ceiling light panel

(see paragraph “Passenger’s

front air bag”) to make sure

that deactivation has actually

taken place. Moreover, the

front passenger’s seat shall be

adjusted in the most backward

position to prevent any contact

between the child’s seat and

the dashboard.

WARNING

A0E0106m

fig. 8

The figure is only an ex-

ample for mounting. At-

tain to the instructions for fas-

tening which must be enclosed

with the specific child restrain-

ing system you are using.

WARNING

A0E0106m

fig. 9

GROUP 1

Starting from 9 kg to 18 kg in weight,

children may be carried facing forwards,

with seat fitted with front cushion

fig. 9, through which the car seat belt

restrains both child and seat.

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:50 Pagina 136

137

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

GROUP 2

Starting from 15 kg to 25 kg in weight,

children may be restrained directly by

the car belts. The only function of the

seat is to position the child correctly in

relation to the belts, so that the diago-

nal part adheres to the chest and not

to the neck and that the horizontal part

clings to the child’s pelvis and not the

abdomen fig. 10.

GROUP 3

For children from 22 kg to 36 kg the

size of the child’s chest no longer re-

quires a support to space the child’s back

from the seat back. Fig. 11 shows

proper child seat positioning on the rear

seat.

Children taller than 1.50 m can wear

seat belts like adults.

Seats exist which are

suitable for covering

weight groups 0 and 1 with a

rear connection to the car belts

and their own belts to restrain

the child. Due to their size, they

can be dangerous if installed in-

correctly fastened to the car

belts with a cushion. Carefully

follow the instructions for in-

stallation provided with the

seat.

WARNING

A0E0108m

fig. 10

A0E0109m

fig. 11

The illustrations are in-

dicative only for as-

sembly. Assemble the seat ac-

cording to the compulsory in-

structions provided with it.

WARNING

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:50 Pagina 137

138

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

SEAT

Group Range Front Rear

of weight Seat with Seat with Rear seat side Rear seat central

6 positions 8 positions

Group 0, 0+ up to 13 kg U (*) U (*) U U

Group 1 9-18 kg U (*) U (*) U U

Group 2 15-25 kg U (*) U (*) U U

Group 3 22-36 kg U (*) U (*) U U

Key:

U= suitable for child restraint systems of the “Universal” category, according to European Standard EEC-R44 for the specified “Groups”.

(*) = on cars not fitted with passenger’s seat adjustable in height, the seat back shall be positioned perfectly upright. On cars fitted with

passenger’s seat adjustable in height, the seat shall be raised as much as possible.

PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON CHILD’S SEAT USE

Your car complies with the new European Directive 2000/3/EC regulating child’s seat assembling on the different car seats

according to the following tables:

Front and rear seat (fixed and double seat)

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:50 Pagina 138

139

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

❒

always check the seat belt is well fas-

tened by pulling the webbing;

❒

only one child is to be strapped to

each retaining system;

❒

always check the seat belts do not fit

around the child’s throat;

❒

while travelling, do not let the child

sit incorrectly or release the belts;

❒

passengers should never carry chil-

dren on their laps. No-one, however

strong they are, can hold a child in

the event of a crash;

❒

in case of an accident, replace the

seat with a new one.

Below is a summary of the

rules of safety to be followed

for carrying children:

❒

the recommended position for in-

stalling child’s seat is on the rear seat,

as it is the most protected in the case

of a crash;

❒

if the passenger’s air bag is deacti-

vated always check that the warn-

ing light

on the front ceiling light

panel is glowing steadily to indicate

that the air bag has been deactivat-

ed;

❒

attain to the instructions for fasten-

ing the specific child restraint system

which you are using. These instruc-

tions must be provided by the man-

ufacturer. Keep the child restraint sys-

tem installation instructions with the

car documents and this Handbook.

Never use a child restraint system

without installation instructions;

With passenger’s air

bag active, never place

child’s seats with the cradle

facing backwards since the air

bag activation could cause to

the child serious injuries, even

mortal, regardless of the seri-

ousness of the crash that trig-

gered it. You are advised to

carry children always with

proper restraint systems on

the rear seats, as this is the

most protected position in the

case of a crash.

WARNING

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:50 Pagina 139

140

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

Mount the child restraint

system only with the car

stationary. The Isofix child re-

straint system is properly an-

chored to the mounting brackets

when clicks are heard. In any

case, keep to the installation in-

structions that must be provid-

ed by the child restraint system

Manufacturer.

WARNING

PRESETTING FOR

MOUNTING THE

“UNIVERSAL

ISOFIX” CHILD

RESTRAINT SYSTEM

This car is preset for mounting the Uni-

versal Isofix child restraint system, a

new European standardised system for

carrying children safely.

Fig. 11/a shows an example of child

restraint system. The Universal Isofix

child’s seat covers weight group: 1.

Due to its different anchoring system,

the Universal Isofix child's seat shall be

anchored to the proper lower metal rings

A-fig.12, set between rear seat back

and cushion. The upper belt (provided

with the child's seat) shall be then se-

cured to fasteners B-fig.13 set behind

head restraints.

It is possible to mount at the same time

both the traditional restraint system and

the “Universal Isofix” one.

Remember that in case of Universal Isofix

child’s seat, you can only use all those

seats approved with the marking ECE

R44/03 “Universal Isofix”.

At Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo is available

the “Universal Isofix” “Duo Plus” child’s

seat shown in.

For any further installation/use detail,

refer to the “Instructions Manual” that

must be provided by the child restraint

system Manufacturer.

A0E0174m

fig. 12

fig.

11/a A0E0241m A0E0190m

fig. 13

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:50 Pagina 140

141

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON UNIVERSALS ISOFIX CHILD’S

SEAT USE

The table below, according to ECE 16 European Directive, shows the different installation possibilities of Isofix restraint sys-

tems on seats fitted with Universals Isofix fasteners.

IUF: suitable for Isofix child restraint systems to be set facing forwards, universal class (fitted with third upper fastener), approved for

the weight group.

IL: suitable for Isofix Type child restraint systems, specific and approved for this type of car. The child's seat can be installed by moving

forward the front seat

Facing backwards

Facing forwards

IUF

Range of weight Child’s seat Isofix Isofix position

direction size group side rear

Group 0 - 0 to 10 kg

Group 0+ - 0 to 13 kg

Group I - 9

to 18 kg

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:50 Pagina 141

142

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

Do not apply stickers

or other objects to the

steering wheel or to the air

bag cover on the passenger’s

side or on the side roof lining.

Never put objects (e.g. mobile

phones) on the dashboard on

passenger side since they

could interfere with proper

passenger air bag inflation and

also cause serious injury.

WARNING

FRONT AIR BAGS

The car is fitted with front multistage air

bags (“Smart bags”) for the driver and

the passenger and with knees air bag

for the driver and for the passenger (for

versions/markets, where provided).

“SMART BAG” SYSTEM

(FRONT MULTISTAGE AIR

BAGS)

The front air bags (driver and passen-

ger) and knees air bags (driver and pas-

senger) have been designed to protect

the occupants in the event of head-on

crashes of medium-high severity, by plac-

ing cushions between the occupant and

the steering wheel or dashboard.

In case of crash, an electronic control

unit, when required, triggers the infla-

tion of the cushions that inflate, as a pro-

tection, between the body of the front

occupants and the structure that could

cause injuries. Immediately after, the

cushions deflate.

❒

the air bag is not triggered as it offers

no additional protection compared with

the seat belts, consequently it would

be pointless. Therefore, failure to come

into action in the above circumstance

does not mean that the system is not

working properly.

The front air bags (driver and passen-

ger) and knees air bags (driver and pas-

senger) are not a replacement of but

complementary to the use of belts,

which should always be worn, as spec-

ified by law in Europe and most non Eu-

ropean countries.

In case of crash, a person not wearing

the seat belt moves forward and may

come into contact with the cushion while

it is still inflating. Under this circum-

stance the protection offered by the air

bag is reduced.

Front air bags may not be activated in

the following situations:

❒

front collisions against highly de-

formable objects not affecting the car

front surface (e.g. bumper collision

against guard rail, etc.);

❒

in case of wedging under other ve-

hicles or protective barriers (for ex-

ample under a truck or guard rail);

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:50 Pagina 142

143

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

DRIVER’S FRONT AIR BAG

It consists of an instant-inflating cushion

contained in a special recess in the cen-

tre of the steering wheel fig. 14.

A0E0077m

fig. 14

A0E0078m

fig. 15

PASSENGER’S FRONT

AIR BAG

It consists of an instant-inflating cush-

ion contained into a special recess in the

dashboard fig. 15, this cushion has a

volume bigger than that of the driver.

With passenger’s air

bag active, never place

child’s seats with the cradle

facing backwards since the air

bag activation could cause to

the child serious injuries, even

mortal.

WARNING

On cars fitted with

front passenger’s air

bag deactivation (front

air bag, knees air bag

(for versions/markets,

where provided) and side on

seat), these air bags shall be

deactivated when placing the

child’s seat on the front pas-

senger’s seat. Moreover, the

front passenger’s seat shall be

adjusted in the most backward

position to prevent any contact

between the child’s seat and

the dashboard. Even if not

compulsory by law, you are

recommended to reactivate the

air bag immediately as soon as

the child transport is no longer

necessary.

WARNING

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 143

144

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

MANUAL DEACTIVATION

(for versions/markets, where provided)

OF PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG , KNEES AIR BAG

(for versions/markets, where provided)

AND PASSENGER’S FRONT SIDE BAG

DRIVER’S AND

PASSENGER’S KNEES

AIR BAG

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

Knees air bag consists of an instant-in-

flating cushion housed into a special

compartment provided for the purpose

under the steering wheel for the driver

fig. 16 and into the lower part of the

dashboard for the passenger fig. 17,

to give further protection in the event of

frontal crash.

A0E0092m

fig. 17

A0E0079m

fig. 16

Should it be absolutely necessary to car-

ry a child on the front seat, the pas-

senger’s front air bag, knees air bag (for

versions/markets, where provided) and

the side bag can be deactivated. Deac-

tivation/activation shall be performed

(with key removed from ignition device)

using the key switch set on the right side

of dashboard fig. 18. You can reach

the switch only if the door is opened.

When the door is open, the metal insert

of the key can be inserted and removed

in both positions.

IMPORTANT Operate the switch on-

ly when the engine is not running and

the ignition key is removed.

The key-operated switch has two posi-

tions:

❒

passenger's front air bag and knees

air bag (for versions/markets, where

provided) and side bag activated

(ON position

): warning light

on front ceiling light panel off; it is

absolutely prohibited to carry a child

on the front seat;

A0E0062m

fig. 18

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 144

145

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

❒

passenger's front air bag and knees

air bag (for versions/markets, where

provided) and side bag deactivated

(OFF position

): warning light

on front ceiling light panel on;

it is possible to carry a child protect-

ed by special restraint systems on the

front seat.

The warning light

on front ceiling

light panel stays on permanently until the

passenger’s air bags are reactivated.

Passenger's air bags deactivation will

not inhibit the operation of the head pro-

tection side bag (Window Bag).

SIDE AIR BAGS

(Side bag -

Window bag)

The car is fitted with front side bags for

driver and passenger for protecting the

chest and window bags for protecting front

and rear occupant’s head.

Side bags protect car occupants from

side crashes of medium-high severity, by

placing the cushion between the occu-

pant and the internal parts of the side

structure of the car.

Non-activation of side bags in other

types of collisions (front collisions, rear

shunts, roll-overs, etc...) is not a system

malfunction.

In case of side crash, an electronic con-

trol unit, when required triggers the in-

flation of the cushion. The cushion im-

mediately inflates, placing itself as a pro-

tection, between the occupant’s body

and the structure that could cause in-

juries. Immediately after, the cushion de-

flates.

Side air bags are not a replacement of

but complementary to the belts, which

you are recommended to always wear,

as specified by law in Europe and most

non-European countries.

FRONT SIDE BAGS -

CHEST AND PELVIS

ZONE PROTECTION

They are composed by two types of in-

stant inflation cushions and are housed

in the back rest of the front seats fig.

19. The task of the side air bags is to

increase protection of the occupants’

chest and pelvis zone in the event of a

side crash of medium-high severity.

A0E0093m

fig. 19

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 145

146

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

IMPORTANT In the event of side

crash, you can obtain the best protec-

tion by the system keeping a correct po-

sition on the seat, allowing thus a cor-

rect window bag unfolding.

IMPORTANT The front air bags

and/or side bags may be deployed if

the car is subject to heavy knocks or

accidents involving the underbody area,

such as for example violent shocks,

against steps, kerbs or low obstacles,

falling of the car in big holes or sags in

the road.

IMPORTANT When the airbag in-

flates it emits a small amount of dusts.

These dusts are harmless and is not the

beginning of a fire; then the unfold cush-

ion surface and the car interiors can be

covered by a dusty remains: this dust

can irritate skin and eyes. In case of con-

tact, wash yourself using neutral soap

and water.

Expiration dates of pyrotechnic charge

and coil contact are indicated on the la-

bel inside the glovebox. As this date ap-

proaches, contact Alfa Romeo Autho-

rized Services to have the device re-

placed.

IMPORTANT Should an accident oc-

cur in which any of the safety devices is

activated, take the car to Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services to have the devices

activated replaced and to have the sys-

tem checked.

All control, repair and replacement op-

erations concerning the air bags must

only be carried out c/o Alfa Romeo Au-

thorized Services. If you are having the

car scrapped, have the air bag system de-

activated at Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-

vices first. If the car changes ownership,

the new owner must be informed of the

method of use of air bags and the above

warnings and also be given this “Own-

er’s Manual”.

SIDE WINDOW BAGS -

HEAD PROTECTION

They are “curtain” cushions located be-

hind the side coverings of the roof fig.

20 and covered by proper finishing.

Window bags have been designed for

protecting the head of front and rear oc-

cupants in the event of side crash,

thanks to the wide cushion inflation sur-

face. In minor side crashes (for which

the restraining action of the seat belts is

sufficient), the air bags are not de-

ployed.

Also in this case it is of vital importance

to wear the seat belts since in case of

side crash they guarantee proper posi-

tioning of the occupant and prevent the

occupants to be pitched out of the car in

case of violent crashes.

A0E0185m

fig. 20

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 146

147

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

IMPORTANT The triggering of pre-

tensioners, front air bags and side bags

is decided in a differentiated manner ac-

cording to the type of impact. The fail-

ure to deploy one or more of them does

not mean that the system is not work-

ing properly.

Never rest head, arms

and elbows on the

door, on the windows and in

the window bag unfolding

area to prevent possible in-

juries during the inflation

phase.

WARNING

Never lean head, arms

and elbows out of the

window.

WARNING

GENERAL WARNINGS

If when fitting the key

into the ignition device,

the warning light

does not

turn on or if it stays on when

travelling (on certain versions

together with the message on

the display) there could be a

failure in safety systems; in

this event air bags or preten-

sioners could not trigger in

case of impact or, in a minor

number of cases, they could

trigger accidentally. Contact

Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-

vices immediately to have the

system checked.

WARNING

Do not cover the back-

rest of front seats with

trims or covers that are not

suitable to be used with side

bags.

WARNING

Never travel with ob-

jects on your lap, in

front of your chest or with a

pipe, pencil, etc. between your

lips; injury may result in the

event of the air bag being trig-

gered.

WARNING

Always keep your

hands on the steering

wheel rim when driving, so

that if the air bag is triggered,

it can inflate without meeting

any obstacles which could

cause serious harm to you. Do

not drive with the body bent

forwards, keep the seat back

rest in the erect position and

lean your back well against it.

WARNING

If the car has been

stolen or an attempt to

steal it has been made, if it

has been subjected to vandals

or floods, have the air bag

system checked by Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services.

WARNING

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 147

148

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

SAFETY

DEVICES

Remember that with

the key fitted into the

ignition device and engine off,

the air bags may be triggered

on a stationary car if it is

bumped by another moving

car. Therefore, never seat chil-

dren on the front seat even

when the car is stationary. On

the other hand remember that

if the key is not fitted into the

ignition device, no safety sys-

tem (air bags or pretension-

ers) is triggered in the event

of an impact; in this case, fail-

ure to come into action cannot

be considered as a sign that

the system is not working

properly.

WARNING

Never wash seat back-

rests with pressurised

water or steam (by hand or at

automatic seat washing sta-

tions).

WARNING

When the key is fitted

into the ignition device,

the warning light

(with pas-

senger’s front air bags deacti-

vation switch at ON) turns on

and flashes for few seconds to

remind that passenger’s front

air bag, knees air bag and side

bag will be deployed in a crash,

after which it should go off.

WARNING

The front air bag is trig-

gered for shocks

greater in magnitude than the

pretensioners. For impacts be-

tween these two thresholds,

it is therefore normal that on-

ly the pretensioners are trig-

gered.

WARNING

Do not hook rigid ob-

jects to the coat hooks

and to the support handles.

WARNING

The air bag does not

substitute the seat

belts, but only increases their

effectiveness. Moreover, since

the front air bags do not come

into operation in the event of

front impact at low speed, side

collisions, bumps from behind

or overturning, in these cir-

cumstances the occupants

would only be protected by

the seat belts which must

therefore always be fastened.

WARNING

129-148 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 148

149

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

ENGINE STARTING ............................................. 150

PARKING.......................................................... 155

USING THE GEARBOX......................................... 156

CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS............................. 157

TOWING TRAILERS............................................. 159

SNOW TYRES................................................... 162

SNOW CHAINS ................................................. 163

CAR INACTIVITY ............................................... 164

149-164 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 149

150

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

We recommend that

during the initial period

you do not drive to full

car performance (e.g.: excessive

acceleration, long journeys at

top speed, sharp braking, etc.).

Running the engine in

confined areas is ex-

tremely dangerous. The engine

consumes oxygen and pro-

duces carbon monoxide which

is a highly toxic and lethal gas.

WARNING

When the engine is

switched off never leave

the electronic key into the

ignition device to prevent point-

less current absorption from

draining the batter.

ENGINE STARTING

The car is fitted with an electronic engine

immobilising system. If the engine fails

to start, see paragraph “Alfa Romeo

CODE system” in section “Dashboard

and controls”.

IMPORTANT Tampering with the ig-

nition device can cause unrequired steer-

ing lock.

IMPORTANT Fit completely the elec-

tronic key into the ignition device until

it locks into place.

IMPORTANT Never take the elec-

tronic key out of the ignition device while

the car is moving unless you have to car-

ry out an emergency removal (see para-

graph “Removing the electronic key from

the ignition device in an emergency”),

this ensures that the steering column lock

is deactivated while the car is moving

(e.g.: towing the car).

149-164 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 150

151

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

STARTING PROCEDURE FOR

PETROL VERSIONS

Proceed as follows:

❒

Ensure that the handbrake is up;

❒

Fully press the clutch pedal, without

pressing the accelerator;

❒

Put the gear lever neutral;

❒

Fit the electronic key into the ignition

device to stop limit;

❒

Briefly press the START/STOP but-

ton.

STARTING PROCEDURE FOR

DIESEL VERSIONS

Proceed as follows:

❒

Ensure that the handbrake is up;

❒

Fully press the clutch pedal, without

pressing the accelerator;

❒

Put the gear lever neutral;

❒

fit the electronic key down into the

ignition device until it stops. The in-

strument panel warning light

will turn on;

❒

Wait for the warning light

turn off. The hotter the engine is, the

quicker this will happen;

❒

Briefly press the START/STOP but-

ton as soon as the warning light

turns on. Waiting for too long means

making spark plugs heating useless.

The starter automatically operates until

the engine starts.

With engine off and electronic key in-

serted in the ignition device, it is possible

to operate the automatic ignition briefly

pressing the START/STOP button and

keeping the clutch pedal pressed.

IMPORTANT It is possible to start the

engine keeping pressed only the brake

pedal. In that case, automatic start is not

enabled. Then press the START/STOP

button and release it as soon as the en-

gine starts.

149-164 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 151

152

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

The starter automatically operates until

the engine starts.

With engine off and electronic key in-

serted in the ignition device, it is possi-

ble to operate the automatic ignition

briefly pressing the START/STOP but-

ton and keeping the clutch pedal

pressed.

In the event of cold weather, we rec-

ommend to wait for warning light

turn off before operating the starter.

IMPORTANT It is possible to start the

engine keeping pressed only the brake

pedal. In that case, automatic start is not

enabled. Then press the START/STOP

button and release it as soon as the en-

gine starts.

IMPORTANT

If at start-up the engine turns off, restart

it by pressing the clutch or brake pedal

and then press button START/STOP.

If after a few attempts the engine does

not start, do not insist but contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services.

With car started the electronic key is

locked into the ignition device and it can

be removed only after switching the en-

gine off. With car running and key

locked into the ignition device, forced

key removal could damage the ignition

device.

Start-up failures, if any, are indicated by

the turning on of the warning light

on the instrument panel (on certain ver-

sions a dedicated message is displayed).

In this case contact Alfa Romeo Autho-

rized Services.

If the engine will not start after pressing

button START/STOP, repeat the

start-up procedure by pressing the oth-

er pedal (clutch or brake).

149-164 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 152

153

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

Start-up failures

The system can recognise start-up fail-

ures.

In the event of failure, the electronic key

can be removed from the ignition device to

enable the driver to carry out the follow-

ing operations:

❒

turn the instrument panel off by

pressing button START/STOP or

removing the electronic key from the

ignition device;

❒

start the engine again by pressing the

clutch/brake pedal and button

START/STOP.

IMPORTANT In the event of engine

locking while the car is running, due to

safety reasons it will not be possible to

take the electronic key out of the igni-

tion device. To remove it, press button

START/STOP with brake pedal (or

clutch pedal) released and car stopped.

HOW TO WARM UP THE

ENGINE AFTER IT HAS

JUST STARTED

(petrol and diesel engines)

Proceed as follows:

❒

Drive off slowly, letting the engine

turn at medium revs. Do not acceler-

ate abruptly;

❒

Do not drive at full performance for

the initial kilometres. Wait until the

coolant temperature gauge starts

moving.

IMPORTANT After a taxing drive, you

should allow the engine to “catch its

breath” before turning it off by letting it

idle to allow the temperature in the en-

gine compartment to fall.

STOPPING THE ENGINE

With car stopped press button START/

STOP. When the engine is off it will be

possible to remove the electronic key

from the ignition device.

In an emergency, and

for safety reasons the

engine can be turned off when

the car is running by pressing

repeatedly (3 times within

2 seconds) or by keeping

pressed button START/STOP

for a few seconds. In this case

the steering lock cannot be en-

gaged.

WARNING

149-164 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 153

154

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

IMPORTANT Turning the car off will

deactivate the electronic safety systems

and turn off the external lights.

IMPORTANT In the event of engine

locking while the car is running, due to

safety reasons it will not be possible to

take the electronic key out of the igni-

tion device. To remove it, turn the in-

strument panel on and off by pressing

button START/STOP with brake ped-

al (and clutch pedal) released and car

stopped.

REMOVING THE ELECTRONIC

KEY FROM THE IGNITION

DEVICE IN AN EMERGENCY

In the event of a failure at engine switch-

ing off system or at electronic key un-

locking system proceed as follows:

❒

press the unlocking button to remove

the metal insert (see paragraph

“Electronic key” in section “Dash-

board and controls”);

❒

fit the metal insert B-fig. 1 of the

electronic key into the slot A;

❒

remove the electronic key from the

ignition device.

A quick burst on the ac-

celerator before turning

off the engine serves

absolutely no practical purpose,

it wastes fuel and is damaging

especially to turbocharged en-

gines.

IMPORTANT Only fit the metal insert

Bof the electronic key into slot A-fig.1.

IMPORTANT Stop the car before

emergency removal of the key, since re-

moving the key with the engine running

will turn both the engine and the in-

strument panel off and the steering lock

will not be engaged.

A0E0043m

fig. 1

149-164 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 154

155

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

To release the handbrake proceed as fol-

lows:

❒

Slightly lift the handbrake Aand

press release button B;

❒

Keep button Bpressed and lower the

lever. Warning light

on the in-

strument panel will turn off.

Press the brake pedal when carrying out

this operation to prevent the car from

moving accidentally.

HANDBRAKE

The handbrake lever A-fig. 2 is locat-

ed between the two front seats. Pull the

handbrake lever Aupwards, until the

car cannot be moved.

With electronic key fitted into the igni-

tion device, the instrument panel warn-

ing light

will come on.

IMPORTANT The car shall stop after

a few clicks of the handbrake lever. If

this is not the case, contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services to have the hand-

brake adjusted.

A0E0030m

fig. 2

PARKING THE CAR

Proceed as follows:

❒

Stop the engine and engage the

handbrake;

❒

Engage a gear (on a slope, engage

first gear if the car is faced uphill or

reverse if it is faced downhill) and

leave the wheels steered.

Block the wheels with a wedge or a stone

if the car is parked on a steep slope. Do

not leave the electronic key in the igni-

tion switch to prevent draining the bat-

tery.

Never leave children un-

attended in the car. Al-

ways remove the electronic key

from the ignition device when

leaving the car and take it out

with you.

WARNING

149-164 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 155

156

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

IMPORTANT The car can only be put

into reverse gear when it has stopped

moving completely. With the engine run-

ning, before engaging the reverse, wait

at least 3 seconds with the clutch ped-

al fully down to prevent damage and

grating of the gears.

A0E0151m

fig. 4

To change gears prop-

erly you must push the

clutch pedal fully down. It is

therefore essential that there

is nothing under the pedals:

make sure mats are lying flat

and do not get in the way of

the pedals.

WARNING

Do not drive with your

hand resting on the gear

lever as the force ex-

erted, even if slight, could lead

over time to premature wear on

the gearbox internal compo-

nents. The clutch pedal must be

used for gear shift only. Never

drive with the foot resting,

even if slightly, on the clutch

pedal. For versions/markets

where applicable the clutch ped-

al control electronics can inter-

vene interpreting the wrong dri-

ve style as a fault.

USING THE

GEARBOX

The car can be fitted with 6-gear or

5-gear manual gearbox (1.8 140 HP

version). Gear positions are shown on

the gearshift lever knob.

Always press down the clutch pedal

when shifting gears. To engage the 6th

gear, move the gearshift lever pressing

slightly rightwards to prevent engaging

the 4th gear accidentally.

To engage reverse R from neutral, raise

ring A-fig. 3 or A-fig. 4 under the

knob and at the same time move the

gearshift lever leftwards and then for-

ward. After engaging reverse release the

ring. To shift from reverse to another

gear it is not necessary to raise the ring.

A0E0397m

fig. 3

149-164 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 156

157

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

Climate control

The air conditioner is an additional load

which greatly affects the engine leading

to higher consumption. When the tem-

perature outside the car permits it, use

the air vents where possible.

Spoilers

The use of aerodynamic optional extras

which are not certified for the specific

use on the vehicle, may reduce the aero-

dynamic penetration of the vehicle and

increase consumption.

Unnecessary loads

Do not travel with too much luggage

stowed in the boot. The weight of the

car (especially when driving in town)

and its trim greatly affects consumption

and stability.

Roof rack/ski rack

Remove the roof rack or the ski rack

from the roof as soon as they are no

longer used. These accessories lower air

penetration and adversely affect con-

sumption levels. When needing to car-

ry particularly voluminous objects, prefer-

ably use a trailer.

Electric devices

Use electric devices only for the amount

of time needed. Rear heated window,

additional headlights, windscreen wipers

and heater fan need a considerable

amount of energy, therefore increasing

the requirement of current increases fu-

el consumption (up to +25% in the ur-

ban cycle).

CONTAINING

RUNNING COSTS

Here are some suggestions which may

help you to keep the running costs of

your car down and lower the amount of

toxic emissions released into the at-

mosphere.

GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

Car maintenance

Have checks and adjustments carried out

in accordance with the “Service sched-

ule”.

Tyres

Check the pressure of the tyres routine-

ly at an interval of no more than 4

weeks: if the pressure is too low, con-

sumption levels increase as resistance

to rolling is higher.

149-164 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 157

Gear selection

As soon as the conditions of the traffic

and road allow, use a higher gear. Us-

ing a low gear to obtain brilliant perfor-

mance increases consumption. In the

same way improper use of a high gear

increases consumption, emissions an en-

gine wear.

Top speed

Fuel consumption considerably increas-

es with speed. Avoid superfluous brak-

ing and accelerating, which cost in terms

of both fuel and emissions.

Acceleration

Accelerating violently increasing the revs

will greatly affect consumption and emis-

sions: acceleration should be gradual and

should not exceed the maximum torque.

CONDITIONS OF USE

Cold starting

Short journeys and frequent cold starts

do not allow the engine to reach opti-

mum operating temperature. This results

in a significant increase in consumption

levels (from +15 to +30% on the urban

cycle) and emission of harmful sub-

stances.

Traffic and road conditions

Rather high consumption levels are tied

to situations with heavy traffic, for ex-

ample in queues with frequent use of

the lower gears or in cities with many

traffic lights. Also winding mountain

roads and rough road surfaces adverse-

ly affect consumption.

Traffic hold-ups

During prolonged hold-ups (e.g.: level

crossings) the engine should be

switched off.

DRIVING STYLE

Starting

Do not warm the engine with the car

at a standstill or at idle or high speed:

under these conditions the engine

warms up much more slowly, increasing

electrical consumption and emissions. It

is therefore advisable to move off im-

mediately, slowly, avoiding high speeds.

This way the engine will warm faster.

Unnecessary actions

Avoid accelerating when waiting at traf-

fic lights or before switching off the en-

gine. This and also double declutching

is absolutely pointless on modern cars

and also increase consumption and pol-

lution.

158

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

149-164 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 158

159

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

Engage a low gear when driving down-

hill, rather than constantly using the

brake.

The weight the trailer exerts on the car

tow hook reduces by the same amount

the actual car loading capacity. To make

sure the maximum towable weight is

not exceeded (given in the log book)

account should be taken of the fully

laden trailer, including accessories and

personal belongings.

Do not exceed the speed limits of the

country you are driving in. In any case

do not exceed 100 km/h.

TOWING TRAILERS

IMPORTANT NOTES

For towing caravans or trailers the car

must be fitted with a certified tow hook

and an adequate electric system. In-

stallation should be carried out by spe-

cialised personnel who release a special

document for circulation on the road.

Install any specific and/or additional

rear-view mirrors as specified by law.

Remember that when towing a trailer,

steep hills are harder to climb, the brak-

ing spaces increase and overtaking takes

longer depending on the overall weight.

The ABS system with

which the car may be

fitted does not control the

trailer braking system. Drive

with extreme care on slippery

roadbeds.

WARNING

Under no circumstances

should the car brake

system be altered to control

the trailer brake. The trailer

braking system must be fully

independent of the car hy-

draulic system.

WARNING

149-164 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 159

160

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

For the electric connection a unified con-

nector should be used which is gener-

ally placed on a special bracket normally

fastened to the towing device.

For the electrical connection, 7 pin

12VDC connection is to be used (CU-

NA/UNI and ISO/DIN Standards). Fol-

low the instructions provided by the car

manufacturer and/or the tow hitch man-

ufacturer.

An electric brake or other device (elec-

tric winch, etc.), if required, should be

supplied directly by the battery through

a cable with a cross section of no less

than 2.5 mm2. In addition to the elec-

trical branches, the car’s electric system

can only be connected to the supply ca-

ble for an electric brake and to the ca-

ble for an internal light, though not

above 15W.

Assembly diagram fig. 4

The structure of the tow-hook must be

fixed in the indicated points with

with

n. 2 M10 screws and n. 4 M12 screws.

The fixing points (1) must be provided

with Ø 25x6 mm spacers.

The counter-plates (2) must have a min-

imum thickness of 4 mm.

The counter-plates (3) must have a min-

imum thickness of 6 mm.

IMPORTANT It is compulsory to fas-

ten a label (plainly visible) of suitable

size and material with the following

wording:

MAX LOAD ON BALL 75 kg

After fitting, screw holes shall be sealed

to prevent exhaust gas inlet.

IMPORTANT The hook should be fas-

tened to the body avoiding any type of

drilling and trimming of the bumper.

INSTALLING THE TOW HOOK

The towing device should be fastened

to the body by specialised personnel ac-

cording to any additional and/or inte-

grative information supplied by the Man-

ufacturer of the device.

The towing device must meet current

regulations with reference to 94/20/EC

Directive and subsequent amendments.

For any version the towing device used

must match the towable weight of the

car on which it is to be installed.

149-164 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 160

161

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

fig. 4

A0E0428m

REAR AXLE

Standard tow ball

full load

149-164 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 161

162

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

Due to the snow tyre features, under

normal conditions of use or on long mo-

torway journeys, the performance of

these tyres is lower than that of normal

tyres. It is therefore necessary to limit

their use to the purposes for which they

are certified.

IMPORTANT When snow tyres are

used with a max speed index below the

one that can be reached by the car (in-

creased by 5%), place a notice in the

passenger compartment, plainly in the

driver’s view which states the max per-

missible speed of the snow tyres (as per

EC Directive).

All four tyres should be the same (brand

and track) to ensure greater safety

when driving and braking and better dri-

veability.

Remember that it is inappropriate to

change the direction of rotation of tyres.

SNOW TYRES

Use snow tyres of the same size as the

normal tyres provided with the car.

Alfa Romeo Authorized Services will be

glad to provide advice concerning the

most suitable type of tyre for the cus-

tomer’s requirements.

For the type of tyre to be used, inflation

pressures and the specifications of snow

tyres, follow the instructions given in para-

graph “Wheels” in section “Technical

specifications”.

The winter features of these tyres are re-

duced considerably when the tread

depth is below 4 mm. In this case, they

should be replaced.

The max speed for

snow tyres with “Q”

marking is 160 km/h; 190

km/h for tyres with “T”

marking and 210 km/h for

tyres with H marking. The

Road Traffic Code speed lim-

its must however be always

strictly observed.

WARNING

149-164 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 162

163

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

IMPORTANT Snow chains cannot be

fitted to the space-saver spare wheel.

So, if a front (drive) wheel is punctured

and chains are needed, a rear wheel

should be fitted to the front of the car

and the spare wheel should be fitted to

the rear (adjust tyre pressure to the spec-

ified value as soon as possible). This

way with two normal drive wheels,

snow chains can be fitted to them to

solve an emergency.

Also for 3.2 JTS version,

snow chains shall be fit-

ted on the FRONT axle of

the car.

SNOW CHAINS

Use of snow chains should be in compli-

ance with local regulations.

Snow chains should only be applied to

the driving wheels (front wheels).

Check the tension of the chains after the

first few metres have been driven.

Use snow chains with reduced size: for

tyres 205/55 R16” and 215/55

R16” use snow chains with reduced size

with max protrusion beyond the tyre pro-

file of 9 mm.

Use of snow chains may be compulso-

ry also for cars with four-wheel drive.

Traditional snow chains

may not be used on tyres

type 225/50 R17” on-

ly spider type chains can be used.

Tyres 235/45 R18” and

235/40 ZR 19” cannot be fitted

with snow chains due to inter-

ference with the fender.

Keep your speed down

when snow chains are

fitted. Do not exceed

40 km/h. Avoid pot-

holes, steps and pave-

ments and avoid also to drive

for long distances on roads not

covered with snow to prevent

damaging the car and the

roadbed.

WARNING

When snow chains are

fitted, switch the ASR

system off. Press the

ASR/VDC button (see para-

graph “ASR system” in section

“Dashboard and controls”).

149-164 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 163

164

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

CAR INACTIVITY

If the car is to be left inactive for longer

than a month, the following precautions

should be noted:

❒

park the car in covered, dry and if

possible well-ventilated premises;

❒

engage a gear;

❒

check that the handbrake is not en-

gaged;

❒

disconnect battery negative terminal

and check the battery charge. This

check is to be repeated every three

months when the car is left inactive.

Recharge if the optical(where pro-

vided) indicator shows a dark colour

without the central green area (see

paragraph “Battery” in “Car main-

tenance” section);

❒

clean and protect the painted parts

using protective wax;

❒

clean and protect the shiny metal

parts using special compounds read-

ily available;

❒

sprinkle talcum powder on the rubber

windscreen and rear window wiper

blades and lift them off the glass;

❒

slightly open the windows;

❒

cover the car with a cloth or perfo-

rated plastic sheet. Do not use sheets

of non-perforated plastic as they do

not allow moisture on the car body

to evaporate;

❒

inflate tyres to +0.5 bar above the

normal specified pressure and check

it at intervals;

❒

if you don’t disconnect the battery

from the electric system, check its

charge every month and recharge it

if the optical indicator shows a dark

colour without the central green area;

❒

do not drain the engine cooling sys-

tem.

IMPORTANT If the car is fitted with

alarm system, switch off the alarm with

the remote control.

149-164 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:51 Pagina 164

165

SAFETY

DEVICES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

LOW BRAKE FLUID/HANDBRAKE ON .................... 166

BRAKE PAD WEAR ............................................. 167

SEAT BELTS NOT FASTENED................................. 167

AIR BAG FAILURE............................................... 168

PASSANGER’S FRONT AIR BAGS DEACTIVATED........ 168

ENGINE COOLANT HIGH TEMPERATURE ................. 169

ENGINE OIL HIGH TEMPERATURE.......................... 169

MINIMUM ENGINE OIL LEVEL .............................. 170

LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE/EXHAUST OIL........... 170

LOW BATTERY CHARGE....................................... 170

INCOMPLETE DOOR LOCKING .............................. 171

BONNET OPEN.................................................. 171

BOOT OPEN ..................................................... 171

INJECTION SYSTEM FAILURE/

EOBD SYSTEM FAILURE...................................... 171

CAR PROTECTION SYSTEM FAILURE/

STEERING LOCK INHIBITION................................ 172

ALARM FAILURE/BREAK-IN ATTEMPT

ELECTRONIC KEY NOT RECOGNIZED...................... 172

POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE ON THE ROAD ........... 173

PRE-HEATING GLOW PLUGS/

PRE-HEATING GLOW PLUG FAILURE....................... 173

WATER IN DIESEL FUEL FILTER............................. 174

INERTIAL FUEL CUT-OFF SWITCHED ON ................ 174

ABS SYSTEM FAILURE........................................ 175

EBD SYSTEM FAILURE........................................ 175

VDC SYSTEM ................................................... 175

HILL HOLDER FAILURE ....................................... 176

ASR SYSTEM (WHEEL ANTISKID SYSTEM) ............ 176

EXTERNAL LIGHTS FAILURE ................................. 176

BRAKE LIGHTS FAILURE ...................................... 177

REAR FOGLIGHTS .............................................. 177

FRONT FOG LIGHTS ........................................... 177

SIDE/TAILLIGHTS/FOLLOW ME HOME.................. 177

DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS................................. 177

MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS ................................... 177

LEFT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR........................ 177

RIGHT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR...................... 177

LIGHT SENSOR FAILURE....................................... 178

RAIN SENSOR FAILURE........................................ 178

PARKING SENSORS FAILURE................................ 178

FUEL RESERVE – LIMITED CRUISING RANGE.......... 178

CRUISE CONTROL ............................................. 178

DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CLOGGED .................. 178

ANTIPINCH SYSTEM FAILURE............................... 179

WINDSCREEN WASHER FLUID LOW LEVEL ............. 179

SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED ..................................... 179

T.P.M.S. SYSTEM FAILURE................................... 179

CHECK TYRE PRESSURE...................................... 179

LOW INFLATION PRESSURE................................. 180

TYRE PRESSURE UNSUITABLE FOR SPEED ............ 180

165-180 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 165

166

SAFETY

DEVICES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

Very serious failures

These failures are repeated on the display

indefinitely and stop any previous indi-

cation on the display. These failures are

repeated each time the key is fitted into

the ignition device until the cause of mal-

functioning is removed. To stop this “cy-

cle” press button MENU: in this case

the failure symbol stays on the display at

the bottom of the screen until the cause

of malfunctioning is removed.

Serious failures

These failures are repeated on the display

for about 20 seconds and then they go

off. These failures are repeated each time

the key is fitted into the ignition device.

At the end of the displaying cycle (ap-

prox. 20 seconds), or when pressing but-

ton MENU, the failure symbol will stay

on the display at the bottom of the screen

until the cause of malfunctioning is re-

moved.

WARNING LIGHTS

AND MESSAGES

GENERAL WARNINGS

Failure indications shown on the display

are divided into two categories: very se-

rious and less serious failures.

Every failure indication is accompanied

by the turning on of the relevant warn-

ing light (where provided) and by ded-

icated warning messages, if any.

In certain cases, failure indications can

be accompanied by the sound of a

buzzer (adjustable).

These indications are concise and cau-

tionary and are aimed to suggest the

prompt action the driver must adopt

when a car malfunctioning appears.

These indications, however, shall not be

considered as exhaustive and/or as an

alternative to the specifications con-

tained in this “Owner’s Manual”, which

shall always be read through carefully

and thoroughly.

In case of failure indication always refer

to the specifications contained in this

section.

If the warning light

turns on when travel-

ling, check that the handbrake

is not engaged. If the warning

light stays on with handbrake

disengaged, stop the car im-

mediately and contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services.

WARNING

LOW BRAKE

FLUID

(red)

HANDBRAKE ON

(red)

Fitting the key into the ignition device

the warning light turns on, but it should

go off after few seconds.

Low brake fluid level

The warning light turns on (on certain

versions a dedicated message is dis-

played) when the level of the brake flu-

id in the reservoir falls below the mini-

mum level, due to possible leak in the

circuit.

Handbrake on

The warning light turns on when the

handbrake is on.

165-180 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 166

167

SAFETY

DEVICES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

SEAT BELTS NOT

FASTENED (red)

The warning light turns on

glowing steadily when:

❒

the driver's seat belt is not fastened

correctly;

❒

the passenger's seat belt is not fas-

tened correctly, heavy objects are

placed on the passenger's seat;

❒

unfastening the driver's or the pas-

senger's seat belt.

With car moving the warning light will

turn on flashing together with the buzzer

for a short time.

The warning light will then stay on glow-

ing steadily.

BRAKE PAD WEAR

(amber)

The warning light (where pro-

vided) turn on (on certain versions to-

gether with the message on the display)

if the front brake pads are worn; in this

case have them changed as soon as pos-

sible.

IMPORTANT Since the car is fitted

with wear sensors for the front brake

pads, when changing them, check also

the rear brake pads.

The buzzer can be muted temporarily by

the following procedure:

❒

fasten the front seat belts;

❒

fit the electronic key into the ignition de-

vice;

❒

wait for over 20 seconds but less than

1 minute and then unfasten one of the

front seat belts.

This procedure will stand valid till next en-

gine switching off.

For permanent deactivation, contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services. The S.B.R.

system can only be reset through the set-

up menu (see paragraph “Reconfigurable

multifunction display“ in section “Dash-

board and controls”).

165-180 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 167

168

SAFETY

DEVICES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

AIR BAG FAILURE

(red)

Fitting the key into the ignition

device the warning light turns on, but

it should go off after few seconds.

The warning light stays on glowing

steadily (on certain versions together

with the message on the display) to in-

dicate a failure in the air bag system.

If the

warning light

does not turn on when

fitting the key into the ignition

device, or if stays on when

travelling (on certain versions

together with the message on

the display), this could indicate

a failure in safety retaining sys-

tem; under this condition air

bags or pretensioners could not

trigger in the event of collision

or, in a restricted number of

cases, they could trigger acci-

dentally. Before restarting con-

tact Alfa Romeo Authorized

Services.

WARNING

PASSENGER’S

FRONT AIR BAGS

DEACTIVATED

(amber)

The warning light (set on the front ceil-

ing light panel) turns on when passen-

ger’s front air bags, passenger’s knees

air bag (where provided) and passen-

ger’s front side bag are deactivated

through the relevant key switch (for ver-

sions/markets, where provided).

With passenger's air bags active, when

fitting the electronic key into the ignition

device the warning light will turn on for

about 4 seconds, will flash for the next

4 seconds and then it will turn off.

Warning light

failure

is indicated by warning

light

. In addition, the air bag

system will deactivate auto-

matically the passenger's front

air bag (front and side). Before

restarting contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services immedi-

ately to have the system

checked.

WARNING

Failure of the

warn-

ing light is indicated by

the flashing for more than the

normal 4 seconds of the pas-

senger's front air bag deacti-

vated warning light

. In ad-

dition, the air bag system will

deactivate automatically the

passenger's front air bag (front

and side for versions/markets,

where provided). In this event

warning light

could not in-

dicate failure in safety systems.

Before restarting contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services im-

mediately to have the system

checked.

WARNING

165-180 Alfa 159 GB 12-01-2010 13:40 Pagina 168

169

SAFETY

DEVICES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

– Car heavy duty (e.g.: towing trail-

er uphill or fully laden car): decrease

speed, if the warning light stays on, stop

the car. Wait for 2 or 3 minutes leaving

the engine on and slightly accelerated to

further activate the circulation of the

coolant fluid, then switch the engine off.

IMPORTANT Under severe use of the

car, keep the engine on and slightly ac-

celerated for few minutes before switch-

ing it off.

ENGINE COOLANT

HIGH TEMPERATURE

(red)

Fitting the key into the ignition device,

the warning light (set on engine coolant

gauge) turns on but it shall go off after

a few seconds.

The warning light turns on (on certain

versions a dedicated message is dis-

played) to indicate engine overheating.

If the warning light comes on, proceed

as follows:

– Normal driving conditions: stop

the car, switch off the engine and check

whether the water level in the reservoir

is not below the MIN marl. Otherwise

wait for few seconds to allow engine

cooling, then open slowly and carefully

the cap, top up coolant and check

whether its level is falling between MIN

and MAX marks in the reservoir. Check

visually any leak. If when restarting the

warning light comes on again, contact

Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

With engine hot, do not

remove the cap: risk of

burnt.

WARNING

ENGINE OIL

HIGH TEMPERATURE

Fitting the key into the ignition

device, the warning light (set on engine

oil temperature gauge) turns on but it

should go off after a few seconds. Warn-

ing light turning on when travelling (on

certain versions together with the mes-

sage on the display) indicates that en-

gine oil is too hot; switch the engine off

and contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-

vices.

If warning light

starts flashing when

travelling contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services.

165-180 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 169

170

SAFETY

DEVICES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

LIGHT STAYS ON:

LOW ENGINE OIL

PRESSURE (red)

FLASHING LIGHT:

EXHAUSTED ENGINE

OIL

(only Diesel versions

with DPF - red)

When the electronic key is inserted into

the starting device, the warning light switch-

es on and should go out as soon as the en-

gine is started.

1. Low engine oil pressare

The warning light turns on and stays on con-

stantly (for versions/markets, where pro-

vided) along with the message on the dis-

play when the system detects that engine

oil pressure is low.

– use of the vehicle for short drives, in which

the engine does not have time to reach its

regular operating temperature

– repeated interruption of the regeneration

process, signalled by the DPF warning light

coming on.

LOW BATTERY

CHARGE (red)

The warning light (where pro-

vided) turns on, but it should go

off as soon as the engine has started (with

the engine running at idle speed a brief de-

lay in going out is allowed).

If the warning light (or as an alternative, on

certain versions, a symbol and a message

are displayed) stays on glowing steadily or

flashing contact immediately Alfa Romeo Au-

thorized Services.

If the warning light

turns on when the vehicle

is travelling (on certain versions

together with the message on the

display) stop the engine immedi-

ately and contact a Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services.

WARNING

2. Exhausted engine oil

(only Diesel versions with DPF)

The warning light will flash and a specific mes-

sage will appear on the display (for ver-

sions/markets, where provided). The warn-

ing light may flash in the following ways, de-

pending on the version:

– for 1 minute every two hours;

– for 3 minute cycles with the warning light

off for intervals of 5 seconds until oil is

changed.

After the initial warning, each time the engine

is started up, the warning light will continue

to flash in the above mentioned modes, un-

til the oil is changed. A specific message will

appear on the display (for versions/markets,

where provided) in addition to the warning

light. If the warning light flashes, this does

not mean that the car is defective but sim-

ply informs the driver that it is now necessary

to change the oil as a result of regular vehi-

cle use.

Note that engine oil is exhausted faster un-

der the following circumstances:

– use of the vehicle prevalently for city driving,

requiring more frequent regeneration of DPF

MINIMUM ENGINE

OIL LEVEL (RED)

When the electronic key is in-

serted into the starting device the

display will show the engine oil level for

a few seconds.

On some versions the display will show

a message and a symbol if the engine oil

level is too low. In this case, top up the

engine oil to the correct level (see “Check-

ing fluid levels” in “Car maintenance”

chapter).

Exhausted engine oil

should be replaced as soon

as possible after the warning light

comes on, never more than 500

km after the warning light first

comes on. Failure to change the oil

within the first 500 km may result

in severe damage to the engine

and will result in forfeiture of the

warranty. Remember that when

the warning light flashes, it does

not mean that the level of engine

oil is low, so if the light flashes you

must not top up.

WARNING

165-180 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 170

171

SAFETY

DEVICES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

BOOT OPEN

On certain versions message

and symbol

(red) are

displayed to indicate that boot is

open.

BONNET OPEN

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

On certain versions message and sym-

bol

(red) are displayed to indicate

that bonnet is open.

INJECTION SYSTEM

FAILURE (diesel

versions - amber)

EOBD SYSTEM

FAILURE

(petrol versions -

amber)

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

Injection system failure

Fitting the key into the ignition device

the warning light turns on, but it should

go off when the engine has started.

The warning light stays on or it turns on

when travelling to indicate a malfunc-

tion in the injection/exhaust system

with possible lack of performance, poor

driveability and high consumption.

In these conditions it is possible to con-

tinue driving without however requiring

heavy effort or high speed from the en-

gine. In any case, contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services as soon as possible.

EOBD system failure

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

Under normal conditions, fitting the elec-

tronic key into the ignition device, the

warning light turns on, but it should go

off when the engine has started. This in-

dicates proper operation of the warn-

ing light.

If the warning light stays on or turns on

when travelling:

– glowing steadily (on certain ver-

sions together with the message on the

display): means a fault in the sup-

ply/ignition system which could cause

high emissions at the exhaust, possible

lack of performance, poor handling and

high consumption levels. In these con-

ditions it is possible to continue driving

without however requiring heavy effort

or high speed from the engine. Pro-

longed use of the car with the warning

light on may cause damages. Contact

Alfa Romeo Authorized Services as soon

as possible.

The warning light goes off if the fault

disappears, but it is however stored by

the system.

INCOMPLETE DOOR

LOCKING (red)

The warning light (where pro-

vided) (or symbol on the display) turns

on when one or more doors, the boot or

the bonnet (where provided) are not

properly shut.

165-180 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 171

CAR PROTECTION

SYSTEM FAILURE

(amber)

STEERING LOCK

INHIBITION

(amber)

Car protection system failure

Warning light (where provided) coming

on (on certain versions a message is dis-

played) indicates car protecting system

failure: in this event contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services as soon as possible.

Steering lock inhibition

Warning light (where provided) turns on

(on certain versions a message is dis-

played) when removing the electronic

key from the ignition device when the

car has turned off while travelling.

ALARM FAILURE

(amber)

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

BREAK-IN ATTEMPT

(amber)

ELECTRONIC KEY

NOT RECOGNIZED

(amber)

Alarm failure

The turning on of the warning light

(where provided) (on certain versions a

message is displayed) indicates that

there is a failure in the alarm system.

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

as soon as possible.

Break-in attempt

The turning on of the warning light (where

provided) (on certain versions a message

is displayed) indicates an attempt of

break-in. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized

Services as soon as possible.

Electronic key not recognized

The turning on of the warning light (where

provided) (on certain versions a message

is displayed) indicates that the electronic

key being used is not enabled.

– flashing: indicates the possibility of

damage to the catalyst (see “EOBD sys-

tem” in section “Dashboard and con-

trols”). If the light flashes, it is neces-

sary to release the accelerator pedal to

lower the speed of the engine until the

warning light stops flashing; continue

the journey at moderate speed, trying

to avoid driving conditions that may

cause further flashing and contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services as soon as

possible.

172

SAFETY

DEVICES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

If when fitting the key in-

to the ignition device, the

warning light

does

not turn on or if turns on with

fixed light or flashing when the

car is travelling, contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services as

soon as possible. Warning light

operation can by checked by

traffic agents by proper equip-

ment therefore, comply with

laws and regulations in force in

the country where you are dri-

ving.

165-180 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 172

173

SAFETY

DEVICES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

This cycle is performed only once when

the outside temperature read is lower

than or equal to 3°C and it can be re-

peated only when outside temperature

exceeds

6 °C and then falls down to 3 °C or be-

low.

IMPORTANT In the event of outside

temperature sensor failure, the display

will show dashes instead of the value.

PRE-HEATING

GLOW PLUGS

(diesel versions -

amber)

PRE-HEATING

GLOW PLUGS

FAILURE

(diesel

versions - amber)

Pre-heating glow plugs

Fitting the key into the ignition device

the warning light turns on and it will turn

off when glow plugs reach the preset

temperature. Start the engine immedi-

ately after warning light switching off.

IMPORTANT With mild or hot ambi-

ent temperature, warning light stays on

for very short time.

POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE

ON THE ROAD

When the outside temperature reaches

or falls below 3°C, the display will show

a warning message, symbol

√

to warn

the driver of the possible presence of ice

on the road.

On certain versions, once the above

warning indication cycle is over or when

pressing briefly the button MENU:

– the displayed message goes off and

previously active screen is displayed

again;

– temperature indication stops flashing;

– symbol

√

stays displayed at the bot-

tom right of the screen (until outside

temperature is lower than or equal to

6°C).

165-180 Alfa 159 GB 16-03-2010 8:23 Pagina 173

INERTIAL FUEL CUT-

OFF SWITCHED ON

On certain versions, the inter-

vention of the inertial fuel cut-off switch

is indicated by a message + symbol

(amber) on the display.

Pre-heating glow plugs failure

The warning light (on certain versions

together with the message on the dis-

play) will flash to indicate a failure in

the pre-heating glow plugs system. Con-

tact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services as

soon as possible to have the failure elim-

inated.

174

SAFETY

DEVICES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

WATER IN

FUEL FILTER

(diesel versions -

amber)

The warning light turns on glowing

steadily when travelling (on certain ver-

sions together with the message on the

display) to indicate that there is water

in the diesel fuel filter.

The presence of water in

the fuel circuit may

cause serious damage to

the entire injection system and

cause irregular engine opera-

tion. If the warning light

the dial turns on (on certain ver-

sions together with the mes-

sage on the display) contact Al-

fa Romeo Authorized Services

as soon as possible to have the

system relieved. If the above

indications come on immediate-

ly after refuelling, water has

probably been poured into the

tank: turn the engine off imme-

diately and contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services.

If, after a crash, you

smell fuel or see leaks

from the fuel system, do not

reset the switch to avoid fire

risk.

WARNING

165-180 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 174

175

SAFETY

DEVICES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

EBD SYSTEM

FAILURE

(red)

(amber)

With the engine running the

turning on at the same time of

the

and

warning lights (on cer-

tain versions together with the message

on the display) indicates that the EBD

system is inefficient; in this case heavy

braking may cause the rear wheels to

lock before time, with the possibility of

skidding.

Drive with the utmost care to the near-

est Alfa Romeo Authorized Service to

have the system checked.

VDC SYSTEM

(amber)

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

Fitting the key into the ignition device

the warning light turns on, but it should

go off after few seconds.

The warning light flashes when the VDC

cuts in, to alert the driver that the sys-

tem is adapting to the road surface grip

conditions.

VDC deactivation

When the VDC is deactivated manually

(pressing the ASR/VDC button for 2 sec-

onds) (see paragraph “VDC system” in

section “Dashboard and controls”) the

instrument panel warning light turns on

(on certain versions a message is dis-

played).

VDC failure

In case of failure, the VDC system will

deactivate automatically and the in-

strument panel warning light

will turn

on glowing steadily (on certain versions

a message will also be displayed). In

this case contact Alfa Romeo Authorized

Services as soon as possible.

ABS SYSTEM

FAILURE (amber)

Fitting the key into the ignition

device the warning light turns on, but

it should go off after few seconds.

The warning light turns on (on certain

versions a dedicated message is dis-

played) when the system is inefficient.

In this case the braking system keeps

its effectiveness unchanged, but without

the potential offered by the ABS system.

Drive carefully and contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services as soon as possible.

xá

165-180 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 175

ASR SYSTEM

(WHEEL ANTISKID

SYSTEM)

(amber)

Fitting the key into the ignition device

the warning light turns on, but it should

go off after few seconds. The warning

light flashes when the system cuts in, to

alert the driver that the system is adapt-

ing to the road surface grip conditions.

ASR deactivation

When the ASR is deactivated manually

(pressing the ASR/VDC button) (see

paragraph “ASR system” in section

“Dashboard and controls”) the

ASR/VDC button turns on (on versions

fitted with “Reconfigurable multifunction

display” symbol

is also displayed).

ASR failure

In the event of a failure the ASR system

is deactivated automatically and on ver-

sions fitted with “Reconfigurable multi-

function display” the symbol

is dis-

played. In this case contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services as soon as possible.

176

SAFETY

DEVICES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

EXTERNAL LIGHTS

FAILURE

(amber)

The warning light (where provided)

turns on (on certain versions a message

is displayed) when one of the following

lights is failing:

– sidelights

– direction indicators

– rear fog guards

– number plate lights.

The failure referring to these lights could

be: one or more blown bulbs, a blown

protection fuse or an electric connection

cut-off.

HILL HOLDER

FAILURE

(amber)

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

Fitting the key into the ignition device,

the warning light (where provided) turns

on, but it should go off after a few sec-

onds.

If the warning light stays on (on certain

versions a message is displayed) there

is a failure in the Hill Holder system. Con-

tact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

165-180 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 176

177

SAFETY

DEVICES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

BRAKE LIGHTS

FAILURE

(amber)

The warning light (where provided) turns

on (on certain versions a message is dis-

played) when a failure at brake lights

(stop) is detected. The failure could be

due to: blown bulb, blown protection fuse

or electric connection cut-off.

REAR FOG LIGHTS

(amber)

The warning light turns on

when the rear fog lights are turned on.

FRONT FOG LIGHTS

(green)

The warning light turns on

when the front fog lights are turned on.

SIDE/TAILLIGHTS

(green)

FOLLOW ME HOME

(green)

Sidelights

The warning light turns on when

side/taillights are turned on.

Follow me home

The warning light comes on (together with

the message on the display) when the

Follow me home device is activated (see

paragraph “Follow me home” in section

“Dashboard and controls”).

DIPPED BEAM

HEADLIGHTS

(green)

The warning light turns on when the

dipped beams are turned on.

MAIN BEAM

HEADLIGHTS (blue)

The warning light turns on

when the main beams are turned on.

LEFT-HAND

DIRECTION

INDICATOR

(green)

The warning light turns on when the di-

rection indicator stalk is moved down-

wards or, together with the right indi-

cator, when the hazard light button is

pressed.

RIGHT-HAND

DIRECTION

INDICATOR (green)

The warning light turns on when the di-

rection indicator stalk is moved upwards

or, together with the left indicator, when

the hazard light button is pressed.

165-180 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 177

178

SAFETY

DEVICES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

FUEL RESERVE –

LIMITED CRUISING

RANGE (amber)

The warning light on the fuel level

gauge turns on when about 10 litres fuel are

left in the tank. On certain versions. the dis-

play will show a warning message when the

cruising range is less than 50 km (or 31 mi).

If warning light

starts

flashing when travelling

contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services.

CRUISE CONTROL

(green)

(for versions/markets, where

provided)

The warning light turns on (on certain ver-

sions a dedicated message is displayed)

when turning the the knurled ring of the

Cruise Control to

LIGHT SENSOR

FAILURE (amber)

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

The warning light (or as an alternative, on

certain versions, a symbol and a message

are displayed) turns on to indicate a failure

at the light sensor.

PARKING SENSOR

FAILURE (amber)

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

The warning light (or as an alternative, on

certain versions, a symbol and a message

are displayed) turns on to indicate a failure

at parking sensors.

RAIN SENSOR

FAILURE (amber)

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

The warning light (where provided) turns on

(on certain versions a message is displayed)

when the rain sensor is failing.

CLEANING DPF

(PARTICULATE FILTER)

IN PROGRESS (only

Diesel versions with

DPF - amber)

When the electronic key is inserted into

the starting device, the warning light switch-

es on but it must switch off after a few sec-

onds. The warning light comes on constantly

to notify the driver that the DPF system

needs to eliminate captured pollutants (par-

ticulate) by the regeneration process. The

warning light does not come on during every

DPF regeneration, but only when driving con-

ditions require notification of the driver. To

switch the warning light off, the car must

stay in motion until regeneration has been

completed. The process normally takes

about 15 minutes. The optimum conditions

to end the process are achieved by keep-

ing the car in motion up to 60 km/h with

an engine speed higher than 2,000 rpm.

This light coming on is not a car defect and

therefore the car does not need to go to the

workshop. A specific message will appear

on the display when the warning light comes

on (for versions/markets, where provided).

Always drive at a speed

appropriate to the traffic

conditions, the weather and

speed limits. The engine may be

turned off while the DPF light is

on; however, repeated interrup-

tion of the regeneration process

may result in premature exhaus-

tion of engine oil. For this reason

it is always advisable to wait for

the light to go off before turning

off the engine, following the in-

structions appearing above. It is

not advisable to complete DPF re-

generation with the vehicle sta-

tionary.

WARNING

165-180 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 178

179

SAFETY

DEVICES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

ANTIPINCH SYSTEM

FAILURE

(amber)

The warning light (or as an alternative,

on certain versions, a symbol and a mes-

sage are displayed) turns on when a fail-

ure is detected in the antipinch system.

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

WINDSCREEN

WASHER FLUID

LOW LEVEL (amber)

The warning light (where provided)

turns on (on certain versions a message

is displayed) when the windscreen

washer fluid level falls down the preset

min. level.

)

SPEED LIMIT

EXCEEDED

The display will show a warn-

ing message + symbol (red) and the

buzzer will sound when the car exceeds

the speed limit set through the “Setup

menu” (e.g.: 120 km/h) (see para-

graphs “Multifunction Display” or “Re-

configurable Multifunction Display” in

section “Dashboard and controls”).

T.P.M.S. SYSTEM

FAILURE

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

On certain versions the display will show

a warning message + symbol (amber)

when a failure is detected in the T.P.M.S.

system (Tyre Pressure Monitoring Sys-

tem). Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized

Services as soon as possible.

Should one or more wheels without sen-

sor be fitted, the display will show a

warning message until initial conditions

are restored.

CHECK TYRE

PRESSURE

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

On some versions, the display shows a

message + symbol (amber) to indicate

that the tyre pressure is below the rec-

ommended value which ensures the

long life of the tyre and optimum fuel

consumption, and/or to indicate a slow

pressure leak. If two or more tyres are

in one of the above-mentioned condi-

tions, the display will show the message

relating to each tyre in succession. In

this case, it is advisable to check and ad-

just the tyre pressures (see “Technical

Specification” section).

165-180 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 179

180

SAFETY

DEVICES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

LOW TYRE

PRESSURE

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

On certain versions the display will show

a warning message + symbol (red) (and

buzzer will sound) when the pressure of

one or more tyres falls below the preset

threshold. In this way the T.P.M.S. sys-

tem warns the driver that tyre/s is/are

dangerously flat; possible puncture.

IMPORTANT Stop immediately with

one or more tyres flat, avoid braking

sharply and abrupt turns. Replace im-

mediately the punctured tyre with the

space-saver spare wheel (for ver-

sions/markets, where provided) or re-

pair the puncture tyre using the proper kit

(see paragraph “If a tyre is punctured”

in section “In an emergency”) and then

contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

as soon as possible.

TYRE PRESSURE

UNSUITABLE FOR

SPEED

(for versions/markets, where

provided)

Should it be required to journey at a

speed higher than 160 km/h, inflate

tyres at full load pressures (see paragraph

“Cold inflation pressures” in section "Tech-

nical Specifications").

On certain versions, if the T.P.M.S. sys-

tem detects that the pressure of one or

more tyres is unsuitable for the current

speed the display will show a message +

symbol (amber) that will stay on until the

car speed slow downs below the preset

threshold.

IMPORTANT In this case slow down

immediately since tyre overheating could

impair tyre performance and life beyond

repair, and even make the tyre to blow-

out.

IMPORTANT Should you have to jour-

ney anyway a speed higher than 160

km/h, stop the car when the display

shows the warning symbol to inflate tyres

to the proper pressure values (see para-

graph "Cold inflation pressures" in section

"Technical Specifications ").

n n

165-180 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:09 Pagina 180

181

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

In an emergency we recommend that you call the toll-free number found

on the Warranty Booklet. You can also connect to the site www.alfaromeo.com

to search for the nearest Alfa Romeo Authorized Services point.

JUMP STARTING ............................................... 182

IF A TYRE IS PUNCTURED ................................... 183

QUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT

FIX&GO automatic ............................................ 190

WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB ................... 196

IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT...................... 199

IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT ...................... 205

IF A FUSE BLOWS............................................. 209

IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT...................................... 219

JACKING THE CAR.............................................. 220

TOWING THE CAR ............................................. 221

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 181

182

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

JUMP STARTING

If the battery is flat, it is possible to start

the engine using an auxiliary battery

with the same capacity or a little high-

er than the flat one.

Proceed as follows fig. 1:

❒

Connect positive terminals (+ near

the terminal) of the two batteries

with a jump lead;

❒

With a second lead, connect the neg-

ative terminal (–) of the auxiliary

battery and to an earthing point

on the engine of the car to be start-

ed;

❒

Start the engine;

❒

When the engine has been started,

remove the leads reversing the or-

der above.

If after a few attempts the engine does

not start, do not insist but contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Service.

IMPORTANT Do not directly connect

the negative terminals of the two bat-

teries: sparks could ignite the flamma-

ble gas from the battery. If the other bat-

tery is fitted in another car, prevent ac-

cidental contacts between the metal

parts of the two cars.

Under no circumstances

should a battery charger

be used to start the en-

gine: it could damage the elec-

tronic systems and in particular

the ignition and injection control

units.

Do not carry out this

procedure if you lack

experience; if it is not done

correctly it can cause very in-

tense electrical discharges. In

addition, the fluid contained in

the battery is poisonous and

corrosive. Avoid contact with

skin and eyes. You are also ad-

vised not to put naked flames

or lighted cigarettes near the

battery and not to cause

sparks.

WARNING

A0E0201m

fig. 1

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 182

183

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

IF A TYRE

IS PUNCTURED

For versions/markets, where provided

applicable, the car can be equipped with

the “Quick tyre repair kit Fix&Go auto-

matic“. Operations required to change

a wheel are described in the following

chapter.

As an alternative to the kit “Fix & Go

automatic”, the car can be provided (up-

on request) with space-saver spare

wheel or standard size spare wheel;

wheel changing and correct use of the

jack and space-saver spare wheel call for

some precautions as listed below.

BUMP STARTING

Never bump start the engine (by push-

ing, towing, or coasting downhill) as this

could cause fuel to flow into the catalytic

exhaust system and damage it beyond

repair.

Remember that the

brake booster and the

power steering system are not

operating until the engine is

started, a greater effort will

therefore be required to press

the brake pedal or turn the

steering wheel.

WARNING

Alert other drivers that

the car is stationary in

compliance with local regula-

tions: hazard warning lights,

warning triangle etc. Any pas-

sengers on board should leave

the car, especially if it is heav-

ily laden. Passengers should

stay away from oncoming

traffic while the wheel is be-

ing changed on. If the wheel is

being changed on a steep or

badly surfaced road, place the

wedges or other suitable ma-

terial under the wheel to stop

the car. Never start the engine

when the car is jacked up. If

you were towing a trailer, un-

couple the trailer before jack-

ing the car.

WARNING

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 183

184

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

The space-saver spare

wheel (for versions/

markets, where provided) is

specific to your car; do not use

it on other models, or use the

spare wheel of other models

on your car. The space-saver

spare wheel shall only be used

in an emergency. It shall only

be used for the distance nec-

essary to reach a service point

and the car speed shall not ex-

ceed 80 Km/h. The spare

wheel has a sticker that sum-

marises the main cautions for

use and limitations. The stick-

er should never be removed or

covered!. Never fit a wheel

cap on a space-saver spare

wheel.

WARNING

When driving with a

space-saver spare

wheel fitted, the driving per-

formance of the car changes.

Avoid accelerating or braking

sharply, abrupt turns or fast

cornerings. The life of the

spare wheel is approx. 3000

Km, after this distance it

should be replaced with an-

other of the same type. Nev-

er attempt to fit a conven-

tional tyre on a rim designed

for use as a space-saver spare

wheel. Have the punctured

wheel repaired and refitted as

soon as possible. Two or more

space-saver spare wheels

should never be used togeth-

er. Do not grease the threads

of bolts before installing them:

they might slip out.

WARNING

The jack shall only be

used for changing

wheels on the car with which

it is provided or on cars of the

same model. It must not be used

for other purposes such as for

instance raising cars of other

models. In no case should it be

used for repairs under the car.

Incorrect positioning of the jack

may cause the jacked car to fall.

Do not use the jack for higher

capacities than stated on its la-

bel. Snow chains cannot be fit-

ted to the space-saver spare

wheel. So, if a front (drive)

wheel is punctured and chains

are needed, a rear wheel should

be fitted to the front of the car

and the spare wheel should be

fitted to the rear. This way with

two normal drive wheels, snow

chains can be fitted to them to

solve an emergency.

WARNING

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 184

185

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

Please note:

❒

the jack weight is 1.76 kg;

❒

the jack requires no adjustment;

❒

the jack cannot be repaired. If it

breaks it must be replaced with a

new jack;

❒

no tool other than its cranking device

may be fitted on the jack.

To change a wheel proceed as follows:

❒

Stop the car in a position that is not

dangerous for oncoming traffic where

you can change the wheel safely. The

ground should be flat and adequate-

ly firm;

❒

Turn the engine off, pull up the hand-

brake and engage first gear or re-

verse;

❒

Using handle A-fig. 2, lift the stiff

cover Band secure it as shown in

fig. 3;

Never tamper with the

inflation valve. Never

place tools between the rim

and tyre. Check and restore, if

required, the pressure of tyres

and spare wheel to the values

given in section “Technical

Specifications”.

WARNING

A0E0132m

fig. 2

A0E0133m

fig. 3

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 185

186

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

❒

Remove the wheel cap A-fig. 6

(only versions with steel rims);

❒

The jack shall be fitted as shown in

fig. 7 (for versions fitted with

sideskirts, before fitting the jack, re-

move cover A-fig. 9 set on the

sideskirt as shown in the figure);

❒

Take out the tool container fig. 4;

❒

Loosen the bolts of the wheel to be

replaced by about one turn with the

wrench provided A-fig. 5; if the car

is fitted with alloy rims, shake the car

to facilitate removing this rim from

the wheel hub;

A0E0134m

fig. 4

A0E0206m

fig. 5

A0E0207m

fig. 6

A0E0195m

fig. 7

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 186

187

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

❒

Fit the handle L-fig. 8 to operate

the jack and lift the car until the

wheel to be changed is several cen-

timetres off the ground;

❒

Loosen the fastening bolts and then

remove the wheel;

❒

Make sure the contact surfaces be-

tween space-saver spare wheel and

hub are clean so that the fastening

bolts will not come loose;

❒

Operate the device F-fig. 8 to ex-

tend the jack until the top of the jack

Gfits correctly into catch H;

A0E0208m

fig. 8

A0E0049m

fig. 9

❒

Warn anybody nearby that the car is

about to be lifted. They must stay

clear and not touch the car until it

is back on the ground;

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 187

188

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

❒

fit the space-saver spare wheel mak-

ing one of the holes A-fig. 10 co-

incide with the relevant pin B;

❒

Using the wrench provided, fully tight-

en the five fastening bolts;

❒

Lower the car and remove the jack;

❒

Use the wrench provided to fasten

the bolts completely in a criss-cross

fashion according to the sequence

shown in fig. 11.

A0E0210m

fig. 11

A0E0209m

fig. 10

REFITTING A

NORMAL WHEEL

Following the procedure described pre-

viously, raise the car and remove the

spare wheel.

Versions with steel rims

Proceed as follows:

❒

Make sure the contact surfaces be-

tween standard wheel and hub are

clean so that the fastening bolts will

not come loose;

❒

Fit the standard wheel taking into ac-

count that pin B-fig. 10 shall coin-

cide with one of the holes A;

❒

Place the wheel cap on the wheel rim

making symbol

, (marked inside the

wheel cap), coincide with the inflation

valve fig. 12;

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 188

189

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

A0E0211m

fig. 13

Versions with alloy rims

Proceed as follows:

❒

tighten pin A-fig. 13 in one of the

holes of the wheel hub fastening

bolts;

❒

insert the wheel on the pin and, us-

ing the wrench provided, tighten the

four bolts available;

❒

loosen pin A-fig. 13 and tighten

the last fastening bolt;

❒

lower the car and remove the jack,

then, using the wrench provided tight-

en the bolts according to the sequence

previously shown for the space-saver

spare wheel fig. 11.

When you have finished:

❒

Stow the spare wheel in the space

provided in the boot;

❒

Fit the jack partially open in its con-

tainer forcing it lightly to prevent it

from vibrating when travelling;

❒

Put the tools back into their places in

the container;

❒

Arrange the container complete with

tools on the space-saver spare wheel;

❒

Reposition properly the boot stiff cov-

ering.

A0E0236m

fig. 12

❒

Using the wrench provided, tighten the

fastening bolts;

❒

Lower the car and remove the jack;

❒

Using the wrench provided, fully tight-

en the bolts in the sequence shown

in fig. 11;

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 189

190

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

The quick tyre repair kit includes:

❒

a bottle A-fig. 14 containing the

sealer, fitted with:

- filling pipe B

- sticker C bearing the notice “max.

80 km/h”, to be placed in a posi-

tion visible to the driver (on the in-

strument panel) after fixing the tyre;

❒

compressor Dwith pressure gauge

and fittings;

QUICK TYRE REPAIR

KIT FIX&GO

automatic

The car is provided with the quick tyre

repair kit “FIX&GO automatic”, instead

of the traditional tool kit and space-saver

spare wheel.

The kit fig. 14 is placed in the boot. In

this container are also housed the screw-

driver and the tow hitch.

A0E0114m

fig. 14

A0E0048m

fig. 15

❒

instruction brochure fig. 15, to be

used for prompt and proper use of the

quick repair kit and to be then hand-

ed to the personnel charged with han-

dling the tyre treated with the tyre re-

pair kit;

❒

a pair of protection gloves located in

the side space of the compressor;

❒

adapters for inflating different ele-

ments.

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 190

191

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

The cylinder contains

ethylene glycol. The

cylinder contains latex: it can

cause allergic reactions. It is

harmful if ingested or inhaled

and irritant for the eyes and in

case of contact. In case of con-

tact rinse immediately with

water and take off contami-

nated clothes. If swallowed,

do not induce vomit, rinse out

the mouth, drink a lot of wa-

ter and call the doctor imme-

diately. Keep away from chil-

dren. This product must not be

used by asthmatics. Do not in-

hale vapours. Call the doctor

immediately in case of aller-

gic reactions. Keep the cylin-

der in the space provided for

the purpose and far from heat.

The sealing fluid has limited

life.

WARNING

It should be noticed that:

The sealing fluid of the quick tyre re-

pair kit is effective with external tem-

peratures between –20°C and +50°C.

The sealing fluid has limited life.

Hand the instruction

brochure to the per-

sonnel charged with treating

the tyre repaired with the kit.

WARNING

In the event of a punc-

ture caused by foreign

bodies, it is possible to

repair tyres showing damages

on the track or shoulder up to

max 4 mm diameter.

Holes and damages on

the tyre side walls can-

not be repaired. Do not use the

quick tyre repair kit if damag-

ing is due to running with flat

tyre.

WARNING

Repairs are not possi-

ble in case of damages

on the wheel rim (bad groove

distortion causing air loss). Do

not remove foreign bodies

(screws or nails) from the

tyre.

WARNING

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 191

192

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

Proceed as follows:

❒

set the wheel to be repaired with

valve A-fig. 16 in the position

shown in the figure, then pull up

the handbrake, take the quick

tyre repair kit and put it on the

ground near the wheel to be repaired;

❒

loosen tyre inflation valve cap, take

out the filler hose A-fig. 17 and

screw the ring nut B-fig. 18 on the

tyre valve;

A0E0116m

fig. 17

A0E0214m

fig. 18

INFLATING PROCEDURE

A0E0212m

fig. 16

Put on the protection

gloves provided to-

gether with quick tyre repair

kit.

WARNING

The compressor shall

not be operated for

more than 20 minutes. Risk of

overheating!. Tyres repaired

with the quick tyre repair kit

shall be used temporarily only.

WARNING

Replace the cylinder if

sealer has run out. Do

not throw away the

cylinder and the sealing fluid.

Have the sealing fluid and the

cylinder disposed of in compli-

ance with national and local reg-

ulations.

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 192

193

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

❒

after reaching the tyre pressure spec-

ified in paragraph “Wheels” in sec-

tion “Technical Specifications”, start

driving immediately;

❒

if after 5 minutes it is still impossi-

ble to reach at least 1.5 bar, disen-

gage compressor from valve and cur-

rent outlet, then move the car forth

for approx. 10 metres in order to dis-

tribute the sealing fluid inside the tyre

evenly, then repeat the inflation op-

eration;

❒

If after this operation it is still im-

possible after 5 minutes to reach at

least 1.8 bar, do start driving since

the tyre is excessively damaged and

the quick tyre repair kit cannot guar-

antee suitable sealing, contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services;

❒

make sure the compressor switch A-

fig. 19 is set to 0(off), start the

engine and fit plug A-fig. 20 into

the outlet/cigar lighter on the front

console and then turn on the com-

pressor by setting switch A-fig. 19

to I (on);

❒

Inflate the tyre to the pressure speci-

fied in paragraph “Wheels” in section

“Technical Specifications”. Check tyre

pressure on gauge B-fig. 19 with

compressor off to obtain precise read-

ing;

A0E0213m

fig. 19

A0E0217m

fig. 20

Apply the sticker in a

visible position for the

driver to indicate that the tyre

has been treated with the

quick tyre repair kit. Drive

carefully especially when cor-

nering and do not exceed 80

km/h. Avoid heavy braking

and accelerating.

WARNING

❒

after driving for about 10 minutes

stop and check again the tyre pres-

sure; pull up the handbrake;

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 193

194

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

You shall absolutely

communicate that the

tyre has been repaired with

the quick tyre repair kit. Hand

the instruction brochure to the

personnel charged with treat-

ing the tyre repaired with the

kit.

WARNING

A0E0215m

fig. 21

A0E0216m

fig. 22

CHECKING AND RESTORING

PRESSURE ONLY

The compressor can be also used just for

restoring pressure.

Disconnect the quick connection A-fig.

21 and connect it directly to the tyre

valve fig. 22; in this way the cylinder

is not connected to compressor and the

sealing fluid will not flow into the tyre.

If pressure falls below

1.8 bar, stop the car

since the tyre is excessively

damaged and the quick tyre

repair kit Fix & Go automatic

cannot guarantee suitable

sealing, contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services.

WARNING

❒

if at least 1.8 bar pressure is read, re-

store proper pressure (with engine

running and handbrake on) and

restart;

❒

drive with the utmost care to the

nearest Alfa Romeo Authorized

Service.

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 194

195

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CYLINDER REPLACEMENT

PROCEDURE

To replace the cylinder proceed as fol-

lows:

❒

disconnect connection A-fig. 23

and hose B;

❒

turn counter-clockwise the cylinder to

replace and raise it;

❒

fit the new cylinder and turn it clock-

wise;

❒

refit connection Aor connect hose

Binto its seat.

A0E0047m

fig. 23

Inform other people

driving the car that the

tyre has been repaired using

the quick tyre kit. Hand the

sticker to the personnel that

will carry out restoring oper-

ations.

WARNING

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 195

196

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

❒

When a light is not working, check

that the corresponding fuse is intact

before changing a bulb. For the lo-

cation of fuses, refer to the paragraph

“If a fuse blows” in this section;

❒

Before changing a bulb check the con-

tacts for oxidation;

❒

Burnt bulbs must be replaced by oth-

ers of the same type and power;

❒

Always check the height of the head-

light beam after changing a bulb.

IMPORTANT The headlight inner sur-

face may be lightly misted over: this is

not a fault but a natural fact due to low

temperature and the level of air humid-

ity. It will disappear as soon the head-

lights are turned on. The presence of

drops inside the headlights means wa-

ter infiltration, therefore contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services.

WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB

Modifications or re-

pairs to the electrical

system (electronic control

units) carried out incorrectly

and without bearing the fea-

tures of the system in mind

can cause malfunctions with

the risk of fire.

WARNING

Due to high voltage,

the bulb of (Bixenon)

gas-discharge headlights must

only be replaced by experts:

danger of death! Contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services.

WARNING

Halogen bulbs contain

pressurised gas which,

if broken, may cause small

fragments of glass to be pro-

jected outwards.

WARNING

Halogen bulbs must be

handled touching only

the metallic part. If the trans-

parent bulb is touched with the

fingers, its lighting intensity is

reduced and life of the bulb

may be compromised. If

touched accidentally, rub the

bulb with a cloth moistened

with alcohol and allow to dry.

WARNING

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 196

197

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

B Bayonet type bulbs: press the

bulb, turn counter-clockwise to re-

move this type of bulb from its

holder.

C Tubular bulbs: release them

from their contacts to remove.

D-E Halogen bulbs: to remove the

bulb, release the clip holding the

bulb in place.

F Gas-discharge bulbs

(Bixenon).

TYPES OF BULBS fig. 24

Various types of bulbs are fitted to your

car:

A Glass bulbs: clipped into posi-

tion. Pull to remove.

A0E0117m

fig. 24

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 197

198

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

BULBS FIGURE 24 TYPE POWER

Main beam headlights D H7 55W

Dipped beam headlights D H7 55W

Main beams/Dipped beams

(versions with Bixenon headlights) (where provided) F D1S 55W

Additional main beams (where provided) D H1 55W

Front sidelights (1 per headlight) A W5WB 5W

Taillights

(1 on fixed light unit - 1 on mobile light unit) B P21/5W 5W

Front fog lights E H7 55W

Front direction indicator B PY21W 21W

Side direction indicator A W5W 5W

Rear direction indicator B P21W 21W

Brake lights B P21/5W 21W

Third brake light A W2,3W 2,3W

Reversing light B P21W 21W

Rear fog lights B P21W 21W

Number plate lights A W5W 5W

Front ceiling light 2xA+1C 2xW5+10W 5+5+10W

Boot light C 10W 10W

Rear ceiling light A 2xW5W 5+5W

Courtesy mirror lights A 1,5W 1.5W

Glovebox light A W5W 5W

Puddle/door lights A W5W 5W

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 198

199

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

Main beam headlights

(halogen bulbs)

On some versions a special brake ser-

vo vacuum unit is fitted which has to be

removed in order to be able to replace

the left main beam headlamp halogen

bulb. The vacuum unit is located next to

the battery drip tray (fig. 25).

IF AN EXTERIOR

LIGHT BURNS OUT

For the type of bulb and power rating,

see “When needing to change a bulb”.

FRONT LIGHT UNITS

The front light units contain main beam,

sidelights, direction indicator and dipped

beam bulbs.

To change the bulbs, turn cap counter-

clockwise and then remove it.

The bulbs are arranged inside the light

unit fig. 25/a as follows:

AMain beam headlights

BSidelights/direction indicators

CDipped beam headlights

After replacement, re-

fit the covers correctly

checking that they are proper-

ly secured.

WARNING

On versions with a brake servo vacuum

unit, the description is given purely as

an example; this operation must be car-

ried out by Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-

vices.

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

❒

remove cover A-fig. 25/a by turn-

ing it counter-clockwise;

❒

disconnect the electric connector A-

fig. 26;

❒

release the bulb holder catch B;

It should be remem-

bered that the vacuum

unit operates at high tempera-

tures: avoid touching it with

your hands, danger of scalding!

Any operations not carried out

following the rules could ad-

versely affect the operation of

the braking system and there-

fore the safety of the vehicle.

WARNING

A0E0191m

fig. 25/a

A0E0540m

fig. 25

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 199

200

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

❒

remove the bulb and replace it;

❒

fit the new bulb and refit bulb hold-

er catch B-fig. 26;

❒

reconnect the electrical connector A;

❒

refit the protective cover properly.

Sidelights

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

❒

turn cover B-fig. 25 counter-clock-

wise;

❒

press tab A-fig. 27, remove the

bulb and replace it;

❒

refit the bulb holder, it shall click in-

to place; look at the light from the

outside to check for proper bulb po-

sitioning;

❒

refit the protective cover properly.

Front direction indicators

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

❒

turn cover B-fig. 25 counter-clock-

wise;

❒

turn the bulb holder A-fig. 28 coun-

terclockwise, remove the bulb and re-

place it;

❒

refit the bulb holder, it shall click into

place; look at the light from the out-

side to check for proper bulb position-

ing;

❒

refit the protective cover properly.

A0E0193m

fig. 27

A0E0194m

fig. 28

A0E0223m

fig. 26

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 200

201

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

Side direction indicators

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

❒

push the lens by hand in opposite run-

ning direction in order to press the

catch A-fig. 30. Release the front

part and remove the unit;

❒

turn the bulb holder B-fig. 31 coun-

terclockwise and remove it from lens

❒

remove bulb Dand replace it;

❒

fit the bulb holder Binto the lens C

then position the unit, the catch shall

click into place A-fig. 30.

A0E0163m

fig. 30

A0E0164m

fig. 31

Be careful not to dam-

age the car body or the

lens.

Due to high voltage,

the bulb of (Bixenon)

gas-discharge headlights must

only be replaced by experts:

danger of death! Contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services.

WARNING

Gas-discharge dipped

beam/main beam headlights

(Bixenon) (where provided)

A0E0192m

fig. 29

Dipped beam headlights

(halogen bulbs)

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

❒

turn cover C-fig. 25 counter-clock-

wise;

❒

disconnect the electric connector A-

fig. 29;

❒

release the bulb holder catch B;

❒

remove the bulb and replace it;

❒

fit the new bulb and refit bulb holder

catch B-fig. 29;

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 201

202

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

Front fog lights fig. 32

(where provided)

IMPORTANT Contact Alfa Romeo Au-

thorized Services to have front fog lights

replaced and adjusted.

A0E0196m

fig. 32

Reversing light/rear fog

lights

To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:

❒

open the tailgate;

❒

turn device A-fig. 33 to open lid

❒

lower the lid and remove the bulb

holder unit by pressing the retaining tabs

C-fig. 34;

REAR LIGHT UNITS

Rear light units contain: reversing light,

rear fog light, direction indicators, tail-

lights, number plate lights, brake light

and third brake light bulbs.

A0E0165m

fig. 33

A0E0166m

fig. 34

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 202

203

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

❒

remove and replace the burnt-out

bulb by pressing it slightly and turn-

ing it counterclockwise fig. 35:

D: reversing light bulb on passenger

side (or right side);

D: reversing light bulb on driver side (or

left side)

❒

refit the bulb holder unit securing it

properly using the retaining tabs C-

fig. 34;

❒

close lid B-fig. 33.

A0E0167m

fig. 35

A0E0170m

fig. 37

Taillight bulb on tailgate

To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:

❒

open the tailgate;

❒

turn device A-fig. 33 to open lid

❒

lower the lid and remove the bulb

holder unit by pressing the retaining

tabs C-fig. 34;

A0E0229m

fig. 36

❒

remove and replace the burnt-out

bulb by pressing it slightly and turn-

ing it counterclockwise fig. 36:

D: taillight bulb on right/left headlight

❒

refit the bulb holder unit securing it

properly using the retaining tabs C-

fig. 34;

❒

close lid B-fig. 33.

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 203

204

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

Direction indicators/

Taillights/Brake lights

To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:

❒

open the tailgate;

❒

loosen screw A-fig. 37 and remove

the protection cover B;

❒

remove the bulb holder unit C-

fig. 38 by pressing the retaining

tabs D.

A0E0040m

fig. 38

❒

remove and replace the burnt-out

bulb by pressing it slightly and turn-

ing it counter-clockwise fig. 39:

Etaillight/brake light bulb;

Fdirection indicator bulb.

❒

refit the bulb holder unit securing it

properly using the retaining tabs D-

fig. 38;

❒

refit the protection cover B-fig. 37

and tighten screw A.

Number plate light

To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:

❒

operate with a flat blade screwdriver pro-

tected by a soft cloth on device A-fig.

40 to remove the light unit B;

❒

remove the bulb holder C-fig. 41 by

turning it slightly and replace the snap-

fitted bulb D.

A0E0041m

fig. 39

A0E0168m

fig. 40

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 204

205

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

Additional brake light

(third stop)

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

to have the third brake light replaced.

A0E0169m

fig. 41

IF AN INTERIOR

LIGHT BURNS OUT

For the type of bulb and power rating,

see “When needing to change a bulb”.

FRONT CEILING LIGHT

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

to change the bulb.

REAR CEILING LIGHT

Versions without sunroof

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

❒

remove the front ceiling light work-

ing in the points shown by the arrows

(see fig. 42);

A0E0183m

fig. 42

A0E0084m

fig. 43

❒

turn the 2 bulb holders A-fig. 43

counter-clockwise, remove and re-

place bulbs.

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 205

206

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

Versions with sunroof

To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:

❒

remove the ceiling light A-fig. 44

working in the points shown by the ar-

rows;

❒

replace the bulb B-fig. 45 releas-

ing it from the side contacts making

sure that the new bulb is correctly

clamped between the contacts.

A0E0098m

fig. 44

A0E0099m

fig. 45

COURTESY MIRROR LIGHTS

(where provided)

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

❒

open the mirror cover A-fig. 46;

❒

remove the bulb Blevering in the

points shown by the arrows;

A0E0118m

fig. 46

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 206

207

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

❒

close protection B-fig. 49 on light

unit A-fig. 48;

❒

refit the light unit inserting first one

side and then the other one until

hearing the locking click.

GLOVEBOX LIGHT

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

❒

open the glovebox;

❒

remove the light unit A-fig. 48 lev-

ering in the point shown by the ar-

row;

❒

raise protection B-fig. 49 and re-

place the snap-fitted bulb;

A0E0172m

fig. 48

A0E0173m

fig. 49

❒

replace the bulb C-fig. 47 releas-

ing it from the side contacts making

sure that the new bulb is correctly

clamped between the contacts.

A0E0171m

fig. 47

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 207

208

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

BOOT LIGHT

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

❒

open the tailgate;

❒

remove the light unit A-fig. 50 lev-

ering in the point shown by the ar-

row;

❒

open the protection cover B-fig. 51

and replace the bulb releasing it from

the side contacts making sure that

the new bulb is correctly clamped be-

tween the contacts;

❒

re-close the protective cover B;

❒

refit the light unit inserting first one

side and then the other one until

hearing the locking click.

❒

close protection B-fig. 53 on light

unit A-fig. 52;

❒

refit the light unit inserting first one

side and then the other one until

hearing the locking click.

A0E0205m

fig. 50

A0E0075m

fig. 52

A0E0204m

fig. 51

PUDDLE LIGHT

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

❒

open the door and remove lens A-

fig. 52 levering in the point shown

by the arrow;

❒

raise protection B-fig. 53 and re-

place the snap-fitted bulb;

A0E0235m

fig. 53

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 208

209

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

IF A FUSE BLOWS

GENERAL

The fuse is a protective device for the

electric system: it comes into action (i.e.

it cuts off) mainly due to a fault or im-

proper action on the system.

When a device does not work, check the

efficiency of its fuse. The conductor el-

ement must be intact; if not, replace the

fuse with one of the same amp rating

(same colour).

A: undamaged fuse

B: fuse with damaged filament.

To replace a fuse, use the pliers C

hooked to the fusebox on the dash-

board.

A0E0119m

fig. 54

Never replace a broken

fuse with anything oth-

er than a new fuse.

Never change a fuse

with another with a

higher amp rating, danger of

fire.

WARNING

If a general fuse

(MEGA-FUSE, MAXI-

FUSE) cuts in, do not attempt

any repair and contact Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services.

Before changing a fuse, check

the ignition key has been re-

moved and that all the other

electric devices have been

turned off/disabled.

WARNING

If the fuse blows again,

contact Alfa Romeo Au-

thorized Services.

WARNING

If a general protection

fuse for safety sys-

tems (air bag system, braking

system), power unit systems

(engine system, transmission

system) or steering system is

triggered, contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services.

WARNING

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 209

210

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

FUSE LOCATION

Fuses are grouped into four fuse boxes

to be found respectively on the dash-

board, on the battery positive pole, near

the battery and inside the boot (right-

hand side).

Fuse box on the dashboard

To gain access to the fuses in the fuse

box on the dashboard, loosen the fas-

tening screw A-fig. 55 and remove

the cover B.

A0E0157m

fig. 55

A0E0124m

fig. 56

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 210

211

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

Fuse box on the battery

positive pole

To gain access to the fuses in the fuse

box on the battery positive pole press

the retainers A-fig. 57 and remove

the protection cover B.

A0E0126m

fig. 57

A0E0125m

fig. 58

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 211

212

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

Fuse box near the battery

To gain access to the fuses, loosen the

two fastening screws A-fig. 59 and

remove the protection cover B.

A0E0128m

fig. 59

A0E0123m

fig. 60

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 212

213

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

Fuse box in the boot

(left-hand side)

To gain access to the fuses, open the lid

on the left side of the boot as shown by

the arrow A-fig. 61.

A0E0129m

fig. 61

A0E0224m

fig. 62

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 213

214

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

FUSE SUMMARY TABLE

LIGTHS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE

Right main beam headlight F14 7.5 60

Left main beam headlight F15 7.5 60

Right dipped beam headlight F12 15 56

Left dipped beam headlight F13 15 56

Front fog light F30 15 60

Reversing light/Brake light F35 7.5 56

Third brake light F37 7.5 56

Front/rear ceiling light F39 10 56

Front ceiling light F49 7.5 56

Direction indicators F53 10 56

Hazard lights F53 10 56

USERS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE

Engine housing control unit services F70 (MEGA-FUSE) 150 58

Instrument panel control unit F71 70 58

Additional heater (passenger compartment water heating 600W)

(diesel versions) F72 50 58

Plug pre-heating control unit (diesel versions) F73 60 58

Instrument panel control unit F01 (MAXI-FUSE) 60 60

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 214

215

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

USERS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE

Climate control system fan (1.8 140 HP versions) F02 (MAXI-FUSE) 40 60

Climate control system fan (2.2 JTS Selespeed versions) F02 (MAXI-FUSE) 50 60

Electric steering lock F03 (MAXI-FUSE) 20 60

Brake branch point (pump) F04 (MAXI-FUSE) 40 60

Brake branch point (solenoid valve) (ABS version) F05 (MAXI-FUSE) 40 60

Brake branch point (solenoid valve) (VDC version) F05 (MAXI-FUSE) 20 60

Radiator fan (low speed) (1.8 140 HP, 2.2 JTS Selespeed versions) F06 (MAXI-FUSE) 40 60

Radiator fan (high speed) F07 (MAXI-FUSE) 50 60

Additional heater supply (passenger compartment water heating 300W)

(diesel versions) F08 30 60

Headlight washer F09 20 60

Horns F10 15 60

Climate control system compressor F19 7.5 60

Rear window heating F20 20 60

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 215

216

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

USERS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE

Fuel pump supply F21 20 60

Sound system/radionavigation system power/Blue&Me F23 15 60

Supply + key for relay coils of engine compartment control unit/

dashboard control unit/Body Computer F31 7.5 56

Driver’s door branch point/passenger’s door branch point/

ignition device F32 15 56

Rear left window control/boot node F33 20 56

Rear right window control/boot node F34 20 56

Water in diesel fuel filter sensor/flow meter/Brake light switch/

central console control panel/Cruise Control/AQS sensor F35 7.5 56

Supply of boot node/locks actuators F36 20 56

Positive under key for stop lights/third stop/instrument/

lights direction F37 7.5 56

Boot opening F38 15 56

Supply + battery for air conditioner, ceiling lights, volumetric alarm,

EOBD system diagnostic socket F39 10 56

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 216

217

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

USERS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE

Heated rear window F40 30 56

Defrosting of external mirrors/heated windshield relay coil F41 7.5 56

Windshield wiper/washer F43 30 56

Front cigar lighter on central console F44 10 56

Supply of socket in the boot F45 15 56

Sunroof F46 20 56

Power supply of driver door node F47 20 56

Power supply of passenger door nodes F48 30 56

+ Key for wheel node/Sunroof control unit/

Front and rear ceiling lights/Cvs/Blue&Me node/Volumetric/

Left and right seat F49 7.5 56

Supply under key for Telematic info node/

Automatic gearbox node/Additional heater/

Left dashboard controls/ START/STOP button,

Parking sensors control unit/Electrochromatic mirror/

Blue&Me node/Car radio prearrangement/AQS/Cruise Control F51 7.5 56

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 217

218

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

USERS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE

Rear window wiper/Rear lighter F52 15 56

Instrument panel branch point F53 10 56

Amplifier Bose audio system F54 30 62

Front left seat movement control F56 25 62

Driver’s seat warming left F57 7.5 62

Front right seat movement control F60 25 62

Amplifier Bose audio system on rear parcel shelf F61 15 62

Front passenger’ seat warming right F67 7.5 62

Free F58 --- 62

Free F59 --- 62

Free F62 --- 62

Free F63 --- 62

Free F64 --- 62

Free F66 --- 62

Free F68 --- 62

Free F69 --- 62

Free F77 --- 62

Free F78 --- 62

Free F79 --- 62

Free F80 --- 62

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 218

219

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

IF THE BATTERY

IS FLAT

IMPORTANT The description of the

battery charging procedure is described

only for informative purposes. This op-

eration should be carried out by Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services.

Charging should be slow at a low amp

rating for 24 hours. Charging for a

longer time may damage the battery.

Charge the battery as follows:

❒

disconnect battery negative terminal

(–);

❒

connect the charger cables to the bat-

tery terminals, observing the poles;

❒

turn on the charger;

❒

when you have finished, turn the

charger off before disconnecting the

battery;

❒

reconnect battery negative terminal

(–).

The liquid in the battery

is poisonous and corro-

sive. Do not let it touch the

skin or eyes. Recharging the

battery should be done in a

well ventilated area away

from naked flames or possible

sources of sparks: explosion

and fire risk.

WARNING

Do not attempt to

recharge a frozen bat-

tery. Thaw it first, otherwise

it could explode. If the battery

froze, make sure the internal

elements are not broken and

that the casing is not cracked:

risk of spilling the poisonous

and corrosive fluid.

WARNING

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 219

220

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

WITH THE JACK

See instructions given in paragraph

“Wheel replacement” in this section

JACKING THE CAR

USING AN ARM LIFT OR

WORKSHOP LIFT

Never jack the car from the front side,

the car can only be jacked at the sides,

jack arms or workshop lift shall be

placed as shown in fig. 63. In any

case, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized

Services.

A0E0195m

fig. 63

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 220

221

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

TOWING THE CAR

The tow hook provided with the car is

contained into the Fix&Go automatic

container.

PRECAUTIONS FOR

TOWING THE CAR

To prevent damaging the transmission

components, tow the car only in one of

following ways:

❒

with front wheels raised and rear

wheels resting on a truck provided for

the purpose;

❒

with rear wheels raised and front

wheels resting on a truck provided for

the purpose;

❒

with front and rear wheels on the

flatbed of a wrecker or maintenance

vehicle.

A0E0111m

fig. 64

TOW RING HOOKING

Front

Proceed as follows:

❒

take the tow hook A-fig. 64 from

the Fix&Go automatic container.

❒

remove the snap-fitted plug A-fig. 65

from the front bumper. If using the flat

blade screwdriver B-fig. 64 provided

as standard, protect its tip with a soft

cloth to prevent damaging the car.

❒

tighten the tow hook in its seat.

Rear

The tow hook A-fig. 66 for the rear

bumper is fixed.

A0E0230m

fig. 65

A0E0176m

fig. 66

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 221

222

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

IN AN

EMERGENCY

Do not start the engine

when towing the car.

WARNING

Before fitting the hook,

clean accurately its

threaded seat. Before starting

to tow, make sure to have

tighten the hook.

WARNING

Before starting to tow,

disengage the steering

lock (see paragraph “Ignition de-

vice” in section “Dashboard and

controls”). When towing, re-

member that without the help of

the brake booster and power

steering, a greater effort is re-

quired on the pedal and steer-

ing wheel. Do not use flexible ca-

bles for towing and avoid jerks.

During towing operations make

sure that fastening the joint to

the car does not damage the

components in contact with it.

When towing the car, you must

comply with the specific traffic

regulations regarding the tow

ring and how to tow on the road.

WARNING

The front and rear tow

hooks must only be

used for emergency situations

on the road. The vehicle may

be towed for short distances

when a dedicated device is

used in compliance with the

Highway Code (rigid bar), in

order to move the vehicle on

the road in preparation for

towing by a tow truck Tow

hooks MUST NOT be used to

tow vehicles off the road or

where there are obstacles

and/or for towing operations

using cables or other non-rigid

devices. Respecting the above

conditions, towing must only

take place with two vehicles

(one towing, the other towed)

travelling as far as possible in

alignment along the same cen-

treline.

WARNING

181-222 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:10 Pagina 222

SCHEDULED SERVICING...................................... 224

SERVICE SCHEDULE........................................... 225

PERIODICAL CHECKS.......................................... 227

USE OF THE CAR UNDER HEAVY CONDITIONS ........ 227

CHECKING FLUID LEVELS .................................... 228

AIR FILTER/POLLEN FILTER ................................ 237

BATTERY.......................................................... 237

WHEELS AND TYRES.......................................... 241

RUBBER HOSES................................................ 243

WINDSCREEN WIPER ........................................ 243

BODYWORK ..................................................... 245

INTERIORS....................................................... 247

CAR

MAINTENANCE

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

INDEX TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS IN AN

EMERGENCY WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

SAFETY

DEVICES

223

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 223

SCHEDULED

SERVICING

Correct maintenance is essential for en-

suring long car life under the best condi-

tions.

This is why Alfa Romeo has programmed

a series of checks and maintenance op-

erations every 35,000 km (or 21,000

mi).

IMPORTANT The actual engine oil and

filter change frequency depends on the

conditions of use of the car and is si-

gnalled by means of a warning light or

message (where provided) on the in-

strument panel.

IMPORTANT At 2,000 km from the

scheduled service, the display will show

a dedicated message.

It is however important to remember that

scheduled servicing does not completely

cover all the car’s requirements: also in

the initial period before 35,000 km (or

21,000 mi) service coupon and later, be-

tween one coupon and another, ordinary

care is still required such as for example

routine check and topping up the level of

fluids, tyre pressure check, etc...

IMPORTANT The Programmed Main-

tenance coupons are specified by the

Manufacturer. The failure to have them

carried out may invalidate the warranty.

Scheduled Servicing is performed by all

Alfa Romeo Authorized Services, at pre-

established times.

If during whatever service operation, in

addition to the ones programmed, the

need arises for further replacements or

repairs, these may be carried out only

with the explicit agreement of the Cus-

tomer.

IMPORTANT You are advised to con-

tact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services in

the event of any minor operating faults,

without waiting for the next service

coupon.

If your car is used frequently for towing,

the interval between one service coupon

and the other must be reduced.

CAR

MAINTENANCE

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

INDEX TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS IN AN

EMERGENCY

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

SAFETY

DEVICES

224

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 224

35 70 105 140 175

●●●●●

●●●

●●

●

SERVICE SCHEDULE

Thousands of km

Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if required

Check light system operation (headlights, direction indicators, hazard lights,

boot lights, passenger compartment lights, glovebox lights, warning lights, etc.)

Check windscreen wiper/washer operation,adjust nozzles if required

Check windscreen/rear window blade position/wear

Check front disk brake pad conditions and wear and wear indicator operation

Check rear disk brake pad conditions and wear

Sight inspect the conditions of: body external parts, underbody protection,

pipes and hoses (exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts

(boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.)

Check cleanness of locks, bonnet and boot and lever cleanness

and lubrication

Check and top up, if required, fluid levels (brakes/hydraulic clutch,

power steering, windscreen washer, battery, engine coolant, etc.)

Check and adjust handbrake lever stroke

Sight inspect accessory drive belt conditions (except 1.8 140 HP version)

Sight inspect accessory drive belt conditions (1.8 140 HP version)

Sight inspect timing belt conditions (1.8 140 HP version)

CAR

MAINTENANCE

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

INDEX TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS IN AN

EMERGENCY WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

SAFETY

DEVICES

225

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 225

35 70 105 140 175

●●●●●

●

●●●●●

●

●●

●

●●●●●

●●

●●●●●

Thousands of km

Check and adjust tappet clearance (1.9 JTDM8v version)

Check and adjust tappet clearance, if required (1.8 140 HP version)

Check exhaust emissions (petrol versions)

Check exhaust emissions/smoke (diesel versions)

Check engine control system operation (through diagnosis socket)

Replace accessory drive belt/s (except 1.8 140 HP version)

Replace accessory drive belt/s (1.8 140 HP version)

Replace timing belt (1.8 140 HP version) (*)

Replace timing belt (1750 TURBO BENZINA version) (*)

Replace timing belt (diesel versions) (*)

Change spark plugs (3.2 JTS and 2.2 JTS Selespeed versions)

Change spark plugs (1.8 140 HP and 1750 TURBO BENZINA versions)

Replace diesel fuel filter (diesel versions)

Change air cleaner cartridge

Change front transmission gear oil (3.2 JTS 4x4 versions)

Change engine oil and oil filter (1.8 140 HP versions) (or every 12 months)

Change engine oil and oil filter (1750 TURBO BENZINA versions) (**)

(or every 12 months)

Change engine oil and oil filter (3.2 JTS and 2.2 JTS Selespeed versions)

(or every 24 months) (***)

Change engine oil and oil filter (diesel versions with DPF) (**)

(or every 24 months)

Change engine oil and oil filter (diesel versions without DPF)

(or every 24 months)

Change brake fluid (or every 24 months)

Change pollen filter (or every 24 months)

(*) Regardless of the km covered, the timing belt shall be replaced every 4 years for particularly demanding use (cold climates, driving in the city,

idling for a long time) or in any case every 5 years.

(**) The engine oil and the filter must be changed when the instrument panel warning light comes on (see “Warning lights and Messages” chapter)

and in all cases every 24 months.

If the car is mainly used for town driving or in particularly harsh climate conditions and has a low annual mileage, the engine oil and filter should

be changed every 12 months.

CAR

MAINTENANCE

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

INDEX TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS IN AN

EMERGENCY

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

SAFETY

DEVICES

226

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 226

USE OF THE CAR

UNDER HEAVY

CONDITIONS

Should prevailing use of the car be un-

der one of the following specially heavy

conditions:

❒

trailer or caravan towing;

❒

dusty roads;

❒

short distances (less than 7-8 km)

and repeated with external temper-

atures below zero;

❒

frequently idling engines or long dis-

tance low speed driving (e.g.: door-

to-door deliveries) or in case of a long

term inactivity;

❒

urban routes;

carry out checks more frequently than

required on Service Schedule:

❒

check front disk brake pad conditions

and wear;

❒

check cleanness of bonnet and boot

locks and lever cleanness and lubri-

cation;

❒

sight inspect the conditions of: en-

gine, gearbox, transmission, pipes

and hoses (exhaust - fuel - brakes),

rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushes,

etc.);

❒

check battery charge and fluid level

(electrolyte);

❒

visual check on various drive belt con-

ditions;

❒

change engine oil and oil filter, if re-

quired;

❒

check and replace pollen filter, if re-

quired;

❒

check and replace air cleaner, if re-

quired.

PERIODICAL CHECKS

Every 1,000 km or before long jour-

neys, check and top up if required:

❒

engine coolant fluid level;

❒

brake fluid level;

❒

windscreen washer fluid level;

❒

tyre pressure and conditions.

❒

check light system operation (head-

lights, direction indicators, hazard

lights, etc.);

❒

check windscreen wiper/washer op-

eration and windscreen/rear window

blade position/wear;

Every 3,000 km check and top up if re-

quired: engine oil level.

You are recommended to use

PETRONAS LUBRICANTS prod-

ucts, designed and produced specifical-

ly for Alfa Romeo cars (see table “Ca-

pacities” in section “Technical specifi-

cations”).

CAR

MAINTENANCE

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

INDEX TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS IN AN

EMERGENCY WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

SAFETY

DEVICES

227

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 227

228

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CAR

MAINTENANCE

CHECKING

FLUID LEVELS

For refilling amounts refer to Technical

Specifications section.

1. Engine oil - 2. Battery

3. Brake fluid - 4. Windscreen washer

fluid - 5. Engine coolant -

6. Power steering fluid

fig. 2 - 1750 TURBO BENZINA version

A0E0854m

Never smoke while

working in the engine

compartment; gas and inflam-

mable vapours may be pre-

sent, with the risk of fire.

WARNING

When topping up take

care not to confuse the

various types of fluids:

they are all incompatible with

one another and could serious-

ly damage the car.

A0E0374m

fig. 1 - 1.8 140 HP version

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 228

229

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CAR

MAINTENANCE

fig. 3/a - 3.2 JTS version

A0E0038m

1. Engine oil - 2. Battery

3. Brake fluid - 4. Windscreen washer

fluid - 5. Engine coolant

6. Power steering fluid

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CAR

MAINTENANCE

fig. 3 - 2.2 JTS Selespeed version

A0E0161m

1. Engine oil - 2. Battery

3. Brake fluid - 4. Windscreen washer

fluid - 5. Engine coolant

6. Power steering fluid

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 229

230

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CAR

MAINTENANCE

fig. 4 - 1.9 JTDM8v - 1.9 JTDM16v versions

A0E0162m

1. Engine oil - 2. Battery

3. Brake fluid - 4. Windscreen washer

fluid - 5. Engine coolant

6. Power steering fluid

1. Engine oil - 2. Battery

3. Brake fluid - 4. Windscreen washer

fluid - 5. Engine coolant

6. Power steering fluid

fig. 5 - 2.0 JTDMversion

653

A0E0853m

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 230

231

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CAR

MAINTENANCE

fig. 6 - 2.4 JTDMversion

A0E0203m

1. Engine oil - 2. Battery

3. Brake fluid - 4. Windscreen washer

fluid - 5. Engine coolant

6. Power steering fluid

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 231

ENGINE OIL

Fig. 7: 1.8 140 HP version

Fig. 8: 1750 TURBO BENZINA version

Fig. 8/a: 2.2 JTS Selespeed version

Fig. 9: 3.2 JTS version

Fig. 10: 1.9 JTDM8V-

1.9 JTDM16Vversions

Fig. 11: 2.0 JTDMversion

Fig. 12: 2.4 JTDMversion

Checking engine oil

Check the oil level a few minutes (about

5) after the engine has stopped, with

the car parked on level ground.

Remove the dipstick Aand clean it, put it

back in completely, remove it and check

that the level is within the MIN and

MAX marks on the dipstick. The gap be-

tween the MIN and MAX marks cor-

responds to about one litre of oil.

CAR

MAINTENANCE

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

INDEX TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS IN AN

EMERGENCY

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

SAFETY

DEVICES

232

A0E0856m

fig. 8

A0E0069m

fig. 9

A0E0233m

fig. 10

A0E0855m

fig. 11

A0E0400m

fig. 7

A0E0202m

fig. 12

A0E0018m

fig. 8/a

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 232

CAR

MAINTENANCE

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

INDEX TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS IN AN

EMERGENCY WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

SAFETY

DEVICES

233

Engine oil consumption

Max engine oil consumption is usually

400 grams every 1000 km.

When the car is new, the engine needs

to run in, therefore the engine oil con-

sumption can only be considered sta-

bilised after the first 5000 - 6000 km.

IMPORTANT The oil consumption de-

pends on driving style and the conditions

under which the car is used.

IMPORTANT Do not add oil with

specifications other than that already

in the engine.

Topping up engine oil

If the oil level is near or even below the

MIN mark, add oil through the filler

neck B, until reaching the MAX mark.

Oil level shall never exceed the MAX

mark.

IMPORTANT If a routine check re-

veals that the oil level is above the

MAX mark, contact Alfa Romeo Au-

thorized Services to have the correct lev-

el restored.

IMPORTANT After adding or changing

the oil, let the engine turn over for a few

seconds and wait a few minutes after

turning it off before you check the level.

When the engine is hot,

take care when work-

ing inside the engine compart-

ment to avoid burns. Remem-

ber that when the engine is

hot, the fan may cut in: danger

of injury. Scarves, ties and

other loose clothing might be

pulled by moving parts.

WARNING

Used engine oil and fil-

ter contain harmful sub-

stances for the environ-

ment. Contact Alfa Romeo Au-

thorized Services to have the oil

and filter changed.

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 233

234

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CAR

MAINTENANCE

ENGINE COOLANT FLUID

fig. 13

If the level is low, pour slowly a mixture

of 50% distilled water and 50%

PARAFLU UP through the filler neck

A 50% mixture of distilled water and

PARAFLU UP gives freeze protection

to –35°C.

Unter besonders strengen klimatischen

Bedingungen empfehlen wir eine Mis-

chung aus 60% PARAFLU UP und

40% demineralisiertem Wasser.

A0E0017m

fig. 13

The cooling system uses

PARAFLU UP that shall

be used for topping up

and that cannot be mixed with

other types of fluids. Should

other fluids be added, do not

start the engine and contact Al-

fa Romeo Authorized Services

as soon as possible.

Do not remove the

reservoir cap when the

engine is hot: you risk scalding

yourself.

WARNING

The cooling system is

pressurised. If neces-

sary, replace the cap only with

another genuine one, other-

wise system efficiency could

be compromised.

WARNING

WINDSCREEN/HEADLIGHT

WASHER FLUID fig. 14

To top up, remove the cap Aand then

pour a mixture of water and TUTELA

PROFESSIONAL SC 35, in the fol-

lowing concentrations:

❒

30% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL

SC 35 and 70% water in summer;

❒

50% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL

SC 35 and 50% water in winter.

In case of temperatures below –20°C,

use undiluted TUTELA PROFES-

SIONAL SC 35.

A0E0029m

fig. 14

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 234

235

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CAR

MAINTENANCE

Do not travel with the

windscreen washer

reservoir empty. The wind-

screen washer is fundamental

for improving visibility.

WARNING

Certain commercial ad-

ditives for windscreen

washers are inflammable. The

engine compartment contains

hot components which may set

it on fire.

WARNING

POWER STEERING FLUID

fig. 15-16

Check that the fluid level in the reservoir

is at maximum level: this operation shall

be carried out with the car on level sur-

face, engine not running and cold.

Check that the fluid level is at the MAX

mark on the reservoir or at the top mark

(maximum level) shown on the dipstick

under the reservoir cap.

A0E0027m

fig. 15 - 1.8 140 CV -

1750 TURBO BENZINA -

2.2 JTS Selespeed - 2.4 JTDMversions

A0E0234m

fig. 16 - 3.2 JTS - 1.9 JTDM8V-

1.9 JTDM16V- 2.0 JTDMversions

If the fluid level in the reservoir is below

the specified level, top up as follows:

❒

start the engine and wait until the flu-

id level in the reservoir has stabilized;

❒

with the engine started, turn repeat-

edly the steering wheel fully right-

wards and leftwards;

❒

top up until reaching the MAX mark

then refit the cap.

IMPORTANT For this operation it is

however recommended to always con-

tact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

Do not allow the pow-

er steering fluid to

touch the hot parts of the en-

gine: it is inflammable.

WARNING

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 235

BRAKE FLUID fig. 17

Check that the fluid level in the reservoir

is at maximum. Top up with the brake

fluid specified in the table “Fluids and

lubricants” (see section “Technical Spec-

ifications ").

NOTE Clean accurately the tank cap A

and the surrounding surface. When

opening the cap take the utmost care to

prevent impurities entering the tank.

When topping up, always use a funnel

with built-in filter with mesh equal to

or lower than 0.12 mm.

A0E0016m

fig. 17

Make sure that the high-

ly corrosive brake fluid

does not drip onto the

paintwork. If it does, wash it off

immediately with water.

IMPORTANT For this operation it is

however recommended to contact Alfa

Romeo Authorised Services.

From time to time, check the instrument

panel warning light

: pressing on cap

A(with key fitted into the ignition de-

vice) the warning light shall turn on.

IMPORTANT Brake fluid absorbs

moisture. For this reason, if the car is

mainly used in areas with a high degree

of atmospheric humidity, the fluid should

be replaced at more frequent intervals

than specified in the Service schedule.

CAR

MAINTENANCE

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

INDEX TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS IN AN

EMERGENCY

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

SAFETY

DEVICES

236

Brake fluid is poisonous

and highly corrosive. In

the event of accidental contact,

wash the parts involved im-

mediately with neutral soap

and water, then rinse thor-

oughly. Call the doctor imme-

diately if the fluid is swal-

lowed.

WARNING

Symbol

on the con-

tainer indicates syn-

thetic brake fluid, distinguish-

ing it from the mineral kind.

Using mineral fluids irre-

versibly damages the special

braking system rubber seals.

WARNING

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 236

CAR

MAINTENANCE

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

INDEX TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS IN AN

EMERGENCY WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

SAFETY

DEVICES

237

AIR FILTER/

POLLEN FILTER

Air cleaner or pollen filter replacement

shall be carried out at Alfa Romeo Au-

thorized Services.

BATTERY

The battery does not require top ups of

distilled water to replenish the elec-

trolyte. A periodic check carried out at

an Alfa Romeo Authorised Services is,

however, necessary to check efficien-

cy.

IMPORTANT The charge in the bat-

tery should be checked at the start of

winter to limit the risk of electrolyte

freezing. This check should be carried

out more frequently if the car is used

mainly for short trips, or if it is fitted with

accessories that permanently absorb

electricity also with the ignition key re-

moved, especially in the case of after

market accessories.

The liquid in the bat-

tery is poisonous and

corrosive. Avoid contact with

eyes and skin. Do not bring

naked flames or possible

sources of sparks near to the

battery: risk of fire and ex-

plosion.

WARNING

After connecting/dis-

connecting the battery,

wait for 3 minutes at

least before fitting the electronic

key into the ignition device in

order to allow the climate con-

trol system control unit to reset

the positions of the electric ac-

tuators that adjust air temper-

ature and distribution.

Running the battery

with low fluid level can

damage the battery beyond

repair and could also cause its

explosion.

WARNING

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 237

REPLACING THE BATTERY

If required, replace the battery with a

genuine spare part having the same

specifications.

If a battery with different specifications

is fitted, the service intervals given in

the Service schedule in this section will

no longer be valid.

Refer therefore to the instructions pro-

vided by the battery manufacturer.

Incorrect fitting of elec-

trical and electronic ac-

cessories can seriously

damage the car. If after buying

the car, you want to install elec-

tric accessories which require per-

manent electric supply (alarm,

free-hand phone kit, etc.) contact

Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

whose qualified personnel, in ad-

dition to suggesting the most

suitable devices, will evaluate the

overall electric absorption, check-

ing whether the car’s electric sys-

tem is capable of withstanding

the load required, or whether it

should be integrated with a more

powerful battery.

If the car is left inactive

for long periods at cold,

remove the battery and store

it in a warm place to prevent

freezing.

WARNING

When working on the

battery or near it, al-

ways wear the proper gog-

gles.

WARNING

Batteries contain sub-

stances that are very

harmful for the environ-

ment. You are advised to have

the battery changed at Alfa

Romeo Authorized Services,

which is properly equipped for

disposing of used batteries re-

specting nature and the law.

CAR

MAINTENANCE

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

INDEX TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS IN AN

EMERGENCY

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

SAFETY

DEVICES

238

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 238

USEFUL ADVICE FOR

LENGTHENING THE LIFE

OF YOUR BATTERY

To avoid draining your battery and

lengthen its life, observe the following

indications:

❒

when you park the car, ensure the

doors, tailgate and bonnet are closed

properly;

❒

the ceiling lights must be off. The car

is however provided with an auto-

matic system for switching off inter-

nal lights;

❒

do not keep accessories (e.g.: sound

system, hazard lights, etc.) switched

on for a long time when the engine

is not running;

❒

before performing any operation on

the electrical system, disconnect the

battery negative terminal cable;

❒

battery terminals shall always be per-

fectly tightened.

IMPORTANT A battery which is kept

at a charge of less than 50% for any

length of time will be damaged by sul-

phation leading to a reduction in crank-

ing power.

Moreover, this might lead to a higher

risk of the battery electrolyte freezing

(this may even occur at –10°C). If the

car is inactive for a long period of time,

refer to “Car inactivity”, in section “Cor-

rect use of the car”.

If after buying the car, you want to in-

stall electric accessories which require

permanent electric supply (alarm, etc.)

contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

whose qualified personnel, in addition

to suggesting the most suitable devices

available at Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo,

will evaluate the overall electric ab-

sorption, checking whether the car’s

electric system is capable of withstand-

ing the load required, or whether it

should be integrated with a more pow-

erful battery.

In fact, since these devices continue ab-

sorbing energy even when the ignition

key is off, they gradually run down the

battery.

The total intake of these systems (fac-

tory and after-market) must be less than

0.6 mA x Ah (of the battery) as shown

in the following table:

Battery

60 Ah

70 Ah

90 Ah

Maximum admitted

stand-by intake

36 mA

42 mA

54 mA

CAR

MAINTENANCE

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

INDEX TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS IN AN

EMERGENCY WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

SAFETY

DEVICES

239

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 239

240

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CAR

MAINTENANCE

Incorrect pressure causes abnormal tyre

wear fig. 18:

A normal pressure: tread evenly worn.

Blow pressure: tread particularly worn

at the edges.

Chigh pressure: tread particularly worn

in the centre.

Tyres must be replaced when the tread

wears down to 1.6 mm. In any case,

comply with the laws in the country

where the car is being driven.

IMPORTANT NOTES

As far as possible, avoid sharp braking

and screech starts, etc. Be careful not to

hit the kerb, potholes or other obstacles

hard. Driving for long stretches over

bumpy roads can damage the tyres.

Periodically check that the tyres have no

cuts in the side wall, abnormal swelling

or irregular tyre wear. If any of these oc-

cur, have the car seen to at Alfa Romeo

Authorized Services.

Avoid overloading the car when travel-

ling: this may cause serious damage to

the wheels and tyres; if a tyre is punc-

tured, stop immediately and change it

to avoid damage to the tyre, the rim,

suspensions and steering system.

WHEELS AND TYRES

Check the pressure of each tyre, includ-

ing the space-saver spare wheel, every

four weeks and before long journeys:

pressure should be checked with the tyre

rested and cold.

For the correct tyre inflation pressure,

see “Wheels” in “Technical specifica-

tions” section.

A0E0120m

fig. 18

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 240

241

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CAR

MAINTENANCE

Remember that road

holding depends also

on the correct tyre inflating

pressure.

WARNING

If the pressure is too

low the tyre overheats

and this can cause it serious

damage.

WARNING

Never submit alloy rims

to repainting treat-

ments requiring to use tem-

peratures exceeding 150°C

since the mechanical properties

of the wheels could be im-

paired.

WARNING

Do not cross switch the

tyres, moving them

from the right of the car to the

left and vice versa.

WARNING

Tyres age even if they are not used

much. Cracks in the tread rubber are a

sign of ageing. In any case, if the tyres

have been on the car for over 6 years,

they should be checked by specialised

personnel, to see if they can still be

used. Also remember to check the space-

saver spare wheel.

In the case of replacement, always fit

new tyres, avoiding those of dubious ori-

gin.

If a tyre is changed, also change the in-

flation valve; to allow even wear be-

tween the front and rear tyres, it is ad-

visable to change them over every 10-

15 thousand kilometres, keeping them

on the same side of the car so as to not

reverse the direction of rotation.

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 241

242

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CAR

MAINTENANCE

WINDSCREEN/REAR

SCREEN WIPERS

BLADES

Periodically clean the rubber part using

special products TUTELA PROFES-

SIONAL SC 35 is recommended.

If the rubber blades are bent or worn

they should be replaced. In any case

they should be changed once a year.

A few simple notions can reduce the pos-

sibility of damage to the blades:

❒

if the temperature fall below zero,

make sure that ice has not frozen the

rubber against glass. If necessary,

thaw using an antifreeze product;

❒

remove any snow from the glass: in

addition to protecting the blades, this

prevents effort on the motor and

overheating;

❒

do not operate the windscreen wipers

on dry glass.

RUBBER HOSES

As far as the brake system and fuel rub-

ber hoses are concerned, carefully fol-

low the Service schedule in this section.

Indeed ozone, high temperatures and

prolonged lack of fluid in the system

may cause hardening and cracking of

the hoses, with possible leaks. Careful

control is therefore necessary.

Driving with worn

wiper blades is a seri-

ous hazard, because visibility

is reduced in bad weather.

WARNING

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 242

243

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CAR

MAINTENANCE

SPRAY NOZZLES

If the jet of fluid is missing, firstly check

that there is fluid in the reservoir: see

“Checking fluid levels” in this section).

Then check that the nozzle holes are not

clogged, if necessary use a needle.

Fluid jets shall be directed at about 1/3

height from the window upper edge.

HEADLIGHT WASHERS

Regularly check that the spray jets are

intact and clean.

The headlight washers are automatical-

ly switched on when the windscreen

washer is operated and the dipped

beams are on.

Changing the windscreen

wiper blades fig. 19

How to remove the blade:

– raise the windscreen wiper arm A;

– turn the blade Bby 90° around pin

C, on the final section of the arm;

– remove the blade from the pin C.

How to refit the new blade:

– fit pin Cinto the hole in the middle

of the blade B;

– refit the arm with the blade on the

windscreen.

A0E0080m

fig. 19

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 243

244

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CAR

MAINTENANCE

These include:

❒

Painting products and systems which

give the car particular resistance to

corrosion and abrasion;

❒

Use of galvanised (or pretreated)

steel sheets, with high resistance to

corrosion;

❒

Spraying of plastic parts, with a pro-

tective function, in the more exposed

points: underdoor, inner fender parts,

edges, etc.;

❒

Use of “open” boxed sections to pre-

vent condensation and pockets of

moisture from triggering rust inside;

❒

use of special anti-abrasion protective

tapes in the most exposed areas

(e.g.: rear mudguard, rear door,

etc.).

BODY AND UNDERBODY

WARRANTY

Your car is covered by warranty against

perforation due to rust of any original el-

ement of the structure or body. For the

general terms of this warranty, refer to

the Alfa Romeo Warranty booklet.

BODYWORK

PROTECTION FROM

ATMOSPHERIC AGENTS

The main causes of corrosion are the fol-

lowing:

❒

atmospheric pollution;

❒

salty air and humidity (coastal areas,

or hot humid climates);

❒

seasonal environment conditions.

Not to be underestimated is also the

abrasive action of wind-borne atmos-

pheric dust and sand and mud and grav-

el raised by other cars.

On your car, Alfa Romeo implemented

the best manufacturing technologies to

effectively protect the bodywork against

corrosion.

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 244

245

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CAR

MAINTENANCE

245

ADVICE FOR PRESERVING

THE BODYWORK

Paint

Paintwork does not only serve an

aestethic purpose, but also protects the

underlying sheet metal.

In the case of deep scrapes or scores,

you are advised to have the necessary

touching up carried out immediately to

avoid the formation of rust. Use only

original paint products for touching up

(see “Bodywork paint identification

plate” in section “Technical specifica-

tion”).

Normal paint maintenance consists in

washing at intervals depending on the

conditions and environment of use. For

example, in highly polluted areas, or if

the roads are sprayed with salt, it is wise

to wash the car more frequently.

Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned in

the same way as the rest of the car.

Where possible, do not park under trees;

the resinous substance many species re-

lease give the paint a dull appearance

and increase the possibility of triggering

rust processes.

IMPORTANT Bird droppings must be

washed off immediately and thorough-

ly as the acid they contain is particular-

ly aggressive.

To wash the car correctly proceed as fol-

lows:

❒

remove the aerial from the roof to

prevent damage to it if the car is

washed in an automatic system;

❒

wash the body using a low pressure

jet of water;

❒

wipe a sponge with a slightly soapy

solution over the bodywork, fre-

quently rinsing with the sponge;

❒

rinse well with water and dry with a

jet of air or a chamois leather.

When drying, take particular care with

the less visible parts like door surrounds,

bonnet and around the headlights where

water may stagnate. The car should not

be taken to a closed area immediately,

but left in the open so that residual wa-

ter can evaporate.

Do not wash the car after it has been left

in the sun or with the bonnet hot: this

may alter the shine of the paintwork.

Detergents cause water

pollution. Therefore the

car should be washed

in areas equipped for collecting

and purifying the liquid used in

the washing process.

To keep intact the aes-

thetic properties of the

paintwork do not use

abrasive and/or polish products

for cleaning the car bodywork.

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 245

Engine compartment

At the end of the winter the engine com-

partment should be carefully washed,

without directing the jet against electronic

control units. Contact a specialised work-

shop to have this done.

IMPORTANT The car should be

washed with the engine cold and the key

removed from the ignition device. After

washing make sure that the various pro-

tections (e.g. rubber caps and various cov-

ers) have not been damaged or removed.

Windows

Use specific window cleaner products. Use

also clean cloths to avoid scratching the

glass or damaging the transparency.

IMPORTANT The inside of the

rearscreen should be wiped gently with

a cloth in the direction of the filaments

to avoid damaging the heating device.

Front headlights

Front headlights shall be washed with

soft cloth moistened with water and car

detergent.

IMPORTANT Cleaning headlight lens-

es with a dry cloth will damage the

headlights with lack of performance as

a consequence. Solvents mat the lens-

es with lack of performance as a con-

sequence.

IMPORTANT When washing the front

headlights with a water monitor noz-

zle keep at least 2 cm away from the

lenses.

CAR

MAINTENANCE

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

INDEX TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS IN AN

EMERGENCY

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

SAFETY

DEVICES

246

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 246

INTERIORS

Periodically check that water is not

trapped under the mats (due to water

dripping off shoes, umbrellas, etc.)

which could cause oxidisation of the

sheet metal.

CLEANING SEATS AND

FABRIC AND VELVET PARTS

Use a soft brush or vacuum cleaner to

remove dust. Velvet is cleaned better if

the brush is moistened.

Rub the seats with a sponge moistened

with a solution of water and neutral de-

tergent.

Upholstery of your car

has been designed to

withstand wear deriv-

ing from common use of the car.

You are however recommended

to avoid strong and/or contin-

uous scratching with clothing

accessories such as metallic

buckles, studs, Velcro fasten-

ings and the like, since these

items cause circumscribed stress

of the cover fabric that could

lead to yarn breaking, and dam-

age the cover as a consequence.

CAR

MAINTENANCE

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

INDEX TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS IN AN

EMERGENCY WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

SAFETY

DEVICES

247

LEANING LEATHER SEATS

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

Remove dried on dirt with lightly moist-

ened chamois leather or cloth without

pressing too hard.

Remove liquid or grease stains with a dry

absorbent cloth without rubbing. Then

wipe with a soft cloth or chamois leather

with water and neutral soap.

If the stain persists, use specific prod-

ucts, carefully following the instructions

for use.

IMPORTANT Never use spirit or al-

cohol-based products.

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 247

248

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONSINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

CAR

MAINTENANCE

INTERIOR PLASTIC PARTS

Clean plastic parts with a cloth moist-

ened with water and non-abrasive neu-

tral detergent. To remove grease or hard

stains, use appropriate products de-

signed to preserve the appearance of

components.

IMPORTANT Never use spirit or pe-

troleum to clean the instrument panel

or other plastic parts.

Never use flammable

products like oil ether

or rectified petrol for cleaning

car interiors. Electrostatic dis-

charges generated by rubbing

during cleaning operations

could cause fire.

WARNING

Do not keep aerosol

cans in the car: they

might explode. Aerosol cans

must never be exposed to a

temperature above 50°C. The

temperature inside the car ex-

posed to the sun may go well

beyond that figure.

WARNING

STEERING WHEEL/

GEAR LEVER KNOB WITH

GENUINE LEATHER

COVERING

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

These components shall only be cleaned

with water and neutral soap. Never use

spirit or alcohol-based products.

Before using special products for clean-

ing interiors, read carefully label in-

structions and indications to make sure

they are free from spirit and/or alcohol-

based substances.

If when cleaning the windscreen with

special glass products, some drops fall

on the leather covering of the steering

wheel/gear lever knob remove them

immediately and then clean with wa-

ter and neutral soap.

IMPORTANT Take the utmost care

when engaging the steering lock to pre-

vent scratching the leather covering.

223-248 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 14:11 Pagina 248

249

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

IDENTIFICATION DATA ........................................ 250

ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS............... 252

ENGINE .......................................................... 253

FUEL FEED/IGNITION ........................................ 255

TRANSMISSION ............................................... 255

BRAKES........................................................... 256

STEERING ........................................................ 256

SUSPENSIONS.................................................. 256

WHEELS .......................................................... 257

DIMENSIONS.................................................... 261

PERFORMANCE................................................. 263

WEIGHTS......................................................... 264

CAPACITIES ...................................................... 266

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS ................................... 267

FUEL CONSUMPTION ......................................... 269

CO2EMISSIONS .............................................. 270

RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL:

MINISTERIAL CERTIFICATIONS ............................. 271

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 249

250

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCEINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

IDENTIFICATION LABEL

This is to be found in the engine com-

partment, aside the upper right shock-

absorber connection and it bears the fol-

lowing identification data:

A. Space for details of national ho-

mologation

B. Space for punching the consecutive

chassis number

IDENTIFICATION

DATA

You are advised to note the identifica-

tion codes. The identification data

stamped and given on the plates and

their position are the following fig. 1:

1- Identification label

2- Body label

3- Bodywork paint identification label

4- Engine label.

C. Space available for maximum

weights authorised by various national

regulations

D.Space for version and any supple-

mentary indications to those specified

E. Space for smoke coefficient (diesel

versions only)

F. Space for punching the Manufactur-

er’s name.

A0A0045m

fig. 1

A0E0013m

fig. 2

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 250

BODYWORK PAINT

IDENTIFICATION LABEL

This is located in the inner side of the

tailgate fig. 4 and it includes:

A. Paint manufacturer

B. Name of colour

C. Colour code.

D. Colour code for touching up and re-

spraying.

ENGINE MARKING

Engine marking is stamped on the gear-

box side, on the rear left side.

BODYWORK LABEL

This is located on the passenger com-

partment floor near the front passen-

ger’s seat.

It can be reached by raising cover

A-fig. 3 and it includes:

❒

type of vehicle (ZAR 939000);

❒

Manufacturer’s serial number (chas-

sis number).

251

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

A0A0222m

fig. 4

A0A0175m

fig. 3

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 251

252

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCEINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS

Versions Engine code Bodywork version

1.8 140 HP 939A4000 939AXL1A 21C / 939BXL1A 22C (



)

1750 TURBO BENZINA (***) 939B1000 939AXN1B 52 (**) / 939BXN1B 53 (



) (**)

3.2 JTS 4x2 939A000 939AXG1B 44 / 939BXG1B 45 (



)

3.2 JTS 4x4 939A000 939AXG2B 09B / 939BXG2B 16B (



)

1.9 JTDM8v 939A1000 939AXE1B 04C

939A7000 (

) 939AXH1B 06D (

)

939BXE1B 14C (



)

939BXH1B 17D (



)(

)

939AXE1B 04D (



)

939BXE1B 14D (



) (



)

1.9 JTDM16v 939A2000 939AXC1B 01E (



)

939A8000 (

) 939BXC1B 12G (



) (



)

939AXC1B 01F (



)

939BXC1B 12H (



) (



)

939AXF1B 05D (



) (

)

939BXF1B 15F (



) (



) (

)

2.0 JTDM(***) 939B3000 939AXP1B 54 (**)

939AXP1B 54B

939BXP1B 55 (



) (**)

939BXP1B 55B (



)

939AXP1B 54C (



)

939BXP1B 55C (



) (



)

2.0 JTDM(***) (

)844A2000 939AXQ1B 62 (



) / 939BXQ1B 63 (



) (



)

2.4 JTDM4x2 939A9000 939AXM1B 39B / 939BXM1B 40B (



)

2.4 JTDM4x4 939A9000 939AXM2B 35B / 939BXM2B 36B (



)

(



) Sportwagon versions (

) For specific markets (**) Pack TI (***) Euro 5 versions (



) ECO versions

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 252

253

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

3.2 JTS

939A000

Otto

6 in 60° V

89 X 85.6

3195

191

260

6200

322

32.8

4500

BOSCH

HR7MPP152

Unleaded petrol

95 RON

(Specification EN228)

1.8

140 HP

939A4000

Otto

4 in line

80.5 x 88.2

1796

103

140

6500

175

17.8

3800

BOSCH

FQR8 LEU2

Unleaded petrol

95 RON

(Specification EN228)

To change plugs contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

2.2 JTS (*)

939A5000

Otto

4 in line

86 X 94.6

2198

136

185

6500

230

23.4

4500

NGKFR5CP

Unleaded petrol

95 RON

(Specification EN228)

(*) Selespeed version

ENGINE

GENERAL

Engine code

Cycle

Number and layout of cylinders

Valves per cylinder

Piston bore and stroke mm

Total displacement cm3

Maximum power (EEC) kW

corresponding ratio rpm

Maximum torque (EEC) Nm

kgm

corresponding ratio rpm

Spark plugs

Fuel

1750 TURBO BENZINA

939B1000

Otto

4 in line

83.0 x 80.5

1742

147

200

5000

320

32.6

1400

NGK

ILKAR7D6G

Unleaded petrol

95 RON

(Specification EN228)

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 253

254

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCEINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

1.9

JTDM8v

939A1000

Diesel

4 in line

82 x 90.4

1910

120

4000

280

28.6

2000

–

Diesel fuel

for motor

vehicles

(Specification

EN590)

1.9

JTDM16v

939A2000

Diesel

4 in line

82 x 90.4

1910

110

150

4000

320

32.6

2000

–

Diesel fuel

for motor

vehicles

(Specification

EN590)

2.4 JTDM

200 HP

(**)

939A3000

Diesel

5 in line

82 X90.4

2387

147

200

4000

400

40.8

2000

–

Diesel fuel

for motor

vehicles

(Specification

EN590)

(*) For specific markets

(**) QTronic gearbox versions

1.9

JTDM8v

(*)

939A7000

Diesel

4 in line

82 x 90,4

1910

115

4000

280

28.6

2000

–

Diesel fuel

for motor

vehicles

(Specification

EN590)

1.9

JTDM16v

(*)

939A8000

Diesel

4 in line

82 x 90,4

1910

100

136

4000

305

2000

–

Diesel fuel

for motor

vehicles

(Specification

EN590)

2.4 JTDM

210 HP

939A9000

Diesel

5 in line

82 x 90.4

2387

154

210

4000

400

40.8

1500

–

Diesel fuel

for motor

vehicles

(Specification

EN590))

2.0 JTDM

939B3000

844A2000 (*)

Diesel

4 in line

83.0 x 90.4

1956

120 (*)/125

163 (*)/170

4000

360

36.7

1750

–

Diesel fuel

for motor

vehicles

(Specification

EN590)

GENERAL

Engine code

Cycle

Number and layout of cylinders

Valves per cylinder

Piston bore and stroke mm

Total displacement cm3

Maximum power (EEC) kW

corresponding ratio rpm

Maximum torque (EEC) Nm

kgm

corresponding ratio rpm

Spark plugs

Fuel

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 254

255

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

FUEL FEED/IGNITION

1.8 140 HP 1750 TURBO BENZINA 1.9 JTDM8V

2.2 JTS - 3.2 JTS 1.9 JTDM16v - 2.0 JTDM

2.4 JTDM

Fuel feed Multipoint fuel injection Direct injection Direct injection, Common Rail

Modifications or repairs to the fuel feed system that are not carried out properly or do not

take the system’s technical specifications into account can cause malfunctions leading to

the risk of fire.

1.8 140 HP

Five forward gears + reverse

and synchronisers for speeds

Dry single disk

with hydraulic control

Front

2.4 JTDM210 HP 4x4

3.2 JTS 4x4

Six forward gears + reverse

and synchronisers for speeds

Dry single disk

with hydraulic control

Four-wheel drive

1750 TURBO BENZINA

3.2 JTS 4x2 - 1.9 JTDM8V1.9

JTDM16v 2.4 JTDM200 HP

2.0 JTDM- 2.4 JTDM210 HP

Six forward gears + reverse

and synchronisers for speeds

Dry single disk

with hydraulic control

Front

TRANSMISSION

Gearbox

Clutch

Drive

IMPORTANT In the event of difficult disengagement, due to significant difference of grip between front and rear axle, do

not insist with heavy accelerations: it is actually more effective an attempt of disengagement at medium slow engine rpm,

with pauses of a few seconds if several attempts are necessary.

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 255

256

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCEINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

1.8 140 HP - 1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.2 JTS 3.2 JTS - 2.4 JTDM

1.9 JTDM8v - 1.9 JTDM16v - 2.0 JTDM

Service brakes:

– front Disc, self-ventilating Disc, self-ventilating

– rear Disc Disc, self-ventilating

Parking brake Controlled by hand lever, it works on rear brakes

IMPORTANT Water, ice and antifreeze salt on roads may deposit on the brake discs thus reducing braking efficiency at first braking.

1.8 140 HP - 1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.2 JTS - 3.2 JTS

1.9 JTDM8V- 1.9 JTDM16v - 2.0 JTDM- 2.4 JTDM

Type Rack and pinion with hydraulic power steering

Turning radius

(between pavements) 11.1

BRAKES

STEERING

1.8 140 HP - 1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.2 JTS - 3.2 JTS - 1.9 JTDM8V

1.9 JTDM16v - 2.0 JTDM- 2.4 JTDM

Front High quadrilateral system

Rear Multi-link system

SUSPENSIONS

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 256

257

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

UNDERSTANDING

TYRE MARKING fig. 5

Example: 205/55 R 16 91 V

205= Nominal width (S, distance be-

tween sidewalls in mm).

55 = Percentage height/width ratio

(H/S).

R= Radial tyre.

16 = Rim diameter in inches. (Ø).

91 = Load rating (capacity).

V = Maximum speed index.

WHEELS

RIMS AND TYRES

Pressed steel or alloy rims. Tubeless tyres

with radial carcass. The homologated

tyres are listed in the Log book.

IMPORTANT In the event of discrep-

ancies between the information provid-

ed on this “Owner’s Manual” and the

“Log book”, consider the specifications

shown in the log book only.

On cars fitted with four-wheel drive, all

four tyres should be the same (brand

and track) to prevent damaging the 4-

WD system. The efficiency of the 4-WD

system however, is not jeopardized if

tyres with different wear conditions are

fitted.

Attaining to the prescribed size, to en-

sure safety of the car in movement, it

must be fitted with tyres of the same

make and type on all wheels.

IMPORTANT Do not use inner tubes

with Tubeless tyres.

SPACE-SAVER SPARE WHEEL

Pressed steel rim. Tubeless tyre.

A0E0186m

fig. 5

Load rating (capacity)

60 = 250 kg 84 = 500 kg

61 = 257 kg 85 = 515 kg

62 = 265 kg 86 = 530 kg

63 = 272 kg 87 = 545 kg

64 = 280 kg 88 = 560 kg

65 = 290 kg 89 = 580 kg

66 = 300 kg 90 = 600 kg

67 = 307 kg 91 = 615 kg

68 = 315 kg 92 = 630 kg

69 = 325 kg 93 = 650 kg

70 = 335 kg 94 = 670 kg

71 = 345 kg 95 = 690 kg

72 = 355 kg 96 = 710 kg

73 = 365 kg 97 = 730 kg

74 = 375 kg 98 = 750 kg

75 = 387 kg 99 = 775 kg

76 = 400 kg 100 = 800 kg

77 = 412 kg 101 = 825 kg

78 = 425 kg 102 = 850 kg

79 = 437 kg 103 = 875 kg

80 = 450 kg 104 = 900 kg

81 = 462 kg 105 = 925 kg

82 = 475 kg 106 = 950 kg

83 = 487 kg

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 257

258

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCEINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

UNDERSTANDING RIM

MARKING fig. 5

Example: 7 J x 16 H2 ET 43

7= rim width in inches 1.

J= rim drop center outline (side

projection where the tyre bead

rests) 2.

16 = rim nominal diameter in inch-

es (corresponds to diameter of

the tyre to be mounted) (3=

Ø).

H2 = “hump” shape and number (re-

lief on the circumference hold-

ing the Tubeless tyre bead on

the rim).

43 = wheel camber angle (distance

between the disc/rim support-

ing plane and the wheel rim

centre line).

Maximum speed rating

Q= up to 160 km/h.

R= up to 170 km/h.

S= up to 180 km/h.

T= up to 190 km/h.

U= up to 200 km/h.

H= up to 210 km/h.

V= up to 240 km/h.

W= up to 270 km/h.

Y= up to 300 km/h.

Maximum speed rating

for snow tyres

Q M + S = up to 160 km/h.

T M + S = up to 190 km/h.

H M + S = up to 210 km/h.

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

A0E0788m

fig. 6

RIM PROTECTOR TYRES

fig. 6

If after-sale tyres with

rim protector are used

(fig. 6) and the car has inte-

gral cups fixed (by springs) to

the sheet wheel, DO NOT fit

wheel cups. The use of unsui-

table tyres and wheel cups

could cause a sudden pressu-

re loss of the tyre.

ATTENZIONE

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 258

TYRES

259

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Traditional snow chains may not be used on tyres type 225/50 R17” only spider type chains

can be used. Tyres 235/45 R18” and 235/40 ZR19” cannot be fitted with snow chains due

to interference with the fender.

Also for 3.2 JTS and 2.4 JTDM210 HP 4x4 version, snow chains shall be fitted on the FRONT

axle of the car.

4,00B x17"

T125/80 R17

Versions

8Jx19"

alloy

235/40 ZR19 96Y (

▼

)

tyre

rim

tyre

rim

tyre

rim

tyre

rim

tyre

rim

tyre

rim

1.9 JTDM8VECO

1.9 JTDM8V(**)

2.0 JTDMECO

2.0 JTDM(**)

7Jx16” steel

205/55 R16 91V

7Jx16” steel

215/55 R16 93V

7Jx16” alloy

215/55 R16 93V

7,5Jx17” (*) alloy

225/50 R17 98W

Standard

tyres

For versions/markets,

where provided

Optionals

Space-saver

spare wheel

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

(*) Tyres that cannot be fitted with traditional snow chains. Only “spider” type chains can be used.

(**) For specific markets

IMPORTANT Snow tyres with speed index Hor superior are recommended.

(

▼

) Unchainable tyres. When using winter tyres, use 225/50 R17 98 tyres or 235/45 R18 98. Vehicles with TI fittings should not use 16”

wheel rims.

1750 TURBO BENZINA

3.2 JTS - 2.4 JTDM200 CV

2.4 JTDM210 CV

7,5Jx17” (*) alloy

225/50 R17 98W

8Jx18” alloy

235/45 R18 98W (

▼

)

1.8 140 HP

1.9 JTDM8V

1.9 JTDM16V

2.0 JTDM

7Jx16” steel

205/55 R16 91V

7Jx16” steel

215/55 R16 93V

7Jx16” alloy

215/55 R16 93V

7,5Jx17” (*) alloy

225/50 R17 98W

8Jx18” alloy

235/45 R18 98W (

▼

)

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 259

260

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCEINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE

WHEEL ANGLES

Tyres

205/55 R16 91V

front rear

2.3 2.3

2.6 2.6

Tyres

215/55 R16 93V

front rear

2.3 2.3

2.5 2.5

Tyres

225/50 R17 98W

front rear

2.5 2.5

2.9 2.7

Tyres

235/45 R18 98W (▼)

front rear

2.7 2.5

2.9 2.7

Tyres

235/40 ZR19 96Y (▼)

front rear

2.7 2.5

3.0 2.8

All types

–35’ ± 18’

max. difference

right/left: 24’

4° 15’ ± 18’

max. difference

right/left: 18’

–8’ ± 4’

max. difference

right/left: 4’

–40’ ± 18’

max. difference

right/left: 24’

13’ ± 7’

(total toe-in: 26’ ± 7’)

4x2 Versions

–1° 1’± 18’

max. difference

right/left: 24’

4° 15’± 18’

max. difference

right/left: 18’

–7’± 4’

max. difference

right/left: 4’

–1° 3’± 18’

max. difference

right/left: 24’

11’± 7’

(total toe-in: 22’± 7’)

4x4 Versions

–38’±18’

max. difference

right/left: 24’

4° 15’ ± 18’

max. difference

right/left: 18’

–7’ ± 4’

max. difference

right/left: 4’

–1° 3’ ± 18’

max. difference

right/left: 24’

11’ ± 7’

(total toe-in: 22’ ± 7’)

TI Versions

Front

wheels

Rear

wheels

– camber

– caster

– half toe-in

(per wheel)

– camber

– half toe-in

(per wheel)

VEHICLE GEOMETRY The TI fittings present lower suspensions around of 20 mm with respects to the other versions.

Warning: lowered trim car, pay attention when driving on ramps, humps or on particularly

rough routes.

average load bar

full load bar

(

▼

) Unchainable tyres. When using winter tyres, use 225/50 ZR17 96 tyres or 235/45 R18 98. Vehicles with TI fittings should not use 16” wheel rims.

Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.

With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.

Inflate tyres to full load pressures if driving at continuous speed exceeding 160 km/h.

Space-saver

spare wheel

T125/80 R17

4.2

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 260

DIMENSIONS

Dimensions are

expressed in mm and

refer to the car

fitted with standard tyres.

Min. size variations

when optional tyres are

fitted.

The height refers to

the car unladen.

BOOT VOLUME

Boot volume.............. 405 dm3

A0E0044m

(■) With tyres 215/55 R16”

261

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

ABCDE FGH

4660 1000 2700 960 1422 1578 1828 1555

1417 (■) 1593 (■) 1573 (■)

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 261

262

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCEINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Dimensions are

expressed in mm and

refer to the car

fitted with standard tyres.

Min. size variations

when optional tyres are

fitted.

The height refers to

the car unladen.

BOOT VOLUME

Boot volume.............. 445 dm3

A0E0307m

ABCDE FGH

4660 1000 2700 960 1422 1578 1828 1555

1417 (■) 1593 (■) 1573 (■)

(■) With tyres 215/55 R16”

(*) With roof racks/ski racks (where provided): 1452/1447 (with 215/55 R16" tyres)

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 262

263

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

PERFORMANCE

SALOON VERSIONS Top speed km/h Acceleration from 0-100 km/h sec. Kilometer with standing start sec.

1.8 140 HP 208 10.2 31.1

1750 TURBO BENZINA 235 7.7 28.9

3.2 JTS 4x2 250 7.1 27.0

3.2 JTS 4x4 244 7.0 27.3

1.9 JTDM8v 193 10.7 32.6

1.9 JTDM8v ECO 197 10.7 32.8

1.9 JTDM8v ECO (*) 194 11.0 33.2

1.9 JTDM16v 212 9.2 30.6

2.0 JTDM/2.0 JTDMECO 218 8.8 30.2

2.0 JTDMECO (*) 215 9.0 30.5

2.4 JTDM4x2 231 8.1 28.7

2.4 JTDM4x4 227 8.3 29.0

(*) For specific markets

SPORTWAGON VERSIONS Top speed km/h Acceleration from 0-100 km/h sec. Kilometer with standing start sec.

1.8 140 HP 206 10.4 31.3

1750 TURBO BENZINA 233 7.9 29.2

3.2 JTS 4x2 248 7.2 27.4

3.2 JTS 4x4 242 7.2 27.7

1.9 JTDM8v 192 10.9 32.9

1.9 JTDM8v ECO 196 10.9 33.3

1.9 JTDM8v ECO (*) 193 11.2 33.7

1.9 JTDM16v 210 9.4 30.9

2.0 JTDM/2.0 JTDMECO 216 9.0 30.5

2.0 JTDMECO (*) 213 9.2 30.8

2.4 JTDM4x2 229 8.3 29.0

2.4 JTDM4x4 225 8.5 29.3

(*) For specific markets

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 263

3.2 JTS

4x2

1540

1220

1050

2090

550

1700

1.9

JTDM8v

1480

1150

1050

2030

550

1500

1.9

JTDM16v

2.0 JTDM

1490

1130 (Õ)/1150

1050

2040

550

1500

2.4 JTDM

4x2

1585

1220

1050

2135

550

1500

1750

TURBO

BENZINA

1430

1100

1050

1980

550

1500

1.8

140 HP

1385

1100

1050

1935

550

1400

2.4 JTDM

4x4

1645

1220

1050

2195

550

1500

3.2 JTS

4x4

1610

1220

1050

2160

550

1700

264

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCEINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

WEIGHTS

Weights (kg)

Saloon versions

Weight empty

(including fluids, 90%

fuel in the tank and

no optional)

Maximum

admitted load (*)

– front axle

– rear axle

– total

Payload including

driver (**)

Towable loads

Max. load on ball

Maximum load

on roof

(*) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads in the boot an/or on the roof so

that they comply with these limits.

(**) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch etc.) the unladen weight increases, thus reducing the payload as specified in

the maximum weight allowed.

(

) 2.0 JTDMversions

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 264

1750

TURBO

BENZINA

1480

1100

1050

2030

550

1500

3.2 JTS

4x2

1590

1220

1050

2140

550

1800

1.9

JTDM8v

1530

1150

1050

2080

550

1500

1.9

JTDM16v

2.0 JTDM

1540

1130 (Õ)/1150

1050

2090

550

1500

2.4 JTDM

4x2

1635

1220

1050

2185

550

1500

1.8

140 HP

1435

1100

1050

1985

550

1400

2.4 JTDM

4x4

1695

1220

1100

2245

550

1500

3.2 JTS

4x4

1660

1220

1100

2210

550

1800

265

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Weights (kg)

Sportwagon versions

Weight empty

(including fluids, 90%

fuel in the tank and

no optional)

Maximum

admitted load (*)

– front axle

– rear axle

– total

Payload including

driver (**)

Towable loads

Max. load on ball

Maximum load

on roof (***)

(*) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads in the boot an/or on the roof so

that they comply with these limits.

(**) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch etc.) the unladen weight increases, thus reducing the payload as specified in

the maximum weight allowed.

(***) Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo roof rack, max capacity: 50 kg.

(

) 2.0 JTDMversions

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 265

Specified fuels and original

lubricants

●

Unleaded petrol

with no less than 95 R.O.N.

(EN228 Specification)

❍

Diesel fuel for motor

vehicles (EN590 Specification)

Mixture of 50% water and

PARAFLUUP (

▲

)

■

SELENIA StAR

❑

SELENIA WR



SELENIA StAR P.E.

(1750 TURBO BENZINA versions)



SELENIA WR P.E.

TUTELA CAR MATRYX

(Õ) TUTELA MULTIAXLE

Mixture of water and liquid

TUTELA

PROFESSIONAL SC 35

CAPACITIES

(

▲

) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60%

PARAFLUUP

and 40% demineralized water mixture.

266

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCEINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

1.9 JTDM

❍

7.5

4.6



2.3

6.0

1.9 JTDM

16v

❍

7.5

4.6



2.3

6.0

2.4 JTDM

❍

7.35

6.4

❑

2.8

6.0

3.2 JTS

2.4 JTDM

210 HP

4x4

●

10.3

5.4

■

2.8 (

)

6.0

1.8

140 HP

●

8.0

4.5

■

1.6

6.0

1750

TURBO

BENZINA

●

6.6

5.0



2.0

6.0

2.0 JTDM

❍

6.1

4.9



2.8

6.0

Fuel tank: litres

– including

a reserve of litres

Engine cooling

system litres

Lubrication system

engine litres

Mechanical gearbox/

differential litres

Windscreen/headlight

washer fluid reservoir: litres

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 266

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS

RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND THEIR SPECIFICATIONS

Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Original fluids Change

for correct car operation and lubricants

For diesel engines, in emergency cases where genuine products are not available, lubricants with min. performance ACEA B4 and ACEA C2 are

accepted. If this is the case, the best engine performance is not guaranteed. We however recommend replacing the lubricant with those recommended

by Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

Use of products with low-quality properties than ACEA A3 and ACEA B4 could cause damages to the engine that are not covered by the warranty.

267

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Lubricants for petrol

engines (1.8 140 HP,

2.2 JTS and 3.2 JTS

versions)

Lubricants

for petrol engines

(1750 TURBO

BENZINA versions)

Lubricants for

diesel engines

(2.4 JTDMversions)

Lubricants for diesel

engines (1.9 JTDM8V,

1.9 JTDM16V,

2.0 JTDMversions)

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 5W-40,

FIAT 9.55535-H2 qualification

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 5W-40, ACEA C3.

FIAT 9.55535-S2 qualification.

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 5W-40

FIAT 9.55535-N2 qualification.

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 5W-30.

FIAT 9.55535-S1 qualification.

SELENIA StAR

Contractual Technical

Reference N° F216.D05

SELENIA StAR P.E.

Contractual Technical

Reference N° F603.D08

SELENIA WR

Contractual Technical

Reference N° F515.D06

SELENIA WR P.E.

Contractual Technical

Reference N° F510.D07

According to

Service Schedule

According to

Service Schedule

According to

Service Schedule

According to

Service Schedule

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 267

268

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCEINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-85

that passes API GL 4 specifications.

Qualification FIAT 9.55550-MZ1

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-90 that passes

API GL-5 specifications, ZF-TE ML 18.

Qualification FIAT 9.55550-DA3

Synthetic fluid for hydraulic and electrohydraulic systems.

Qualification FIAT 9.55550-AG3.

Grease containing Molybdenum bisulphide for high temperature

appliances. NLGI 1-2 consistency.

Qualification FIAT 9.55580.

Grease for homokinetic joints with low friction coefficient.

NLGI 0-1 consistency.

Qualification FIAT 9.55580.

Synthetic fluid for Brake and clutch controls FMVSS n° 116

DOT 4, ISO 4925, SAE J1704, CUNA NC 956-01

Qualification FIAT 9.55597.

Protective with antifreeze action, red colour based on inhibited

monoethylen glycol and organic formula, that passes

CUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306 specifications.

Qualification FIAT 9.555523.

Additive for diesel fuel with anti-freeze action,

protecting Diesel engines.

Mixture of alcohol and surfactants CUNA NC 956-11.

Qualification FIAT 9.55522.

TUTELA CAR

MATRYX

Contractual Technical

Reference N° F108.F02

TUTELA

MULTIAXLE

Contractual Technical

Reference N° F426.E06

TUTELA GI/R

Contractual Technical

Reference N° F428.H04

TUTELA ALL STAR

Contractual Technical

Reference N° F702.G07

TUTELA STAR 700

Contractual Technical

Reference N° F701.C07

TUTELA TOP 4

Contractual Technical

Reference N° F001.A93

PARAFLU

(

●

)

Contractual Technical

Reference N° F101.M01

TUTELA DIESEL ART

Contractual Technical

Reference N° F601.L06

TUTELA

PROFESSIONAL SC 35

Contractual Technical

Reference N° F201.D02

Mechanical gearbox

and differential

Rear differential and

transmission unit

(3.2 JTS 4X4 and

2.4 JTD

4x4 version)

Power steering

CV joints

on wheel side

CV joints

on differential side

Brake and clutch

hydraulic controls

Radiator antifreeze

proportion:

50% water and

50% PARAFLU

(

❏

)

To be mixed with fuel oil

(25 cc per 10 litres)

To be used diluted

or undiluted

Windscreen/

headlight washer

fluid

Protective agent

for radiators

Brake fluid

(

●

)

IMPORTANT Do not top up or mix with fluids having different specifications from those described here.

(

❏

) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60%

PARAFLUUP

and 40% demineralized water mixture.

Additive for

diesel fluid

Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Original fluids Applications

for correct car operation and lubricants

Lubricants and

greases

for transmission

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 268

269

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

– extra-urban cycle: frequent ac-

celerating in all gears, simulating ex-

traurban use of the car; the speed varies

between 0 and 120 km/h;

– combined consumption: is cal-

culated weighing about 37% of urban

cycle consumption and about 63% of

extraurban consumption.

IMPORTANT The type of route,

traffic situations, weather condi-

tions, driving style, general con-

ditions of the car, trim level/

equipment/accessories, load, cli-

mate control system, roof rack,

other situations that affect air

drag may lead to different fuel

consumption levels than those

measured.

FUEL CONSUMPTION

The fuel consumption figures given in

the table below are determined on the

basis of the homologation tests set

down by specific European Directives.

The procedures below are followed for

measuring consumption:

– urban cycle: cold starting followed

by driving that simulates urban use of

the car;

FUEL CONSUMPTION ACCORDING TO EUROPEAN Urban Extra-urban Combined

DIRECTIVE IN FORCE (litres x 100 km)

1.8 140 HP 10.3 (



) 6.0 (



) 7.6 (



)

10.7 (

) 6.1 (

) 7.8 (

)

1750 TURBO BENZINA 11.8 (



) 6.0 (



) 8.1 (



)

12.0 (

) 6.2 (

) 8.3 (

)

3.2 JTS 4x2 16.4 (



) 7.9 (



) 11.0 (



)

16.5 (

) 7.9 (

) 11.0 (

)

3.2 JTS 4x4 16.7 (



) 8.3 (



) 11.4 (



)

17.0 (

) 8.3 (

) 11.5 (

)

1.9 JTDM8v 7.8 (



)/6.6 (



) (



) 4.8 (



)/4.4 (



) (



) 5.9 (



)/5.2 (



) (



)

7.9 (

)/6.7 (

) (



) 4.9 (

)/4.5 (

) (



) 6.0 (

)/5.3 (

) (



)

1.9 JTDM16v 7.5 (



) 4.6 (



) 5.7 (



)

7.6 (

) 4.7 (

) 5.8 (

)

2.0 JTDM7.1 (



)/6.6 (



)(



) 4.4 (



)/4.3 (



)(



) 5.4 (



)/5.1 (



)(



)

7.2 (

)/6.7 (

)(



) 4.5 (

)/4.4 (

)(



) 5.5 (

)/5.2 (

)(



)

2.4 JTDM4x2 9.2 (



) 5.4 (



) 6.8 (



)

9.2 (

) 5.5 (

) 6.9 (

)

2.4 JTDM4x4 9.7 (



) 5.8 (



) 7.2 (



)

9.9 (

) 5.9 (

) 7.4 (

)

(

❏

) Saloon versions (

) Sportwagon versions (



) ECO versions

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 269

270

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCEINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

CO2 EMISSIONS

The CO2emission levels given in the following tables refer to combined consumption.

CO2EMISSIONS ACCORDING TO EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE IN FORCE (g/km)

Sportwagon versions

Saloon versions

1.8 1750 3.2 JTS 3.2 JTS 1.9 JTDM1.9 JTDM2.0 JTDM2.4 JTDM2.4 JTDM

140 HP TURBO BENZINA 4X24X4 8v 16v 4X24X4

179 189 260 270 157/138 (*) 150

142/136 (*)

179 192

(*) ECO versions

1.8 1750 3.2 JTS 3.2 JTS 1.9 JTDM1.9 JTDM2.0 JTDM2.4 JTDM2.4 JTDM

140 CV TURBO BENZINA 4X24X4 8v 16v 4X24X4

183 194 262 272 159/140 (*) 153

145/139 (*)

181 194

(*) ECO versions

249-270 Alfa 159 GB 3-12-2009 15:51 Pagina 270

271

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Certification number

T939 NTR939

European Union and

Countries applying

EC directive

Argentina

Australia

Brazil

Bulgaria

China

❒

Data unavailable at the time of printing.

N15278

HHHH-AA-FFFF

CMII ID : 2006DJ0352 CMII ID : 2006DJ0351

RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: Ministerial Certifications

0523 0523

❒❒

–

❒❒

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:55 Pagina 271

272

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCEINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Certification number

T939 NTR939

Malaysia

Mexico

Morocco

Singapore

South Africa

Taiwan

❒

Data unavailable at the time of printing.

AGREE PAR L’ANRT MAROC

Numéro d’agrément : MR 2395 ANRT 2006

Date d’agrément : 13/01/2006

AGREE PAR L’ANRT MAROC

Numéro d’agrément : MR 2394 ANRT 2006

Date d’agrément : 13/01/2006

Complies with

IDA Standards

DA 104022

Complies with

IDA Standards

DA 104022

TA-2005/701

APPROVED

TA-2005/702

APPROVED

YYYYXXXX-XXX YYYYXXXX-XXX

AA 000000 E AA 000000 E

❒❒

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:55 Pagina 272

273

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

INDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:55 Pagina 273

274

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCEINDEX CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:55 Pagina 274

REARSCREEN WIPER ......................................... 276

BOOT.............................................................. 277

ROOF RACK/SKI RACK ...................................... 284

PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE

"UNIVERSAL ISOFIX" CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM ... 285

IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT ..................... 288

IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT ..................... 290

IF A FUSE BLOWS............................................. 292

275

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:55 Pagina 275

Never use the wiper to

remove ice or snow from

the rear window. In these

conditions, the wiper is submitted

to excessive effort that results in

motor protection cutting in and

wiper operation inhibition for few

seconds as a consequence. Should

it be not possible to restore its

operation, contact Alfa Romeo

Authorized Service.

HANGING THE REARSCREEN

WIPER BLADE

Proceed as follows:

❒

raise the cover A-fig. 2, slacken

the nut Band remove the arm C;

❒

position the new arm correctly, ful-

ly tighten the nut Band then lower

the cover A.

REARSCREEN WIPER

OPERATION

Rear window wiper

activation/deactivation

Turning the unstable ring nut A-fig. 1

to position

ON/OFF will obtain flick

wipe of the rear window wiper. To turn

it off, turn the ring nut back to position

ON/OFF.

The activation of the rear windshield

wiper occurs also with the front wind-

shield wipe on and reverse gear insert-

ed.

Rear window "smart"

washing

Turning the unstable ring nut A-fig. 1

to position &will obtain rear window

washing. Keeping the unstable ring nut

at position &it will be possible to acti-

vate with just one movement both the

windscreen wiper and the rear window

wiper; the latter comes actually into ac-

tion automatically when the unstable

ring nut is kept at position &for over

half a second.

276

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

A0E0264m

fig. 1

A0E0267m

fig. 2

The rear window wiper stops working

a few strokes after releasing the ring

nut; a further stroke after about 6 sec-

onds completes the wiping operation.

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:55 Pagina 276

SPRAY NOZZLE

If the jet of fluid is inadequate, firstly

check that there is fluid in the reservoir

(see "Checking fluid levels" in section

"Car maintenance").

Then check that the nozzle holes A-

fig. 3 are not clogged, if necessary use

a needle to clean them.

277

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

A0E0269m

fig. 4

A0E0263m

fig. 5

A0E0268m

fig. 3

BOOT

TAILGATE EMERGENCY

OPENING FROM THE INSIDE

To open the tailgate from the inside if

the battery is flat or the electric tailgate

lock is failing, proceed as follows:

❒

tilt the rear seats completely (see

paragraph "Extending the boot" in

section "Dashboard and controls");

❒

remove the rear head restraints;

❒

take the screwdriver from the tool

container and working inside the

boot (on the rear part), fit it into seat

A-fig. 4 and then operate lever B-

fig. 5.

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:55 Pagina 277

The boot extension to the right makes

it possible to carry two passengers on

the rear seat left-hand side. The boot ex-

tension to the left makes it possible to

carry one passenger on the rear seat

right-hand side.

278

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

EXTENDING THE BOOT

The boot can be partially (1/3 or 2/3)

or totally extended splitting the rear

seat.

Proceed as follows:

❒

lower completely the rear seat head

restraints;

❒

check that the seat belt is not twist-

ed;

❒

lift seat back lever A-fig. 6 to un-

lock respectively the left or right sec-

tion of the backrest and tilt the seat

back forward. Lever raising is indi-

cated by a “red band” B.

A0E0085m

fig. 6

IMPORTANT

❒

before performing the operation of

folding the backrest over, make sure

that the rear head restraints are in

the “rest” position (completely low-

ered). The head restraints can be re-

moved to improve the load carrying

capacity;

❒

before tilting the backrest, ensure

that the rear armrest is not lowered.

Otherwise, insert it in its seat (see

section “Internal equipment” in

chapter “Dashboard and controls”).

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:55 Pagina 278

To return the rear seat back

to its original position

Raise the seat backrests and push them

back until hearing the locking click of

both retainers.

Position seat belt buckles upwards.

IMPORTANT When the backrest is

properly secured, the “red band” B-

fig. 6 on levers Ashall no longer be

visible. The “red band” actually indicates

that the backrest is not properly secured.

Make sure the head restraints are prop-

erly positioned.

Make sure the backrest is properly se-

cured at both sides (red bands not visi-

ble) to prevent it moves forward in the

event of sharp braking causing injuries

to passengers.

279

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

ANCHORING THE LOAD

The boot houses 4 hooks (see fig. 8

and fig. 9) for anchoring ropes in or-

der to guarantee perfect load anchoring.

Hooks shall also be used to secure the

luggage retaining net (for versions/

markets, where provided where applic-

able, at Alfa Romeo Authorised Ser-

vices).

A0E0270m

fig. 8

A0E0271m

fig. 9

If you want to carry

reserve fuel in a can,

follow law regulations, only

using a certified can, suitably

fastened to the load securing

eyelets. Even in this way the

risk of fire is increased in the

case of an accident.

WARNING

A heavy load that has

not been secured may

cause serious harm.

WARNING

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:55 Pagina 279

CURRENT OUTLET

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

The current outlet is located on the left

side of the boot.

To use the current outlet, open the lid

A-fig. 12. The current outlet only

works with the key fitted into the igni-

tion device and can only be used to pow-

er accessories having max. 15A intake

(180 W).

280

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

ODDMENT COMPARTMENTS

fig. 10 - 11

The boot sides are equipped with two odd-

ment compartments closed by a cover.

To open the cover press button Aand

turn it downwards.

A0E0273m

fig. 10

A0E0274m

fig. 12

A0E0272m

fig. 11

Never use the outlet for

accessories with power

over the max. specified

one. Long power intake can run

down the battery and inhibit

engine starting.

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:55 Pagina 280

LUGGAGE NET

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

The left and right sides of the boot are

quipped with a luggage retainer net.

– fig. 13 - version with side lid

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

– fig. 14 - version without side lid

– fig. 15 - fixing elastic.

As optional, for versions/markets where

applicable, an additional luggage re-

tainer net can be fitted.

Use the seats A-fig. 16 located in the

front part of the boot to hook the net as

shown in fig. 19.

281

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

A0E0281m

fig. 13

A0E0282m

fig. 14

A0E0275m

fig. 16

A0E0476m

fig. 15

Using seats B-fig. 17 to secure the net

to the rear side of the boot.

To secure the net, fit hooks A-fig. 18

into seats Band press downwards.

To release the net, take it out upwards

while keeping button Cpressed.

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:55 Pagina 281

IMPORTANT To remove the net roll

it up and check whether also the pas-

senger's compartment separation net

(for versions/markets, where provided)

is rolled up (see next paragraph), then

pull up lever D-fig. 23. Raise the net

and take it out from the boot.

To refit the net, proceed as follows:

❒

fit the net into the proper seat on the

left side (side without lever);

❒

keep the lever D-fig. 22 up and fit

the net into the proper seat on the

right side;

❒

release lever D.

282

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

A0E0278m

fig. 20

A0E0279m

fig. 21

A0E0280m

fig. 22

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT

COVER

The luggage compartment cover

A-fig. 20 can be rolled up and re-

moved.

To roll it up remove the two rear pins

B-fig. 21 from their housings.

IMPORTANT Hold the cover by han-

dle C-fig. 20 and guide it during rolling

up.

A0E0308m

fig. 17

A0E0276m

fig. 18

A0E0277m

fig. 19

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:55 Pagina 282

To extend it, take it out of the reel by

taking tongue A-fig. 24 and secure

ends B-fig. 25 into the two housings

C-fig. 26 (one per side) located on

the roof of the car.

283

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

Do not put objects on

the cover which may

damage it.

The objects put on the

cover may be thrown

forwards and injure passen-

gers should you brake sharply

or in the event of an accident.

Your are recommended to use

the passenger's compartment

separation net.

WARNING

PASSENGER'S

COMPARTMENT UPPER

SEPARATION NET

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

In addition to the luggage compartment

cover, certain versions are also fitted

with a passenger's compartment upper

separation net fig. 23.

The net for separating the passenger's

compartment from the boot is contained

into a special bar.

A0E0283m

fig. 23

A0E0287m

fig. 24

A0E0288m

fig. 25

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:55 Pagina 283

284

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

SOUND SYSTEM

CD Changer (for versions/markets,

where provided)

O certain versions, behind the right boot

lid, is fitted a CD Changer for 10 discs

(see fig. 28).

Amplifier (for versions/markets,

where provided)

Versions equipped with Bose Hi-Fi sys-

tem also have an amplifier behind the

left boot lid.

Passenger's compartment

separating net

removal/refitting

To remove the net press button D-

fig. 27 as shown in the figure, move

the separating net releasing it from its

seat, on both left and right side. make

the net slide as shown in the figure, re-

moving the pins from their seats.

To refit the net reverse the removal op-

erations described previously.

To roll up the net, release ends B-

fig. 25 from housings C-fig. 26 and

guide it during rolling.

A0E0291m

fig. 27

A0E0284m

fig. 26

A0E0305m

fig. 28

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:55 Pagina 284

285

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

ROOF RACK/

SKI RACK

(for versions/markets,

where provided)

The car can be fitted with two longitu-

dinal bars fig. 30 that can be used, by

adding special accessories to carry var-

ious objects (e.g.: skis, windsurf, etc.)

IMPORTANT Never exceed the max.

permissible loads (see section "Techni-

cal Specifications").

FUEL CAP EMERGENCY

OPENING

In the event of a failure, to open the

fuel cap proceed as follows:

❒

open the fuse box lid A-fig. 29 on

the right side of the boot as shown

by the arrow;

❒

pull the string Bset aside the use

box.

A0E0285m

fig. 29

A0E0286m

fig. 30

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:55 Pagina 285

286

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

PRESETTING FOR

MOUNTING THE

"UNIVERSAL

ISOFIX" CHILD

RESTRAINT SYSTEM

This car is preset for mounting the Uni-

versal Isofix child restraint system, a

new European standardised system for

carrying children safely. fig. 31 shows

an example of child restraint system.

The Universal Isofix child's seat covers

weight group 1.

Because of the different attachment sys-

tem, the child seat must be secured by

the specific bottom metal rings

A-fig. 32, located in the squab up-

holstery, in the position marked by

isofix flags (accessible by opening the

zips on the covers) to the specific ring

A-fig. 33 located behind the rear seat

squab level with the child seat.

A0E0174m

fig. 32

A0E0477m

fig. 33

fig. 31

A0E0241m

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:56 Pagina 286

It is possible to mount both the tradi-

tional restraint system and the "Univer-

sal Isofix" one. Remember that in case

of Universal Isofix child's seats, you can

only use all those seats approved with

the ECE R44/03 writing "Universal

Isofix".

At Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo you can find

the "Universal Isofix" "Duo Plus" child's

seat.

For any further detail on installation

and/or use, refer to the “Instructions

Manual” that must be provided by the

child restraint system's Manufacturer.

To use fastener A-fig. 33, proceed as

follows:

❒

tilt the rear set backrest (see para-

graph "Extending the boot" in this

section);

❒

pull up fastener Aand then secure

the belt to the fastener.

287

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

Mount the child re-

straint system only

with the car stationary. The

Universal Isofix child restraint

system is properly anchored to

the mounting brackets when

clicks are heard. In any case,

keep to the installation in-

structions that must be pro-

vided by the child restraint

system's Manufacturer.

WARNING

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:56 Pagina 287

288

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

IF AN EXTERIOR

LIGHT BURNS OUT

For the type of bulb and power rating,

see paragraph “When needing to

change a bulb" in section "In an emer-

gency".

IMPORTANT Before changing a bulb,

read carefully the instructions given in

section "In an emergency".

REAR LIGHT UNITS

Reversing light/

rear fog lights

To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:

❒

open the tailgate;

❒

remove cover A-fig. 35 working

with a screwdriver in the point indi-

cated by the arrow;

❒

remove and replace the burnt-out

bulb by pressing it slightly and turn-

ing it counterclockwise fig. 37:

C: reversing light bulb on passenger

side or right side;

C: rear fog light bulb on driver side or

left side;

❒

refit the bulb holder unit securing it

properly using the retaining tabs B-

fig. 36;

❒

close cover A-fig. 35.

A0E0292m

fig. 35

A0E0293m

fig. 36

IMPORTANT To release the inspec-

tion lid, protect the screwdriver tip with

a cloth to prevent scratching.

❒

remove the bulb holder unit by press-

ing the retaining tabs B-fig. 36;

A0E0294m

fig. 37

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:56 Pagina 288

289

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

Taillight bulb on tailgate

To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:

❒

open the tailgate;

❒

remove the cover A-fig. 35 work-

ing in the point shown by the arrow;

❒

remove the bulb holder unit by press-

ing the retaining tabs B-fig. 36;

❒

remove and replace the burnt-out

bulb by pressing it slightly and turn-

ing it counterclockwise fig. 37:

D: taillight bulb on right/left headlight

❒

refit the bulb holder unit securing it

properly using the retaining tabs B-

fig. 36;

❒

close cover A-fig. 35.

Direction indicators/

Taillights/Brake lights

To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:

❒

open the tailgate;

❒

on certain versions, open the side lid;

❒

remove the protection cover by op-

erating device A-fig. 38;

❒

remove the bulb holder unit by press-

ing the retaining tabs B-fig. 39;

❒

remove and replace the burnt-out

bulb by pressing it slightly and turn-

ing it counterclockwise fig. 40:

E: taillight/brake light bulb;

F: direction indicator bulb

A0E0295m

fig. 38

A0E0296m

fig. 39

A0E0297m

fig. 40

❒

refit the bulb holder unit securing it

properly using the retaining tabs B-

fig. 39;

❒

refit the protection cover.

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:56 Pagina 289

290

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

ADDITIONAL BRAKE LIGHT

(THIRD STOP)

The additional brake light is made up of

LEDs and it is built into the rear spoiler

fig. 41.

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

to have the third brake light replaced.

IF AN INTERIOR

LIGHT BURNS OUT

For the type of bulb and power rating,

see paragraph “When needing to

change a bulb" in section "In an emer-

gency".

IMPORTANT Before changing a bulb,

read carefully the instructions given in

section "In an emergency".

A0E0298m

fig. 41

A0E0487m

fig. 42

BOOT LIGHT

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

❒

open the tailgate;

❒

remove the light unit A-fig. 42 lev-

ering in the point shown by the ar-

row;

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:56 Pagina 290

291

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

A0E0488m

fig. 43

A0E0301m

fig. 44

A0E0302m

fig. 45

❒

replace the bulb B-fig. 43 releas-

ing it from the side contacts mak-

ing sure that the new bulb is cor-

rectly clamped between the con-

tacts;

❒

refit the light unit inserting first one

side and then the other one until

hearing the locking click.

TAILGATE LIGHT

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

❒

open the tailgate;

❒

remove the light unit A-fig. 44

working in the point shown by the

arrow;

❒

replace the bulb B-fig. 45 releas-

ing it from the side contacts mak-

ing sure that the new bulb is cor-

rectly clamped between the con-

tacts;

❒

refit the light unit inserting first one

side and then the other one until

hearing the locking click.

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:56 Pagina 291

292

ALFA 159 SPORTWAGON

A0E0303m

fig. 46

A0E0304m

fig. 47

IF A FUSE BLOWS

The fuse specific for the Sportwagon ver-

sion is located in the fuse box at the

right side of the boot (see “In an emer-

gency” chapter).

IMPORTANT Before changing a bulb,

read carefully the instructions given in

section "In an emergency".

COMPONENT FUSE AMPERE

Socket F55 15

To open the fuse box, proceed as fol-

lows:

❒

use handle Bto open the right lid

(for versions/markets, where pro-

vided) A-fig. 46;

❒

open the fuse box lid C-fig. 47

working in the point shown by the

arrow.

271-292 Alfa 159 GB 8-04-2009 10:56 Pagina 292

293

SOUND SYSTEM

Audio source memory function .................................... 304

Volume setting ......................................................... 304

Mute/Pause function ................................................ 305

Audio settings .......................................................... 305

Tone setting ............................................................. 305

Balance setting ......................................................... 305

Fader setting ............................................................ 306

Loudness function ..................................................... 306

Menu....................................................................... 307

Telephone setup ........................................................ 313

Anti-theft protection.................................................... 313

RADIO (Tuner) .......................................................... 314

Introduction ............................................................. 314

Frequency band selection ........................................... 314

Preset buttons .......................................................... 314

Storing the last station listened to ................................ 314

Automatic tuning ...................................................... 315

Manual tuning .......................................................... 315

AutoSTore function .................................................... 315

Emergency alarm reception ........................................ 316

EON function ............................................................ 316

Stereo stations ......................................................... 316

INTRODUCTION ......................................................... 295

Tips ........................................................................ 295

- Road safety ............................................................ 295

- Reception conditions ................................................ 295

- Care and maintenance ............................................. 295

- CD ........................................................................ 296

Technical specifications .............................................. 297

HI-FI Bose audio system ............................................. 298

QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE ........................................... 299

Controls on steering wheel ........................................ 302

Introduction ............................................................. 303

- Tuner section .......................................................... 303

- CD section ............................................................. 303

- CD MP3 section ...................................................... 303

- Audio section .......................................................... 303

- Media Player section................................................. 303

FUNCTIONS AND SETTINGS ........................................ 304

Switching on the car radio ......................................... 304

Switching off the car radio ......................................... 304

Selecting the tuner function ........................................ 304

Selecting CD/CD Changer functions .............................. 304

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 293

294

SOUND SYSTEM

CD PLAYER ............................................................... 317

Introduction ............................................................. 317

Selecting the CD player ............................................. 317

Loading/ejecting a CD ............................................... 317

Error messages ......................................................... 318

Display information ................................................... 318

Track selection .......................................................... 318

Fast forward/backward track selection ........................ 318

Pause function ......................................................... 318

MP3 CD PLAYER ....................................................... 319

Introduction ............................................................. 319

MP3 mode .............................................................. 319

Selecting MP3 sessions with hybrid discs ....................... 320

Display information ................................................... 320

Select next/previous folder ........................................ 320

Structure of the folders ............................................... 320

CD CHANGER (CDC) ................................................. 321

Introduction ............................................................. 321

CD Changer selection ................................................. 321

Error messages ......................................................... 321

CD selection ............................................................. 321

TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................. 322

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 294

295

SOUND SYSTEM

TIPS

Road safety

Learn how to use all different radio functions

(e.g. how to save stations) before beginning

to drive.

Reception conditions

Reception conditions change constantly

while driving. Reception may be disturbed

by mountains, buildings or bridges, or when

you are far away from the broadcasting sta-

tion.

WARNING The volume may be increased

when receiving traffic reports.

The car radio is equipped with a CD player (ra-

dio and CD player) or a CD-MP3 player (ra-

dio and CD-MP3) and was designed to com-

bine with the specific features of the passen-

ger compartment. It has a customised design

that integrates the style of the dashboard. The

size of the car radio is compatible with the

car and as it cannot be adapted to any oth-

er vehicle, it is fixed.

The car radio is installed in an ergonomically

convenient position for the driver and the pas-

senger; the graphics on the front panel help

to quickly identify the controls and makes

them easier to use.

A CD Changer is available from Lineaccessori

Alfa.

The instructions for use are provided below.

We recommend that you read them careful-

ly. The instructions also refer to how to oper-

ate the CD Changer (if present) using the ra-

dio. Refer to the specific manual for instruc-

tions on how to use of the CD Changer.

Excessively loud volume

can be a risk for driver and

other people on the road. The vol-

ume must therefore always be ad-

justed so that you can still hear

noise from the surroundings (e.g.

horns, ambulance sirens, police

sirens, etc.).

WARNING

Care and maintenance

The radio is designed for a long operational

life and does not require particular mainte-

nance. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-

vices in case of faults.

Clean the cover with a soft antistatic cloth

only. Cleaning and polishing products may

damage the surface.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 295

296

SOUND SYSTEM

❒

after listening to the CDs, put them back

in their boxes to avoid them being marked

or scratched, which could cause them to

skip during playing;

❒

never expose CDs to direct sunlight, high

temperatures or moisture for extended pe-

riods of time, which could cause them to

become distorted;

❒

do not stick labels on the CD surface or

write on the recorded surface with pencil

or pen.

To remove a CD from its container, press

down in the middle and lift up the disc, hold-

ing it carefully around the outside.

Always take the CD by holding it around its

outside circumference. Never touch the sur-

face.

To remove fingerprints and dust, use a soft

cloth starting from the centre of the CD out-

wards.

Never use CDs that are very scratched,

cracked, distorted, etc. Their use could cause

damage the player or make it malfunction.

The use of original CDs is required for the

best quality audio playback. Correct opera-

tion is not guaranteed when CD-R/RW me-

dia are used that were not correctly burned

and/or with a maximum capacity above

650 Mb.

WARNING Do not use commercially avail-

able protective sheets for CDs or discs with

stabilisers as these could get stuck in the in-

ternal mechanism and damage the disc.

Remember that dirt, scratches or distortions

on the CD could cause skipping while it is play-

ing and poor sound quality. Follow these guide-

lines for optimum playback:

❒

only use branded CDs:

❒

clean each CD carefully to remove finger-

prints or dust using a soft cloth. Hold CDs

by the outside and clean them from the

middle outwards;

❒

never use chemicals (e.g. antistatic prod-

ucts or thinners or sprays) for cleaning as

they could damage the surface of the CDs;

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 296

297

SOUND SYSTEM

WARNING The CD player can read most of

the compression systems currently on the

market (e.g.: LAME, BLADE, XING, FRAUN-

HOFER) but as these systems are continu-

ally evolving, playback of all compression

formats is not guaranteed.

WARNING If a multisession disc is loaded,

only the first session will be played.

WARNING If a copy-protected CD is used, it

may take a few seconds before the system

will start to play it. In addition, since many

new and different protection methods are

continuously being introduced, it is not pos-

sible to guarantee that the CD player will be

able to play any protected CD. Information

regarding copy protection is often stated in

fine or difficult to read print on the cover of

the CD itself, or indicated by phrases such

as, for example, “COPY CONTROL”, “COPY

PROTECTED”, “THIS CD CANNOT BE PLAYED

ON A PC/MAC”, or identified by symbols

such as for example:

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Car radio

Maximum power: 4x30 W

Speakers

The system includes:

– 2 tweeter speakers, max. power 30 W

each, positioned on the ends of the dash-

board;

– 2 mid-woofer speakers, diameter 165

mm, max. power 30 W each, positioned

in the front doors;

– 2 tweeter speakers, max. power 30 W

each, positioned in the rear doors;

– 2 mid-woofer speakers, diameter 165

mm, max. power 30 W each, positioned

in rear doors.

In addition, protected disks often do not have

the audio disk identifying symbol on the disk

(or on the case) itself:

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 297

298

SOUND SYSTEM

HI-FI BOSE AUDIO SYSTEM

(for versions/markets, where provided)

The BOSE HI-FI audio system was carefully

designed to provide the best acoustic per-

formance and reproduce sound like a live

concert in all areas of the passenger com-

partment.

The system faithfully reproduces crystalline

high tones and provides full and rich bass

tones that make the loudness function su-

perfluous. The full sound range is reproduced

throughout the entire passenger compart-

ment so that the occupants are enveloped

with the feeling of space experienced when

listening to live music.

Components are patented and make use

of the most sophisticated technology whilst

at the same time being easy to use by even

the most inexperienced people.

Technical information

The system consists of:

– 2 tweeter speakers, max. power 50 W

each, positioned on the ends of the dash-

board;

– 2 mid-woofer speakers, diameter 165

mm, max. power 90 W each, positioned in

front doors, designed for optimal medium-

to-low frequencies;

– 2 rear tweeter speakers, max. power

50 W each, positioned in the rear doors;

– 2 mid-woofer speakers, diameter 165

mm, max. power 90 W each, positioned in

rear doors, designed for optimal medium-to-

low frequencies;

– 1 mid-tweeter (Centerfill) speaker, di-

ameter 80 mm, max. power 50 W, posi-

tioned in middle of dashboard;

– 1 sub-woofer (Saloon versions), diam-

eter 250 mm, max. power 200 W, posi-

tioned on rear window shelf;

– 1 bass-box reflex (Sportwagon ver-

sions), diameter 130 mm, max. power 200

W, positioned in boot;

– audio power amplifier, 6 independent

channels, positioned on rear window shelf

for controlling all speakers in the car.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 298

299

SOUND SYSTEM

A0F0531m

Button

ON/OFF

Mode

Brief press on knob

Long press on knob

Turn knob leftwards/rightwards

GENERAL FUNCTIONS

Off

Volume adjustment

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 299

300

SOUND SYSTEM

Button

FMAS

MUTE

AUDIO

Button

1 2 3 4 5 6

Mode

Repeated brief press on button

Brief press on button

Activate menu: brief press on button

Select setting type: press buttons

Adjust settings: press buttons

Activate menu: brief press on button

Select setting type: press buttons

Adjust settings: press buttons

TUNER FUNCTIONS

Search radio station:

•

Automatic search

•

Manual search

Store current radio station

Recall stored station

Mode

Automatic search: press buttons

(hold pressed to fast forward)

Manual search: press buttons

(hold pressed to fast forward)

Long press on buttons for memory preset 1 to 6

Brief press on buttons for memory preset 1 to 6

GENERAL FUNCTIONS

FM1, FM2, FM Autostore radio source selection

MW, MW1, MW2 radio source selection

Radio CD/CD-Changer/Media Player source selection

(with Blue&MeTM only)

Volume on/off (MUTE/PAUSE)

Audio settings: low tones (BASS), high tones (TREBLE),

left/right balance (BALANCE),

front/rear balance (FADER)

Advanced functions settings

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 300

301

SOUND SYSTEM

Button

÷˜

▲ ▼

÷˜

CD FUNCTIONS

Eject CD

Play previous/next track

CD track fast forward/backward

Play previous/next disc (for CD-Changer)

Play previous/next folder (for CD-MP3)

Select previous/next folder/artist/genre/album

according to active selection mode

Play previous/next track

Mode

Brief press on button

Brief press on buttons

Long press on buttons

Brief press on buttons

Brief press on button

Button

▲ ▼

÷˜

Media Player FUNCTIONS (with Blue&MeTM only)

Select folder/artist/genre/previous/next album according to the

active selection mode

Play previous/next track

Mode

Brief press on button

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 301

302

SOUND SYSTEM

CONTROLS ON

STEERING WHEEL

(for versions/markets, where provided)

Button

–

SRC

FUNCTION

AudioMute on/off (Radio mode)

or Pause (Media Player mode - with Blue&MeTM only)

Volume up

Volume down

Select radio frequency range (FM1, FM2, FMT, FMA, MW) or audio source:

Radio - CD - MP3 - CD Changer or Media Player (with Blue&MeTM only)

Radio: recall pre-selected stations (from 1 to 6)

MP3: select next folder

CD Changer: select next CD in CD Changer

Radio: recall pre-selected stations (from 6 to 1)

MP3: select previous folder

CD Changer: select previous CD in CD Changer

Radio: autosearch previous station

CD player: select previous track

CD Changer: select previous track

Radio: autosearch next station

CD player: select next track

CD Changer: select next track

Mode

Brief press on button

Press button

A0E0532m

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 302

303

SOUND SYSTEM

Multimedia CDs include da-

ta tracks in addition to the

audio tracks. Playing this

type of CD could cause hissing at

a volume that could jeopardise road

safety as well as damage the out-

put stages and the speakers.

CD MP3 section

❒

MP3-Info function (ID3-TAG);

❒

Select folder (previous/next);

❒

Select track (forward/backward);

❒

Fast track search (forward/backward);

❒

MP3 Display function: name of folder,

ID3-TAG information, time elapsed since

start of track, file name;

❒

Play audio or data CD, CD-R and CD-RW.

Audio section

❒

Mute/Pause function;

❒

Soft Mute function;

❒

Loudness function (excluding versions

with Bose HI-FI system);

❒

7 band graphic equalizer (excluding ver-

sions with Bose HI-FI system);

❒

Separate bass/treble adjustment;

❒

Right/left channel balancing.

Media Player section

(with Blue&MeTM only)

See description in the Blue&MeTM supple-

ment for Media Player operations.

CD section

❒

Direct disc select;

❒

Track select (forward/backward);

❒

Fast track search (forward/backward);

❒

CD Display function: disc name/time

elapsed since the start of the track;

❒

Play audio CD, CD-R and CD-RW.

INTRODUCTION

The device offers the following functions:

Tuner section

❒

PLL tuning in frequency bands FM/AM/

MW;

❒

RDS (Radio Data System) with TA (traf-

fic information) - TP (traffic programmes)

EON (Enhanced Other Network) - REG

(regional programmes) functions;

❒

AF: alternative frequency search selection

in RDS mode;

❒

emergency alarm set up;

❒

automatic/manual station tuning;

❒

FM Multipath detector;

❒

manual storing of 30 stations: 18 in FM

band (6 in FM1, 6 in FM2, 6 in FMT),

12 in MW band (6 in MW1, 6 in MW2);

❒

automatic storing (AUTOSTORE function)

of 6 stations in the dedicated FM band;

❒

SPEED VOLUME function (excluding ver-

sions with Bose HI-FI system): speed-de-

pendent automatic volume adjustment;

❒

automatic Stereo/Mono selection.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 303

304

SOUND SYSTEM

SELECTING THE

TUNER FUNCTION

Pressing the FMAS button quickly and re-

peatedly to cyclically select the following au-

dio sources:

❒

TUNER (“FM1”, “FM2”, “FMT”);

Press the AM button quickly and repeated-

ly to cyclically select the following audio

sources:

❒

TUNER (“MW1”, “MW2”).

SELECTING CD/CD CHANGER

FUNCTIONS

Press the CD button briefly and repeatedly

to cyclically select the following audio

sources:

❒

CD (only if a CD is inserted);

❒

CHANGER (CD Changer - only if the CD

Changer is connected).

AUDIO SOURCE MEMORY

FUNCTION

If another function (e.g. the radio) is se-

lected whilst listening to a CD, playback is

interrupted and is resumed from the same

point when returning to the CD source.

If another function is selected whilst listen-

ing to the radio, the last station selected is

tuned into when returning to the Radio

source.

VOLUME SETTING

Turn the ON/OFF button/knob to adjust the

volume.

If the volume level is changed during the

transmission of traffic news, the new setting

will only be maintained until the update is

over.

SWITCHING ON

THE CAR RADIO

The car radio comes on when the ON/OFF

button/knob is briefly pressed.

When the car radio is turned on the volume

is limited to 5 if the value was higher than

this when the radio was last used.

When the radio is switched on with the key

off, it switches off automatically after about

20 minutes. After the radio has switched it-

self off automatically it can be turned on for

a further 20 minutes by pressing the

ON/OFF button/knob.

SWITCHING OFF

THE CAR RADIO

Keep the ON/OFF button/knob pressed.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 304

305

SOUND SYSTEM

Press the AUDIO button briefly to change the

Audio functions. After the AUDIO button is

first pressed, the display will show the bass

level value for the source activated at that

time (e.g. in FM mode the display will show

“FM Bass + 2”).

To scroll through the Menu functions use but-

ton

. To change the setting of the

selected function, use the

but-

tons.

The current status of the function selected

will be shown on the display.

The functions managed by the Menu are:

❒

BASS (bass adjustment);

❒

TREBLE (treble adjustment);

❒

BALANCE (right/left balance adjust-

ment);

❒

FADER (front/rear balance adjustment);

❒

LOUDNESS (excluding versions with Bose

HI-FI system) (LOUDNESS function

on/off);

❒

EQUALIZER (excluding versions with Bose

HI-FI system) (activation and selection of

factory equalizer settings);

❒

USER EQUALIZER (excluding versions

with Bose HI-FI) (customised equalizer

settings).

TONE SETTING

(bass/treble)

Proceed as follows:

❒

Use button

to set the “Bass”

or “Treble” in the AUDIO menu;

❒

press the button

to in-

crease/decrease the bass or treble set-

tings.

By pressing the buttons briefly, the levels will

change progressively. Hold pressed to adjust

the levels faster.

BALANCE SETTING

Proceed as follows:

❒

Use the

button to set the “Bal-

ance” in the AUDIO menu;

❒

press the

button to turn up the

sound from the right speakers or the

button to turn up the sound from

the left speakers.

By pressing the buttons briefly, the levels will

change progressively. By pressing them for

longer, the levels will change quickly.

Select the “

” value to set the

right and left audio outputs at the same val-

ue.

MUTE/PAUSE FUNCTION

(zeroing the volume)

Press the MUTE button briefly to activate the

Mute function. The volume will gradually de-

crease and the words “RADIO Mute” will ap-

pear on the display (in tuner mode) or

“PAUSE” (in CD or CD-Changer mode).

Press the MUTE button again to deactivate

the Mute function. The volume will gradu-

ally increase until it reaches the level set pre-

viously.

When the volume is changed using the ded-

icated controls, the Mute function is deacti-

vated and the volume is adjusted to the new

selected level.

Mute will be ignored when there is an in-

coming traffic alert (if the TA function is ac-

tivated) or if an emergency alarm is re-

ceived. The function will be reactivated when

the alert is over.

AUDIO SETTINGS

The audio menu functions depend on the ac-

tivated function: AM/FM/CD/CDC/Media

Player (with Blue&MeTM only).

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 305

306

SOUND SYSTEM

To turn the equalizer on, use the

buttons to select one of the settings:

❒

“FM/AM/CD...EQ User” (adjustment of

7 equalizer bands that can be changed

by the user);

❒

“Classic” (optimal equalizer presetting

for classical music);

❒

“Rock” (optimal equalizer presetting for

rock and pop music);

❒

“Jazz” (optimal equalizer presetting for

jazz music);

“EQ” will appear on the display when one of

the equaliser presets is active.

FADER SETTING

Proceed as follows:

❒

Use the

button to set the “Fad-

er” in the AUDIO menu;

❒

press the

button to turn up the

sound coming from the rear speakers or

the

button to turn up the sound

coming from the front speakers.

By pressing the buttons briefly, the levels will

change progressively. Hold pressed to adjust

the levels faster.

Select the “

” value to set the

same level for the front and rear audio out-

puts.

LOUDNESS FUNCTION

(excluding versions with Bose

HI-FI system)

The Loudness function improves the volume

of the sound whilst listening at low volumes,

increasing the bass and treble.

To turn the function on/off, select “Loud-

ness” in the the AUDIO menu using the

button. The function status (on or off)

is shown on the display for a few seconds

by the words “Loudness On” or “Loudness

Off”.

PRESET/USER*/ CLASSIC/

ROCK/JAZZ functions

(equalizer on/off)

(excluding versions with Bose

HI-FI system)

The built-in equalizer can be activat-

ed/deactivated. When the equalizer func-

tion is off, the audio settings can only be

changed by adjusting the bass and treble set-

tings, whereas when the function is on, the

acoustic curves can be adjusted.

To turn the equalizer off, select the “EQ Pre-

set” function using the

but-

tons.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 306

307

SOUND SYSTEM

*USER EQ SETTINGS function

(equalizer settings only if the

USER settings function is

selected) (excluding versions

with Bose HI-FI system)

To set a personalized equalizer adjustment,

point to USER using button

and

press button

for a while.

A graph with 7 bars will appear on the dis-

play, where each bar represents a frequen-

cy. Select the bar to adjust using the

buttons; the bar selected will start

flashing and can be adjusted using the

buttons.

Press the AUDIO button again to store the

setting. The display will show the source ac-

tivated at the time followed by the word

User. If the mode is, for example, FM, then

the display will show “FM EQ User”.

MENU button functions

Press the MENU button briefly to activate

the Menu function. The display will show the

first menu item that can be adjusted (AF)

(“AF Switching On” on the display).

To scroll through the Menu functions use but-

ton

. To change the setting of the

selected function, use the

but-

tons.

The current status of the function selected

will be shown on the display.

The functions managed by the Menu are:

❒

AF SWITCHING (ON/OFF)

❒

TRAFFIC INFORMATION (ON/OFF)

❒

REGIONAL MODE regional programmes

(ON/OFF)

❒

MP3 DISPLAY (CD MP3 display setting)

❒

SPEED VOLUME (excluding versions with

Bose HI-FI system) (volume setting ac-

cording to speed)

❒

RADIO ON VOLUME (radio volume max-

imum limit on/off)

❒

EXTERNAL AUDIO (telephone volume)

❒

RADIO OFF (off mode)

❒

SYSTEM RESET.

Press the MENU button again to exit the

Menu function.

IMPORTANT AF SWITCHING, TRAFFIC IN-

FORMATION and REGIONAL MODE adjust-

ments are only possible in FM mode.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 307

308

SOUND SYSTEM

AF SWITCHING function

(alternative frequency search)

The radio can operate in two different modes

in the RDS mode:

❒

“AF Switching On” - search for alterna-

tive frequencies activated (the letters

“AF” appear on the display);

❒

“AF Switching Off” - search for alterna-

tive frequencies not activated.

Proceed as follows to switch the function

on/off:

❒

press the MENU button and select “AF

Switching On”;

❒

briefly press the

buttons to

turn the function on/off.

With the AF function deactivated, the re-

maining RDS functions, such as the display

of the station name, still remain active.

The AF function can only be activated on FM

bands.

With the function on, the radio automatically

tunes into the station with the strongest sig-

nal broadcasting the same programme. In

this way when driving you can continue lis-

tening to the same station without having

to change the frequency when you change

areas.

Obviously, it must be possible to receive the

station that you are listening to in the area

you are driving through.

“AF” will light up in the display when the AF

function is on.

If the AF function has been activated and the

radio is not able to receive the tuned station,

the radio activates the automatic search, dur-

ing which “FM Search” appears on the dis-

play (for versions/markets, where provid-

ed).

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 308

309

SOUND SYSTEM

The volume at which the traffic news is trans-

mitted depends on the listening volume:

❒

listening volume below 5: traffic news

volume 5 (fixed value);

❒

listening volume above 5: traffic news

volume equal to listening volume +1.

If the volume is changed during a traffic up-

date, the level will not be shown on the dis-

play; the new level will only be maintained

during the update.

While traffic information is being received,

“TRAFFIC INFORMATION” will appear on the

display.

The TA function can be interrupted by press-

ing any button on the car radio.

TRAFFIC INFORMATION

function (traffic announcements)

Some stations on the FM band (FM1, FM2

and FMA) can transmit information about

traffic conditions. The letters “TA” will ap-

pear in the display in this case.

Proceed as follows to switch the TA function

on/off:

❒

press the MENU button and select “Traf-

fic Info”;

❒

briefly press the

buttons to

turn the function on/off.

If the TA function is activated, “TA” will light

up on the display.

IMPORTANT If the TA function is activated

with an audio source other than Tuner (Ra-

dio) (CD, MP3, Telephone or Mute/Pause),

the radio can carry out an automatic search

and therefore the frequency tuned into may

be different from the one set previously

when selecting the Tuner (Radio) source

again.

With the TA function:

❒

search only for RDS stations that trans-

mit on the FM band, which are enabled

to transmit traffic information;

❒

receive traffic information even if the CD

player/CD Changer function is on;

❒

receive traffic information at a minimum

preset volume even with the radio vol-

ume off.

IMPORTANT In some countries there are ra-

dio stations that do not broadcast traffic in-

formation even with the TA function acti-

vated (“TA” on the display).

If the radio is tuned to a station in the AM

band, when TA is activated it will tune to the

last selected station in the FM1 band.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 309

310

SOUND SYSTEM

If the function is deactivated and you have

tuned into a regional station working in a

given area and you enter a different area,

then the regional station received in the new

area will be broadcast.

IMPORTANT If the AF and REG functions are

on at the same time, once a border between

two regions is crossed, the radio may not

switch correctly to a valid alternative fre-

quency.

REGIONAL MODE function

(reception of regional

broadcasts)

Some national broadcasters will transmit re-

gional programmes at certain times of the

day (that vary from region to region). This

function makes it possible to tune into lo-

cal (regional) broadcasters automatically

(see EON function paragraph).

If you want the radio to automatically tune

into the regional stations being broadcast on

the network selected, the function must be

activated.

To turn the function on/off, use the

buttons.

The current status of the function will appear

on the display:

❒

“Regional Mode: On” - function on.

❒

“Regional Mode: Off” - function off.

MP3 DISPLAY function

(display of MP3 Compact Disc

information)

This function is used to select the informa-

tion shown by the display when listening

to a CD containing MP3 tracks.

The function can only be selected if a CD

MP3 is inserted: in this case “MP3 Display”

will appear on the display.

To change the function, use the

buttons.

There are six available settings:

❒

“Title” (if ID3-TAG is available)

❒

“Author” (if ID3-TAG is available)

❒

“Album” (if ID3-TAG is available)

❒

“Folder” name

❒

“File” name

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 310

311

SOUND SYSTEM

SPEED VOLUME function

(volume setting according to speed)

(excluding versions with Bose

HI-FI system)

This function automatically adapts the vol-

ume level to the speed of the car, turning

up the volume when the speed increases

to maintain the ratio with the noise level

inside the passenger compartment.

To turn the function on/off, use the

buttons. The current status of the

function will appear on the display:

❒

Off: function off

❒

Low: function on

(low setting)

❒

High: function on

(high setting).

RADIO ON VOLUME function

(radio volume maximum limit

activation/deactivation)

This function is used to turn the maximum

volume limit on/off when turning the ra-

dio on.

The display shows the function status:

❒

“On volume limit: on” - when the radio

is switched on the volume level will be:

– the maximum volume if the volume

level is equal to or higher than the

maximum value;

– the same as before it was switched

off if the volume level is between the

minimum and maximum values;

– minimum volume if the volume lev-

el is equal to or lower than the mini-

mum.

❒

“On volume limit: off” - the radio will

come on at the volume level it was at be-

fore switching off. The volume may be

between 0 and 40.

Use the

buttons to change the

setting.

NOTES

❒

The menu can only be used to turn the

function on/off and not to set the mini-

mum or maximum volume.

❒

If the “TA” or “TEL” functions or an out-

side audio source are activated when the

radio is turned on, the radio will come on

at the volume set for these sources.

When the outside audio source is deac-

tivated, the volume can be adjusted be-

tween the minimum and maximum lev-

els.

❒

If the battery charge is low, it will not

be possible to adjust the volume between

the minimum and maximum levels.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 311

312

SOUND SYSTEM

RADIO OFF function

(on and off mode)

This function is used to select the mode for

switching off the radio between two differ-

ent procedures. To activate the function, use

the

buttons.

The selected mode will appear on the dis-

play:

❒

“Radio off: 00 min”: the radio is turned

off by the ignition key automatically as

soon as the key is extracted;

❒

“Radio off: 20 min”: the radio turns off

independently of the ignition key; it re-

mains on for a maximum period of 20

minutes after the key has been extract-

ed.

IMPORTANT If the radio is turned off auto-

matically after the ignition key is extracted

(immediately or with a delay of 20 min-

utes), it will come on again automatically

when the key is inserted in the switch again.

On the contrary, if the radio is turned off

by pushing the ON/OFF button, it will re-

main off when the key is inserted in the ig-

nition switch.

SYSTEM RESET function

This function is used to restore all settings to

their preset factory values. The options are:

❒

NO: no restore intervention;

❒

YES: the default parameters are restored.

During this operation, the message “Re-

setting” will appear on the display. At the

end of the operation, the source does not

change and the previous situation will be

displayed.

EXTERNAL AUDIO function

(telephone volume adjustment)

Turn the ON/OFF button/knob or press the

buttons to adjust (settings from

1 to 40) or mute (OFF setting) the volume

of the telephone and the Blue&MeTM (ex-

cept the Media Player function).

The display shows the current function sta-

tus:

❒

“Extern audio: Off” - function off.

❒

“Extern volume: 23” - function on with

volume setting 23.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 312

313

SOUND SYSTEM

ANTI-THEFT PROTECTION

The radio is equipped with an anti-theft pro-

tection system based on the exchange of in-

formation between the car radio and the

electronic control unit (Body Computer) on

the vehicle.

This system guarantees maximum security

and avoids having to enter the secret code

every time the radio power supply is dis-

connected.

If the outcome of the check is positive, the

radio will start to work, whilst if the codes

compared are not the same or if the elec-

tronic control unit (Body Computer) is re-

placed, the equipment will notify the user

of the need to enter the secret code fol-

lowing the procedure in the paragraph be-

low.

Entering the secret code

When the radio is switched on, if the se-

cret code is requested, the display will show

the word “Code” for about 2 seconds fol-

lowed by four dashes “- - - -”.

The code is made up of four digits from 1 to

6, each corresponding to one of the dash-

es.

To enter the first digit, press the corre-

sponding button of the preset stations (from

1 to 6). Enter the other code numbers in the

same way.

If the four digits are not entered within 20

seconds, the message “Enter code - - -” will

appear again on the display for 2 seconds,

followed by four dashes “- - - -”. This event

is not considered an incorrect entering of the

code.

After entering the fourth digit (within 20 sec-

onds), the car radio will start to work.

If an incorrect code is entered, the radio will

emit a sound and the display will show “Ra-

dio blocked/wait” to notify the user of the

need to enter the correct code.

Each time the user enters an incorrect code,

the waiting time will gradually increase (1

min, 2 min, 4 min, 8 min, 16 min, 30 min,

1 h, 2 h, 4 h, 8 h, 16 h, 24 h) up to a max-

imum of 24 hours. The waiting time will

be shown on the display by “Radio

blocked/wait”. After the message disap-

pears, the code entering procedure may be

started again.

Code Card

This document certifies ownership of the car

radio. The Code Card contains the model

of the radio, the serial number and the se-

cret code.

IMPORTANT Keep the Code Card somewhere

safe so that the authorities can be supplied

with the relevant information if the radio is

stolen.

TELEPHONE SETUP

If a hands-free kit is installed on the car,

when there is an incoming phone call the

car radio audio will be connected to the tele-

phone output. The incoming telephone

sound is always at a fixed volume, but it can

be adjusted during the conversation using

the ON/OFF button/knob.

The fixed telephone audio volume can be

adjusted using the External audio function

in the Menu. The word PHONE will appear

on the display when the audio is muted for

the phone call.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 313

314

SOUND SYSTEM

FREQUENCY BAND

SELECTION

With the Radio mode activated, press the

FMAS or AM button briefly and repeatedly to

select the desired reception band.

Each time the button is pressed the follow-

ing bands are selected cyclically:

❒

Pressing the FMAS button: “FM1”,

“FM2”, “FMA”;

❒

Pressing the AM button: “MW1” and

“MW2”.

Each band is identified by the respective

wording on the display.

The last station selected on the respective

frequency band will be tuned into.

The FM band is divided into sections: FM1,

FM2 and FMA; the FMA reception band is re-

served for stations stored automatically us-

ing the Autostore function.

INTRODUCTION

When the radio is turned on the last func-

tion selected before it was switched off is

activated: Radio, CD, CD MP3 or Media

Player (solo con Blue&MeTM).

To select the Radio function whilst listening

to another audio source, press the FMAS or

AM buttons briefly, depending on the desired

band.

Once the Radio mode has been activated,

the display will show the name (only RDS

stations) and the frequency of the selected

radio station, the frequency band selected

(ex. FM1) and the preset button number

(ex. P1).

(

)

PRESET BUTTONS

The buttons numbered from 1 to 6 can used

to set the following presettings:

❒

18 in the FM band FM (6 in FM1, 6 in

FM2, 6 in FMT or “FMA” on some ver-

sions);

❒

12 in the MW band (6 in MW1, 6 in

MW2).

To listen to a preset station, select the de-

sired frequency band and then briefly press

the corresponding preset button (from 1 to

6).

By pressing the preset button for more than

2 seconds, the station tuned into will be

stored. The storing phase is confirmed by an

acoustic signal.

STORING THE LAST STATION

LISTENED TO

The radio automatically stores the last sta-

tion that was selected for each reception

band, which is then tuned into when the ra-

dio is turned on or when the reception band

is changed.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 314

315

SOUND SYSTEM

AUTOMATIC TUNING

Briefly press the

button to start

the automatic tuning search for the next sta-

tion that can be received in the selected di-

rection.

If the button

is pressed down

longer, the fast search starts. When the but-

ton is released, the tuning will stop at the next

station that can be received.

If the TA function (traffic information) is on,

the tuner will only search for stations that

broadcast traffic updates.

MANUAL TUNING

This is used to manually search for stations

in the preselected band.

Select the desired frequency band and then

press the

buttons briefly and re-

peatedly to start the search in the desired di-

rection. If the

button is pressed

longer, the fast search will start and then stop

when the button is released.

The stations that have a strong signal at that

moment are then automatically stored in the

preselected band in the buttons numbered

1 to 6.

When the Autostore function is activated in

the MW1 o MW2 band, the FMA band is au-

tomatically selected and the scan is start-

ed.

IMPORTANT Sometimes Autostore cannot

find six stations with a strong signal. In this

case, the strongest stations will be duplicated

in the free preset buttons.

IMPORTANT When the Autostore function is

activated, the stations that were previously

stored on the FMA band are deleted.

AUTOSTORE FUNCTION

(automatic station storing)

To activate the Autostore function, keep the

FMAS button pressed until the acoustic con-

firmation signal. With this function, the ra-

dio automatically stores the 6 stations with

the strongest signal in a decreasing order on

the FMA frequency band.

During the automatic storing process, “Au-

tostore” will appear flashing on the display.

To interrupt the Autostore function, press the

FMAS button again: the radio will again tune

into the station listened to before the func-

tion was activated.

When the Autostore scan is concluded, the

radio will automatically tune into the first

preset station on the FMA band (preset 1).

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 315

316

SOUND SYSTEM

EMERGENCY ALARM

RECEPTION

The radio can receive emergency alerts in

RDS mode in exceptional circumstances or

when dangerous situations are threatened

(earthquakes, floods, etc.) if these are be-

ing transmitted by the broadcaster tuned in-

to.

This function is activated automatically and

cannot be turned off.

The word ALARM will be shown in the dis-

play during the transmission of an emer-

gency announcement. The volume of the ra-

dio will change during this announcement in

the same way as during a traffic bulletin.

EON FUNCTION

(Enhanced Other Network)

In some countries, there are circuits that

group multiple broadcasters that transmit

traffic information together. In this case, the

programme on the station that is being lis-

tened to will be temporarily interrupted to:

❒

receive traffic information (only with the

TA function on);

❒

listen to regional transmissions each time

they are transmitted by one of the broad-

casters in the same circuit.

STEREO STATIONS

If the incoming signal is weak, the repro-

duction is automatically switched from

Stereo to Mono.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 316

317

SOUND SYSTEM

Press the

button, with the device turned

on, to activate the CD motorised ejecting sys-

tem. After ejection, the last audio source lis-

tened to before playing the CD will be heard.

If the CD is not removed from the car ra-

dio, it will automatically be reloaded about

20 seconds later and the Tuner mode will

be tuned into (Radio).

The CD cannot be ejected if the car radio is

off.

If the ejected CD is loaded without having

removed it completely from the slot, the ra-

dio will not switch to the CD source.

LOADING/EJECTING A CD

To load the CD, insert it gently into the slot

to activate the motorised loading system,

which will position it correctly.

The CD can be loaded with the radio

switched off and the ignition key in the MAR-

on position: in this case the radio will remain

off. When the car radio is turned on, the last

source listened to prior to switching off will

be activated.

When a CD is loaded the display will show

“CD-IN” and the words “CD Reading”. They

will remain displayed for the entire time re-

quired for the radio to read the CD tracks.

When this time has elapsed the radio will

automatically start to play the first track.

INTRODUCTION

This chapter describes the variants regard-

ing the operation of the CD player: as far as

the operation of the radio is concerned, re-

fer to the description in the “Functions and

settings” chapter.

SELECTING THE CD PLAYER

To activate the CD player built-into the equip-

ment, proceed as follows:

❒

load a CD with the equipment switched

on: the first track will start to play;

❒

if a CD has already been loaded, turn on

the car radio and then briefly press the

CD button to select the “CD” operating

mode: the last track listened to will start

to play.

It is advisable to use original CDs to ensure

optimum playback. If CD-R/RWs are used,

we recommend using good quality disc burnt

at the slowest speed possible.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 317

318

SOUND SYSTEM

FAST FORWARD/BACKWARD

TRACK SELECTION

Keep the

button pressed down to fast

forward the selected track and keep the

button pressed down to play the track

fast backward. The fast forward/backward

function will stop once the button is re-

leased.

PAUSE FUNCTION

To pause the CD player, press the MUTE but-

ton. The words “CD Pause” will appear on

the display.

To resume listening to the track, press the

MUTE button again.

If another audio source is selected, the pause

function is turned off.

DISPLAY INFORMATION

When the CD player is operating, the fol-

lowing information will appear on the dis-

play that has the following meaning:

“CD Track 5”: indicates the CD track num-

ber;

“03:42”: indicates the time elapsed since

the start of the track (if the respective Menu

function is activated).

TRACK SELECTION

(forward/backward)

Briefly press the

button to play the pre-

vious CD track and the

button to play

the next track. The tracks are selected cycli-

cally: the first track is selected after the last

track and vice versa.

If the track has been played for more than

3 seconds, pressing the

button will

cause the track to be started again from the

beginning. In this case, if you want to play

the previous track, press the button twice

consecutively.

ERROR MESSAGES

If the CD cannot be read (for example a CD-

ROM was loaded or a CD was loaded upside

down or there is a playback error), the mes-

sage “CD Disc error” will appear on the dis-

play for approximately 2 seconds.

The CD will then be ejected and the audio

source activated prior to the CD mode se-

lection will be heard.

With an external audio source activated (TA,

ALARM or Phone), the CD that cannot be

read will not be ejected until these functions

have ended. At the end, with the CD mode

activated, the display will show the words

“CD Disc error” for a few seconds and then

the CD will be ejected.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 318

319

SOUND SYSTEM

MP3 MODE

In addition to playing normal audio CDs, the

car radio can also play CD-ROMs on which

MP3 format compressed audio files are

recorded. The radio works according to the

methods described previously (“CD player”)

when an audio CD is inserted.

The use of good quality disc burnt at the

slowest possible speed is recommended for

optimum quality.

The files on the MP3 CD are in folders, with

sequential lists of all the folders containing

MP3 tracks (folders and sub-folders are all

displayed on the same level) and folders

that do not contain MP3 tracks cannot be

selected.

INTRODUCTION

This chapter describes the operation of the

CD MP3 player variants only. Refer to the

description in the “Functions and Settings“

chapter as far as the operation of the radio

is concerned.

NOTE MPEG Layer-3 audio decoding tech-

nology licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and

Thomson multimedia.

The operating conditions and specifications

for playing MP3 files are as follows:

❒

the CD-ROMs used must be burnt in com-

pliance with the ISO9660 Specification;

❒

the music files must have an “.mp3” ex-

tension: files with a different extension

cannot be played;

❒

the following sampling frequencies can

be played: 44.1 kHz, stereo (96 to 320

kbit/s) - 22.05 kHz, mono or stereo (32

to 80 kbit/s);

❒

tracks with variable bit-rates can be

played.

IMPORTANT The names of tracks must not

contain the following characters: spaces, ‘

(apostrophes), (and) (open and close brack-

ets). When a CD MP3 is being burnt, make

sure that the file names do not contain these

characters; otherwise, the car radio will not

be able to play those tracks.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 319

320

SOUND SYSTEM

SELECTING MP3 SESSIONS

WITH HYBRID DISCS

If a hybrid disc is inserted (Mixed Mode, En-

hanced, CD-Extra) also containing MP3 files,

the radio automatically starts playing the au-

dio session. It is possible to move to the

MP3 session whilst playing by keeping the

CD button pressed for more than 2 seconds.

IMPORTANT When the function is activated

the radio may take a few seconds to start

playback. Whilst checking the disc the dis-

play will show “CD Reading”: if no MP3 files

are detected, the radio will resume playing

the audio session from the point where it

was interrupted.

DISPLAY INFORMATION

ID3-tag information displaying

In addition to the information relating to the

time elapsed, the name of the folder and

the name of the file, the car radio can dis-

play ID3-TAG information relating to the track

title, artist and author.

The name of the MP3 folder shown on the

display corresponds to the name with which

the folder was stored on the CD, followed

by an asterisk.

Example of a complete MP3 folder name:

BEST OF *.

If you wish to display ID3-TAG information

(Title, Artist, Album) and this information

has not been recorded for the track played,

the information will be replaced by infor-

mation relating to the name of the file.

SELECT NEXT/PREVIOUS

FOLDER

Press the

button to select the next fold-

er or the

button to select the previous

folder. The name of the selected folder will

be shown on the display.

The folders are selected cyclically: the first

folder is selected after the last folder and

vice versa.

If no other folder/track is selected during

the next two seconds, the first track con-

tained in the new folder will be played.

If the last track contained in the currently se-

lected folder is played, the next folder will

be played.

STRUCTURE OF THE FOLDERS

The radio with MP3 player:

❒

only recognises the folders that effectively

contain MP3 format files

❒

if the MP3 files on a CD-ROM are struc-

tured in “sub-folders”, their structure is

compressed to a single level structure

where the “sub-folders” are taken to the

level of the main folders.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 320

321

SOUND SYSTEM

INTRODUCTION

This chapter describes the operation of the

CD Changer player variants only (for ver-

sions/markets, where provided); refer to

the description in the “Functions and Set-

tings” chapter as far as the operation of the

radio is concerned.

CD CHANGER SELECTION

Turn the radio on and briefly and repeated-

ly press the CD button until the “CD Chang-

er” function is selected.

ERROR MESSAGES

Error messages are shown in the following

cases:

❒

no CD is inserted in the CD Changer: the

words “NO CD” will appear in the display

until the listening source is changed;

❒

the CD selected cannot be read (the CD

is not in the position selected or the CD

has been incorrectly loaded) the num-

ber of the CD selected followed by the

words “CD error” will appear on the dis-

play. The next CD is then selected; if there

are no other CDs or these cannot be read

either, the display will show the words

“NO CD” until the listening source is

changed;

❒

CD reading error: the words “CDC error”

will appear on the display. The next CD

is then selected; if there are no other CDs

in the CD Changer (after the last CD the

search begins again from the first) or

these also cannot be read, the display will

show the words “NO CD” until the lis-

tening source is changed;

❒

a CD-ROM is inserted: the next available

CD will be selected.

(

)

To install and connect a

Lineaccessori CD Changer

contact only a Alfa Romeo

Dealership.

CD SELECTION

Press the

button to select the next CD

or the

button to select the previous CD.

If there is no disc present in the CD chang-

er in the selected position, the words “NO

CD” will appear briefly on the display. The

next disc will then automatically be played.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 321

322

SOUND SYSTEM

GENERAL SECTION

Low volume

The Fader function should be adjusted to “F”

(front) values to prevent the reduction of ra-

dio output power and the cancelling of the

volume if the Fader level adjustment is R+9.

Source cannot be selected

Nothing has been loaded. Load the CD or

MP3 CD to be played.

CD PLAYER

The CD does not play

The CD is dirty. Clean the CD.

The CD is scratched. Try and use another CD.

The CD cannot be loaded

A CD is already loaded. Press

and remove

the CD.

MP3 FILE READING

Skips tracks whilst playing

MP3 files.

The CD is scratched or dirty. Clean the CD,

referring to what is described in the para-

graph “CD” in the chapter “Introduction”.

The time of the MP3 tracks is

not correctly displayed

In some cases (due to the recording mode)

the duration of the MP3 tracks may be dis-

played incorrectly.

293-318 Alfa 159 GB 18-06-2010 14:11 Pagina 322

323

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

INDEX

Battery

– checking the charge ............237

– jump starting .....................182

– recharging .........................219

– replacing ...........................238

– useful advice for

lengthening the life .............239

Bodywork (cleaning) ................244

Bonnet ...................................105

Boot ...............................101-277

– light replacement ................208

Brakes ...................................256

Bulb (replacement) ..................196

– general instructions .............196

– types of bulbs ....................197

Capacities ..............................266

Car inactivity ...........................164

Car maintenance ................223

– periodical checks ................227

– use of the car under heavy

conditions ..........................227

– service Schedule .................225

– scheduled service ................224

Carrying children safely .............135

– child restraint systems .........138

– passenger’s seat compliance ..138

– presetting for mounting the

“Universal Isofix” child

restraint system ...........140-285

Ceiling lights

– front ................................. 78

– rear .................................. 80

Checking fluid levels .................228

Child lock device ...................... 97

Cigar lighter ............................ 85

Climate control system .............. 53

– automatic two-/three-zone .. 58

– manual ............................. 55

CO2emissions .........................270

ABS system ............................108

Accessories purchased

by the owner ........................116

Additional heater ..................... 69

Air bags ...........................141-145

Air/pollen filter ........................237

Air vents ................................. 54

Alarm ..................................... 17

Alfa Romeo CODE system .......... 10

Alfa 159 Sportwagon .......275

Armrest

– central .............................. 82

– rear ........................... 83-84

Ashtray .................................. 87

ASR system ............................112

At the filling station ..................125

Automatic headlight sensor ........ 71

Automatic two/three-zone

climate control system ............ 58

323-336 Alfa 159 GB 21-06-2010 10:36 Pagina 323

324

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

INDEX

– marking ............................251

– technical data ....................253

Engine oil

– consumption ......................232

– level check ........................231

– specifications .....................266

Engine starting ........................150

Environment protection .............127

EOBD system ..........................115

External lights ......................... 70

Eyeglasses holder .................... 87

Fix&Go automatic (device) .......190

Flashing the headlights ............. 70

Fluid level checks .....................230

Fluids and lubricants .................267

Follow me home (device) ......... 71

Front ceiling lights

– bulb replacement ................205

– control .............................. 78

Front fog lights

– bulb replacement ................202

– control .............................. 72

Fuel

– consumption ......................269

– fuel cut-off switch ............... 81

– fuel gauge ......................... 22

Fuel cut-off and power supply

switches ............................... 81

Fuel feed ................................255

Fuel filler cap ..........................126

Fuses (replacement) ..........209-292

Gearbox (use) ........................156

Glass/can holder ..................... 87

Glove compartment .................. 85

Glove compartment light

– bulb replacement ................207

Handbrake .............................155

Hazard lights ........................... 72

Head restraints ................. 48-49

Headlight washer

– control .............................. 73

– fluid level ..........................232

CODE card .............................. 12

Containing running costs ...........157

Controls ................................. 81

Correct use of the car ........149

Courtesy mirror light

– bulb replacement ................206

Cruise Control .......................... 76

Dashboard and controls .... 6

Dashboard buttons ................... 72

Dimensions .............................261

Dipped beam headlights

– bulb replacement ................201

– control .............................. 70

Direction indicators

– bulb replacement 200-201-204

– control .............................. 70

Doors ..................................... 96

Electronic key .......................... 12

Engine

– identification code ...............252

323-336 Alfa 159 GB 21-06-2010 10:36 Pagina 324

Isofix universal

(child's seat) ..................140-286

Jacking the car ........................220

Labels

– identification data ...............250

– bodywork paint ..................251

Level checks ...........................230

Main beam headlights

– bulb replacement ................199

– control .............................. 70

Manual climate control system ... 55

MSR system ...........................114

Multifunction display ................ 25

Number plate light ..................204

Oddments compartments .......... 88

Paint .....................................246

Parking ..................................155

Parking lights

– control .............................. 72

Parking sensors .......................118

Performance ...........................263

Power windows ....................... 99

Pretensioners ..........................132

Protecting the environment ........127

Puddle light

– bulb replacement ................208

Quick tyre repair kit

Fix&Go automatic ..................190

Radio frequency remote control:

ministerial certifications ...........271

Radio transmitters

and cellular telephones ...........117

Rain sensor ............................. 74

Rear ceiling lights

– bulb replacement ................205

– control .............................. 80

Headlights .............................. 65

– adjusting headlight beam .....106

– headlight adjustment abroad 107

– headlight aiming device .......106

– front fog light adjustment .....107

Hill Holder system ....................111

Homelink ............................... 89

Identification data ....................250

If an exterior light burns out ..196-288

If an interior light burns out ..205-290

Ignition device ......................... 19

In an emergency ................181

Inactivity of the car ..................164

Inertial fuel cut-off switch .......... 80

Installation of electric/

electronic devices ...................117

Instrument panel ..................... 7-8

Instruments ............................ 21

Interior fittings ......................... 83

Interiors .................................247

325

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

INDEX

323-336 Alfa 159 GB 21-06-2010 10:36 Pagina 325

– control .............................. 70

Ski tunnel ............................... 84

Smart washing ........................ 74

Snow chains ...........................163

Sound system .........................293

Steering .................................256

Steering lock ........................... 21

Steering wheel (adjustment) ..... 49

Sun curtains ............................ 88

Sun visors ............................... 88

Sunroof .................................. 93

Suspensions ............................256

Symbols ................................. 10

Technical Specifications ......249

Third brake light ......................204

Top speeds ..............................263

Towing the car .........................221

Towing trailers

– installing the tow hook ........159

T.P.M.S. system .......................122

Transmission ...........................255

Tyres

– changing ...........................183

– inflation pressures ...............260

– snow tyres ........................162

– Rim Protector .....................258

– standard tyres ....................259

– understanding tyre marking ..257

VDC system ...........................110

Warning lights

and messages ...................165

Weights .................................264

Wheel geometry ......................260

Wheel rims

– understanding rim marking ...258

Wheels

– changing ...........................183

– technical data ....................257

Wheels and tyres .....................240

Windows (cleaning) .................246

Rear fog lights

– bulb replacement ................202

– control .............................. 72

Rearview mirrors ...................... 50

Reconfigurable multifunction

display ................................. 30

Rev counter ............................ 21

Reverse light

– bulb replacement ................202

Right hand drive version ..297

Rim Protector ..........................258

Rims

– understanding rim marking ...258

Roof rack/ski rack ............106-284

Rubber hoses ..........................242

Safe lock device ...................... 14

Safety devices ....................129

S.B.R. system .........................131

Seat belts ...............................130

Seats ..................................... 45

Side/taillights

– bulb replacement .........200-203

326

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR

DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

INDEX

323-336 Alfa 159 GB 21-06-2010 10:36 Pagina 326

Windscreen washer

– control .............................. 75

– fluid level ..........................232

Windscreen wiper

– blades ..............................242

– control .............................. 73

– nozzle ..............................243

327

SAFETY

DEVICES

WARNING

LIGHTS AND

MESSAGES

IN AN

EMERGENCY

CAR

MAINTENANCE

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS CORRECT USE

OF THE CAR DASHBOARD

AND

CONTROLS

INDEX

323-336 Alfa 159 GB 21-06-2010 10:36 Pagina 327

PROVISIONS FOR THE PROCESSING OF A VEHICLE

AT THE END OF ITS LIFE-CYCLE

For years now Alfa Romeo has been developing its global commitment towards the safeguarding and protection of the Environment

through the continuous improvement of its production processes and the making of increasingly more “eco friendly” products. With a view

to guaranteeing the best possible service to clients in full observance of environmental standards and in response to the obligations im-

posed by European Directive 2000/53/EC on end-of-life vehicles, Alfa Romeo offers its clients the possibility to hand in their vehicle*

at the end of its life span without additional costs.

The European Directive, in fact, provides for the take-back of the vehicle without the last holder or owner of the same incurring ex-

penses due to the fact that the market value of the vehicle is zero or negative. In particular, in almost all of the countries of the

European Union, up until 1st January 2007, take-back of the vehicle free of charge only applies to vehicles registered from 1 July 2002

on, while, from 2007 on, take-back will be carried out free of charge, independently of the year of registration, provided that the vehi-

cle still contains all its essential component parts (especially engine and body) and is free from additional waste materials.

Our contracted network of authorised treatment facilities has been carefully selected in order to provide a quality service to our customers

by de-polluting and recycling “End of Life Vehicles” to approved environmental standards. To find out the location of your nearest autho-

rised treatment facility, offering free of charge take-back, simply contact one of our dealers or refer to the Alfa Romeo web site or call

the toll free number 00800 2532 0000.

*Passenger transportation vehicles to seat a max. of nine persons, having a total admissible weight of 3.5 t

323-336 Alfa 159 GB 21-06-2010 10:36 Pagina 328

fig. 1

1. Adjustable swivel side air vents - 2. Front side window demisting/defrosting vents - 3. Passenger’s air bag - 4. Fuel lev-

el gauge/engine coolant temperature gauge/engine oil temperature gauge (petrol versions) or turbocharger pressure

gauge (diesel versions) - 5. Adjustable swivel centre air vents - 6. Upper central vent - 7. External lights control lever -

8. Driver’s air bag and horn - 9. Instrument panel - 10. Windscreen wiper control lever - 11. Front side window demist-

ing/defrosting vents - 12. Adjustable swivel side air vents - 13. Switches for external lights, trip meter reset and headlamp

aiming device. - 14. Dashboard fusebox lid - 15. Bonnet opening lever - 16. Sound system controls on the steering wheel

(where provided) - 17. Driver’s knees air bag - 18. Cruise Control lever (where provided) - 19. Ignition device - 20. En-

gine START/STOP button - 21. Heating/ventilation/climate controls - 22. Sound system (where provided) - 23. Glove

box - 24. Passenger’s knees air bag (where provided)

DASHBOARD

329

RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSION

323-336 Alfa 159 GB 21-06-2010 10:36 Pagina 329

INSTRUMENT PANEL

A. Speedometer (speed indicator)

B. Warning lights - C. Rev counter -

D. Multifunction display

hcm

Warning lights on

diesel versions only

On diesel versions the rev counter

end scale value is at 6000 rpm.

NOTE 1750 TURBO BENZINA versions

have a rev counter with different graphic

A0E0309m

A0E0310m

A. Speedometer (speed indicator)

B. Warning lights - C. Rev counter -

D. Reconfigurable multifunction display

Warning lights on diesel ver-

sions only

On diesel versions the rev counter

end scale value is at 6000 rpm.

NOTE 1750 TURBO BENZINA versions

have a rev counter with different graphic

fig. 2 - Versions with multifunction display

fig. 3 - Versions with reconfigurable multifunction display

330

RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSION

323-336 Alfa 159 GB 21-06-2010 10:36 Pagina 330

323-336 Alfa 159 GB 21-06-2010 10:36 Pagina 331

323-336 Alfa 159 GB 21-06-2010 10:36 Pagina 332

323-336 Alfa 159 GB 21-06-2010 10:36 Pagina 333

Pagine_ITA.indd 4 18-05-2005 11:54:19

323-336 Alfa 159 GB 21-06-2010 10:37 Pagina 334

Oil change? The experts recommend Selenia

The engine of your car is factory filled with Selenia.

This is an engine oil range which satisfies the most advanced

international specifications. Its superior technical characteristics

allow Selenia to guarantee the highest performance

and protection of your engine.

The Selenia range includes a number of technologically advanced products:

SELENIA SPORT

Pagine_ITA.indd 4 18-05-2005 11:54:19

Fully synthetic lubricant capable of meeting the needs of

high performance engines.

Studied to protect the engine also in high thermal stress

conditions, it prevents deposits on the turbine to achieve

the utmost performance in total safety.

SELENIA WR PURE ENERGY

Fully synthetic lubricant that can meet the requirements of

the latest diesel engines.

Low ash content to protect the particulate filter from the

residual products of combustion. High Fuel Economy

System that allows considerable fuel saving.

It reduces the danger of dirtying the turbine to ensure the

protection of increasingly high performance diesel

engines

SELENIA StAR PURE ENERGY

Synthetic lubricant designed for petrol engines that need

products with a low ash content. It maximises the

characteristics of engines with high specific power,

protects the parts mostly subjected to stress and helps

to keep modern catalysts clean.

SELENIA RACING

This lubricant has been developed as a result of Selenia’s

extensive experience in track and rally competitions,

it maximises engine performance in all kinds of

competition use.

The range also includes K Pure Energy, Selenia Digitech,

Selenia Multipower, Selenia 20K, Selenia 20K AR.

For further information on Selenia products visit the web

site www.selenia.com

323-336 Alfa 159 GB 21-06-2010 10:37 Pagina 335

ENGINE OIL REPLEACEMENT (litres)

REFUELLING (litres)

CUSTOMER SERVICES

TECHNICAL SERVICES - SERVICE ENGINEERING

Largo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 - 10040 Volvera - Torino (Italia)

Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A.

Publication no. 60438278 - 1 Edition - 06/2010

from Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A.

SERVICE

COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE

Space-saver

spare wheel

T125/80 R17

4.2

1.8 140 HP - 1750 TURBO BENZINA - 1.9 JTD

8v - 1.9 JTD

16v - 2.0 JTD

- 2.4 JTD

- 3.2 JTS

Fuel tank capacity 70

Reserve 10

For cars with petrol engine, only use unleaded petrol with over 95 R.O.N. (Specification EN228).

For cars with diesel engine only use Diesel fuel for motor vehicles (Specification EN590).

Tyres

205/55 R16 91V

front rear

2.3 2.3

2.6 2.6

Tyres

215/55 R16 93V

front rear

2.3 2.3

2.5 2.5

Tyres

225/50 R17 98W

front rear

2.5 2.5

2.9 2.7

Tyres

235/45 R18 98W (▼)

front rear

2.7 2.5

2.9 2.7

Tyres

235/40 ZR19 96Y (▼)

front rear

2.7 2.5

3.0 2.8

average load bar

full load bar

1.8 140 HP 1750 3.2 JTS 1.9 JTD

8v 2.0 JTD

2.4 JTD

TURBO BENZINA 1.9 JTD

16v

Lubrication system engine 4.5 5.0 5.4 4.6 4.9 6.4

Do not discard used oil in the environment.

(

▼

) Unchainable tyres. When using winter tyres, use 225/50 R17 98 tyres or 235/45 R18 98. Vehicles with TI fittings should not use 16” wheel rims.

Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.

With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.

Inflate tyres to full load pressures if driving at continuous speed exceeding 160 km/h.

323-336 Alfa 159 GB 21-06-2010 10:37 Pagina 336

OWNER HANDBOOK

ENGLISH

Alfa Services

Cop Alfa Giulietta GB:Alfa 159 cop. LUM GB 21-01-2010 9:07 Pagina 1

Alfa Romeo 159 Owners Manual ManualsLib Makes It Easy To Find Manuals Online!

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation